Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2019

Corporate Overview
Corporate Overview
Loop Telecommunication International, Inc.
www.LoopTelecom.com
Company Overview
Founding
In 1991, a group of established professionals from the communications industry founded Loop Telecom.
These industry leaders, with decades of experience and years of service at Alcatel, Verizon, British Telecom,
Tellabs and AT&T, realized the largely untapped engineering and production capabilities of Taiwan. Just ten
years after founding, with its Western-style engineering and management, Loop Telecom met the earnings,
market, and product diversity requirements to go public with its IPO. It is currently traded on the Taiwan Stock
Exchange Corp., or TSEC (3025).
After finding success in its initial market coverage of just a few countries, including the United States, Russia
and Taiwan, Loop Telecom has expanded its market outreach to over 80 countries around the world. Several
sales offices have been established including Taiwan, Belgium, the United States and Australia. Several TAC
centers (Technical Assistant Center) have been setup including TAC-EMEA in Greece covering EMEA, TAC-
CSA in Columbia covering Central and South America, TAC-USA in USA covering North America and TAC-
SEA in Malaysia covering South East Asia.
Diversification of Product Lines
Today, Loop Telecom has a strong portfolio of over 60 products in a wide range of technologies, including
multiservice access for analogue, voice, data, and dedicate data for power industry with DS0, E1, T1, DS3,
E3, OC3/STM-1, OC12/STM-4, OC48/STM-16 transport over TDM, SDH, TDMoE PseudoWire and PTN with
MPLS or Carrier Ethernet. We produce also IP Access and Router and last mile or backhaul over fiber or
G.SHDSL.
We produce the following product lines:
● Multi-Service Cross Connect

● SDH/SONET Transport- MSTP
● Multi-Service Transport Platform
● TDM over Ethernet PseudoWire
● 10G Packet-Transport-Network /MPLS/CE
● Ethernet Access
● Ethernet Switch
● FOM and G.SHDSL Line Extension
● Network Management solutions
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog I
Corporate Overview
Philosophy
Mission
The mission of Loop Telecom is to provide communication users and service providers with the technology
needed for connecting end-point devices and their access to core networks to form complete services. Loop
Telecom is dedicated to developing products/solutions that not only perform their main functions well and
meet all ETSI/ANSI network standards, but also offer end-users, network operators, and service providers
with user-friendliness, efficiency, and economy. Today, in addition to our focus on engineering, production,
and marketing, we also provide solutions as a System Integrator combining engineering technology, product
definition, sales, and service based upon our decades of experience.
Loop Telecom customers include world-wide carriers, cellular operators, internet service providers, utilities,
transport industries, airport networks, military networks, and government networks.
Loop Telecom products provide a wider range of features and fit more applications than many other brands in
order to facilitate access to all types of communications networks, including IP, MPLS, SDH/SONET, optical,
wireless, and legacy TDM systems.
Strengths
As a smaller company among giants, Loop Telecom offers fast and personalized responses to meet its
customers’ specific needs. Because Loop products are cost effective as well as cost competitive, customers
can also be more competitive in service level and in cost.
Quality Policies
Quality and Reliability
Increasing network complexity calls for standards-based computerized management and control. Loop
Telecom strives to create products that offer functionality beyond their primary purpose; while adhering to
strict network standards, every product is designed for ease-of-use and customized options. With Loop
Telecom products, customers have the option to include redundancy in their systems architecture – in
transmission links, in network elements, and down to duplicated plug-in cards.
Certifications
As an ISO 9001/ISO 14000 approved company, Loop Telecom customers can be assured of continuing and
consistent quality control in all phases of production. All products have United States, Canadian, Chinese,
Pan-European, and Russian certifications commensurate with our world-wide market.
Loop Telecom holds a Certificate for Quality Management System TL 9000-H, as well as TL 9000/ISO 90001.
Environmental Policy
Loop Telecom’s mission is to maintain sustainable business development and expansion while recognizing
the importance of protecting the environment. Through a process of continuous improvements and
II
For the latest product news, updates, technical support and more, please visit our website.
Corporate Overview
environmental protection awareness, Loop Telecom is committed to pollution prevention and to protecting the
environment by making better use of the Earth’s resources, developing green products, improving production
methods, reducing harm to the environment, complying with all laws, doing its best to prevent pollution by
stressing environmental education, and promoting environmental protection awareness.
RoHS and WEEE Compliance Statement
Loop Telecom’s products comply with Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council
on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment, dated 27
January 2003, including ANNEX. All products also comply with WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC.
Services
Staffing
With main office in Taiwan, Loop Telecom has a workforce of over 181 engineers, sales representatives,
and support staff. To provide optimum product quality and specialized orders, staffing at Loop Telecom
emphasizes engineering.
Sales Strategy
Loop Telecom's distribution channels include representatives, distributors, in-country partnerships, OEM
agreements with companies wanting to have products sold under their name, and a direct sales force in
selected market areas.
Its philosophy is to invest in and partner with well-established companies with reputations for integrity, quality,
and after-sales service in their market places. By becoming a faithful partner, Loop Telecom assures a solid
foundation for the continued preference for its products.
Production Capacity
Loop Telecom has ample space for expansion. The factory production capacity is currently determined by
the automated testing facility used in final quality assurance for completed products. This capacity will be
expanded in concert with growth.
After Sales Customer Relations
To respond to customers' needs, Loop Telecom has offices and repair facilities worldwide. In addition to
the headquarters location in Taiwan, sales support offices are in the United States, Europe and Australia.
Furthermore, a distributor network is established worldwide. Repair facilities, in addition to the factory, are
located in the United States and in Europe.
Members of the Loop Telecom Field Applications Engineers (FAE) Department are veterans not only in the
application of Loop Telecom products, but also in the interworking with products from other manufacturers.
FAE members travel extensively to render assistance in the installation and operation of Loop Telecom
products.
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog III

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Corporate Overview..................................................................................................... I
Table of Contents.......................................................................................................IV
Product Category........................................................................................................ 1
1 Solutions
Power Electrical Substations: Communication with Protection................................... 4

Transportation: Communication between Stations and OCC...................................... 5
Military Communication............................................................................................... 6
Aviation Radar Clock Stability for Air Traffic Control.................................................... 7
Telecommunication: New Generation DS0 Cross Connect System............................ 8
Telecommunication: Mobile Infrastructure................................................................... 9
Oil and Gas: Communication between Remote Sites and Offices............................ 10
PTN Ring, SDH/SONET Ring, and Dual Ring Backbone Architecture...................... 11
Intelligent Network Management System (NMS)...................................................... 12
CCTV Surveillance for Access Control...................................................................... 13
Network Function Virtualization (NFV) for Information Security................................ 14
IIOT Communication with Unmanned Sites............................................................... 15
2 Network Management
Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System.............................................. 18

Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Element Management System (EMS)...................... 26
Loop-LCT Graphical Configuration Tool.................................................................... 32
3 SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9100 SDH/SONET ADM/TM.......................................................................... 36

Loop-O9150S SDH STM-1 TM/ADM......................................................................... 39
Loop-O9170S SDH STM-1 MUX............................................................................... 41
Loop-O9400R SDH/SONET ADM/TM....................................................................... 43
Loop-O9400S SDH/SONET ADM/TM....................................................................... 56
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP........................................................... 60
Loop-O9550-A/C SDH/SONET IMAP........................................................................ 68
Loop-O9550-D SDH/SONET IMAP........................................................................... 74
IV
Table of Contents
4 Multi-Service Cross Connect

Loop-AM3430 Access DCS-MUX.............................................................................. 80
Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX.............................................................................. 81
Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX.......................................................................... 88
Loop-AM3440-E IP/TDM DCS-MUX ........................................................................ 91
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System................................................................. 93
Loop-V4200-9 MuxMaster/Wideband IAD CSU/DSU, E1/T1 Converter, DACS...... 96
5 Plug-in Modules
High-speed (HS) Cards

Compatibility Table.................................................................................................. 102
(B16) B155/622 STM-1/4 (OC-3/12).............................................................. 103
B2G5 1-channel STM16/OC-48..................................................................... 105
16/32/63-channel E1/T1................................................................................. 106
3-channel E3/T3............................................................................................. 108
4 GEoSDH Card............................................................................................. 110
(8GESW) 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET with Switch.....................................111
7-port Fiber Optical........................................................................................ 113
PTN10G Interface Card................................................................................. 115
(TDMoG) TDM over GbE............................................................................... 120
(B155) 1-channel STM-1/OC-3...................................................................... 122
(3T3MX3) 3-channel T3 with M13.................................................................. 123
Low-speed (LS) Cards

Compatibility and Functional Categories................................................................. 124
Transportation
(3E1) 3-channel E1........................................................................................ 127
(3T1) 3-channel T1......................................................................................... 128
(4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1.............................................................................. 129
(E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1................................................................................ 130
(M4E1) 4-channel E1..................................................................................... 131
(M4T1) 4-channel T1...................................................................................... 132
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet...................................................... 133
(VoIPGA) Voice over IP ................................................................................. 137
(1FOMA) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1...................................................... 139
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog V
Table of Contents
(1FOMB) 1-channel fiber optical w/o 1+1....................................................... 141

(FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1.......................................................... 143
(FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1.......................................................... 144
(2/4GH) 2/4-channel G.SHDSL...................................................................... 145
(GH) 1-channel G.SHDSL.............................................................................. 146
Serial and Digital Access
(6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE.............................................................. 147
(8UDTEA) 8-channel Universal DTE.............................................................. 149
(1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/EIA530/X.21/RS232)....................................... 151
(6RS232A) 6-port RS232............................................................................... 152
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate ............................................. 153
(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps............................................................. 154
(8CD) 8-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps................................................................ 155
(ODP) 8-channel OCU-DP............................................................................. 156
(ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP............................................................................. 157
(3TS) 3-channel Terminal Server................................................................... 158
Voice and Analog Access
(12FXOA/FXS/FXSA) 12-channel FXO /FXS................................................ 159
(QFXO) 4-channel FXO ................................................................................ 160
(QFXSA) 4-channel FXS................................................................................ 161
(12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto ................................................................... 162
(QMAGA) 4-channel Magneto........................................................................ 163
(8EM) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M ...................................................................... 164
(8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M..................................................................... 165
(QEMA) 4-channel E&M ................................................................................ 166
Data Processing
(8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge.................................................................... 167
(8DC) 8-channel Dry Contact......................................................................... 171
(ABRA) Analog Bridge.................................................................................... 173
(ECA) Echo Canceller.................................................................................... 176
Packet Access
(RT) 2-LAN port/32 WAN port Router............................................................ 178
(RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A ...................................................... 180
(RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B..................................................... 182
Teleprotection Access
(C37.94) 1/4-channel low-speed optical ........................................................ 184
(C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical ........................................................... 185
(TTA) Transfer Trip card................................................................................. 186
VI
Table of Contents
6 Ethernet Access and Switch

Loop-IP6320A L2/L3 Intelligent Switch.................................................................... 188
Loop-IP6320B L2/L3 Intelligent Switch................................................................... 189
Loop-IP6320A
Loop-IP6330 L2L2/L3 IntelligentSwitch
GbE Intelligent Switch.................................................................... 190
Loop-IP6340 L2 Smart Management Ethernet Switch............................................ 191
Loop-IP6416 IP-IMUX............................................................................................. 193
Loop-IP6510 L2/L3 Multiple WAN Router/Bridge.................................................... 195
Loop IP6510-LN L3 Multiple WAN Router............................................................... 197
Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 E1/DS1/DTE/DCE/ Router/Bridge Box.................................... 199
Loop-IP6808 L2 Unmanaged 8-Port Industrial Secure Gigabit Switch................... 200
Loop-IP6810 L2 FE Switch Self-Healing Ring NTU................................................ 201
Loop-IP6820 L2 GbE Switch Self-Healing Ring NTU.............................................. 205
Loop-IP6818 8-port Industrial L2/L3 Managed Gigabit PoE/PoE+ Switch.............. 209
Loop-IP6828 L2/L3 Industrial Rack-Mount Managed Modular Gigabit Ethernet
PoE Switch.............................................................................................................. 210
Loop-IP7925 L2 Carrier Ethernet Transport with CFM & ERPS.............................. 212
Loop-IP7930-B/F/S/T L2 Ethernet Demarcation Device.......................................... 214
Loop-G7820- L2/L2.5/L3 Intelligent Switch............................................................. 217
7 TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6702 TDMoEthernet.................................................................................... 220

Loop-IP6702A TDMoEthernet................................................................................. 222
Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet................................................................................. 224
Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device............................................... 226
Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator................................................................. 229
8 Fiber Optical Multiplexer (FOM)
Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux.................................................................... 234

Loop-O9310 4E1 or 4T1 Fiber Optical Mux............................................................ 235
Loop-O9340R Multi-Services FOM Rack Card....................................................... 236
Loop-O9340S Multi-Services Gigabit FOM............................................................. 238
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog VII

Table of Contents
9 mPTN MPLS/Carrier Ethernet

Loop-G7860 Packet Transport Network MPLS/CE................................................. 240
Loop-G7860A Packet Transport Network MPLS/CE............................................... 242
Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device............................................... 244
Loop-O9400R PTN/SDH/SONET ADM/TM............................................................. 247
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP ........................................................ 252
10 Wavelength Division Multiplexer

WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing Platform............................................ 260
11 Line Extender Converter
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300-3S Series G.SHDSL Standalone............................................... 264
Loop-H3300R G.SHDSL Rack Card.............................................................. 265
Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card................................. 266
Loop-H3308 Ethernet over Bonded G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card....................... 268
Loop-H3308 Ethernet over Bonded G.SHDSL.bis Standalone...................... 270
Loop-H3310-S G.SHDSL Standalone............................................................ 272
E1 CSU DSU
Loop-E1500-IR FE1 CSU/DSU Series Rack Card......................................... 275
Loop-E1500-2S CSU/DSU Series Standalone.............................................. 276
Loop-E1510 E1oDTE Standalone.................................................................. 279
Loop-E1510 FE1 Series Interface Converter Rack Card............................... 280
Loop-E1510 Series Interface Converter Standalone..................................... 281
Loop-E1590 Series Interface Converter Rack Card....................................... 282
Loop-E1590 Interface Converter Standalone................................................. 283
T1 CSU DSU
Loop-T2500-2S FT1 CSU/DSU Series Standalone....................................... 284
Integral Access Shelf

Loop-C5400 Integral Access Shelf................................................................. 286
Loop-C5500 Integral Access Shelf................................................................. 287
Loop-C5600 Multi-Services Shelf................................................................... 288
VIII
Table of Contents
12 Test Station
Loop-AM3440-CCA-TSPA....................................................................................... 292
Loop-AM3440-CCB-TSPA....................................................................................... 294
Loop-O9500R-CC16-TSPA..................................................................................... 296
Loop-O9500R-PTN-TSPA....................................................................................... 298
Loop-O9400R-PTN-TSPA....................................................................................... 300
Loop-E1500-2S-TSPA............................................................................................. 302
13 IIOT
Loop-IOT0510 Environmental Security Monitoring ................................................ 304

Loop-CCTV0710 Video Surveillance Solution for Substation or Campus............... 308
14 Accessories
Loop Airflow Guide Rack Applicable to O9400R/V4150.......................................... 316
Cable Management with Air Filter Applicable to O9400R/V4150............................ 317
Conversion Panels, Y-Boxes, Y-Box Panels............................................................ 318
SFP/SFP+ Optical Modules..................................................................................... 323
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog IX
Product Category
Product Category
Core Network Transmission Last Mile Multi-

WDM
WDM1800
O9400R AM3440-A/B/C
PTN/SDH/SONET/TDM
O9100
AM3430
O9500R
O9150
O9170 C5600
V4150
O9400S O9340S
Network
TDMoE
Management
IP6763 AM3440-E
IP6820
(G.8032)
IP/Ethernet
IP6750 (CE)
G7860A IP6320A IP6340
X
Product Category
service Access Customer Premise Equipment
H3300-3S H3310S H3308S

AM3440-D
G.SHDSL
Fiber Optical
V4200-9 Multiplexers
O9310 O9210S
CSU/DSU
C5500 E1510S IP6100 T2500
E1510 E1oDTE E1500S E1590

O9550
IP6750 IP6702A IP6704A
IP6810 IP6510 IP6610
IP6820
IP7930 IP6416
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog 1
Product Category
2
1
Solutions
Power Electrical Substations: Communication with Protection 4
Transportation: Communication between Stations and OCC 5
Military Communication 6
Aviation Radar Clock Stability for Air Traffic Control 7
Telecommunication: New Generation DS0 Cross Connect System 8
Telecommunication: Mobile Infrastructure 9
Oil and Gas: Communication between Remote Sites and Offices 10
PTN Ring, SDH/SONET Ring, and Dual Ring Backbone Architecture 11
Intelligent Network Management System (NMS) 12
CCTV Surveillance for Access Control 13
Network Function Virtualization (NFV) for Information Security 14
IIOT Communication with Unmanned Sites 15
Solution
4
Solution

Solution
Packet
SDH/SONET
Switched
Packet Network
SDH/SONET
Network
Switched
Network
Network
Loop- Loop-
O9500R O9500R
Loop- Loop-
O9500R O9500R
10 GbE
10 GbE
STM-16
(OC-48)
STM-16
(OC-48)
Ethernet Voice Ethernet Voice
Ethernet Voice Ethernet Voice
PABX Phone
PABX Phone
NVR LAN CMS IP Cam PC
NVR LAN CMS IP Cam PC
Communication between military sites via PSN and SDH/SONET network

IP camera via Ethernet for surveillance, Voice devices via SDH/SONET for communication
Communication
Loop-O9500R forbetween
PSN and military sites viatransportation
SDH/SONET PSN and SDH/SONET network aggregation
and end services
IP camera via Ethernet for surveillance, Voice devices via SDH/SONET for communication
Loop-O9500R for PSN and SDH/SONET transportation and end services aggregation
6
Solution
Solution

8
Solution
3G 2G
Mobile Mobile
BTS / Node B BTS / Node B
3G 2G
Mobile Mobile
IP6750 G7860 G7860

GbE 10 GbE
Carrier Carrier
IP6750 Ethernet G7860
Ethernet G7860
GbE 10 GbE
Carrier Carrier
IP6750 Ethernet IP6750 Ethernet G7860
IP6750 IP6750 G7860
4G
Mobile

4G
Mobile
Loop-IP6750 and Loop-G7860 high bandwidth grooming for PTN Carrier Ethernet backhaul
Support time and phase synchronization over PSN: SyncE and PTP 1588v2
Loop-IP6750 and Loop-G7860 high bandwidth grooming for PTN Carrier Ethernet backhaul
Support time and phase synchronization over PSN: SyncE and PTP 1588v2
Solution
10
Solution
Network Operations Center Voice RTU PBX
E1/T1
Network Operations Center Voice RTU PBX

E3/T3
LAN Microwave SCADA Host Switch
E1/T1
E3/T3
LAN Microwave SCADA Host Switch
O9400R O9500R
O9400R
10 GbE O9500R
PTN (MPLS/CE)
+`
10 GbE
PTN (MPLS/CE)
+`
STM-16(OC-48)
SDH/SONTET
STM-16(OC-48)
O9500R O9400R
SDH/SONTET
PTN SDH/SONET
O9500R O9400R
(MPLS/CE) STM-16(OC-48)
PTN SDH/SONET
(MPLS/CE) STM-16(OC-48)
O9500R O9400R O9500R O9400R
O9500R
Dual Networks: critical services viaO9400R O9500Rservices via PTN
SDH/SONET; bandwidth demanding O9400R
Integrated management system capable of end-to-end service management and diagnostics
A range of module repertoire to select from to answer customer’s requirement
Dual Networks: critical services via SDH/SONET; bandwidth demanding services via PTN
Integrated management system capable of end-to-end service management and diagnostics
A range of module repertoire to select from to answer customer’s requirement
Solution
12
Solution
Footage
Call-up
Footage
Call-up
Device
Video Analytics Management NVR TV Wall Video Management
Device
Video Analytics Management NVR TV Wall Video Management
GbE GbE
GbE GbE
IP6320A as VRRP VRRP IP6320A as
L2 Switch L2 Switch
IP6320A as VRRP VRRP IP6320A as

L2 Switch L2 Switch
IP/Ethernet
10G Network
VRRP Backup IP/Ethernet Backup VRRP
10G Network
IP6320A as VRRP Backup
IP6320A as Backupas
IP6320A VRRP IP6320A as
L2 Switch L3 Switch L3 Switch L2 Switch
IP6320A as IP6320A as IP6320A as IP6320A as

L2 Switch L3 Switch L3 Switch L2 Switch
GbE PoE+ PoE+ GbE

Mobile
GbE Loop- PoE+ Call-up PoE+ Loop- GbE
IP6820 IP6820
Mobile
Loop- Call-up Loop-
IP6820 IP6820
IP Cam Entrance Incident Smoke Detection IP Cam Alarm Entrance Control
IP Cam Entrance Incident Smoke Detection IP Cam Alarm Entrance Control
Network CCTV system enables Security Center to access footage upon call-up via Loop-iNET.
VRRP paired L3 switches provide redundancy for protection at node level for service continuity and stability.
FootageCCTV
Network transported
systemover IP6820
enables and IP6320A
Security viaaccess
Center to IP/Ethernet back
footage to Data
upon Center
call-up and Security Center
via Loop-iNET.
VRRP paired L3 switches provide redundancy for protection at node level for service continuity and stability.
Footage transported over IP6820 and IP6320A via IP/Ethernet back to Data Center and Security Center
Solution
Encryption SD-WAN Firewall
Encryption
Syslog SD-WAN Firewall
Controller Director Orchestrator Connector
Srv
Loop DPI
Syslog
modules
Network Server
Srv
Controller Director Orchestrator Connector
Loop DPI
modules
Network Server
Virtualized Network Functions (VNF) for integrated information security

Management, control and orchestration over VNFs at remote offices via Carrier Ethernet
NFV as a flexible, cost-effective, and scalable platform for next generation information security

Virtualized Network Functions (VNF) for integrated information security
Management, control and orchestration over VNFs at remote offices via Carrier Ethernet

NFV as a flexible, cost-effective, and scalable platform for next generation information security

14
Solution
Work Station Power Device Server Access Control Server Video Server
Work Station Power Device Server Access Control Server Video Server
GbE
Loop-IP6320A
IP6820GbE IP Network Loop-IP6320A
Loop-IP6320A
IP6820 IP Network Loop-IP6320A
PoE+
PoE+
IP camera Flashlight
IP camera Flashlight
Facial
Recognition
Facial
Recognition
Door Button and Electronic Thermo

Electromagnetic Lock Key UPS RTU Relay Sensor
Door Button and Electronic Thermo

Electromagnetic Lock Key UPS RTU Relay Sensor
Working status and readings of all devices at unmanned sites collected and monitored for operation
Entrance and access controlled and monitored via IP cameras, electronic keys/locks, and digital devices
Real-time diagnostics and events reported to OCC via Loop-IP6820/IP6320A hauling over IP Network
Working status and readings of all devices at unmanned sites collected and monitored for operation
Entrance and access controlled and monitored via IP cameras, electronic keys/locks, and digital devices
Real-time diagnostics and events reported to OCC via Loop-IP6820/IP6320A hauling over IP Network
Solution
16
2
Network Management
Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System 18
Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Element Management System (EMS) 26
Loop-LCT Graphical Configuration Tool 32
Network Management
Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System

Features Description
● User-friendly GUI (Graphical User Interface) Loop-iNMS (Integrated/Intelligent Network Management

● GUI client runs on Microsoft Windows platform. System) is a set of intelligent software programs used
● Server software runs on Linux for providing a Graphical User Interface (GUI) for the
● Database Server: Oracle 11g/12c management of a communications network containing
● End-to-end service management Loop Telecom products. It can be categorized into 3
● Fully supports all SNMP functions including groups below:
commands, alarms, and statistics gathering
● Scalable up to 50 separate GUI clients (1) TDM Access, which includes E1 CSU/DSU, HDSL
simultaneously logged into the iNMS server CSU/DSU, and IDSL CSU/DSU
● Allows viewing and printing of all node statistics and (2) Optical Transmission, which includes SDH/SONET
alarm reports ADM (Add-Drop Multiplex)
● Configurable report design provides routine and on- (3) IP/Ethernet interfaces
demand reports
● Enriched topology management integrated with The GUI runs on a user-supplied computer running
optional GIS geographic maps Microsoft Windows platform. Via LAN or WAN, up to 50
- Features zoom and drag-and-drop functionality separate GUI clients can be concurrently logged into
- Views of optical cable connection, cross- iNMS.
connection, panel view, and resource trees
increase service availability Workforce management is facilitated by multiple levels of
● Robust and reliable configuration management login security, which provide the network manager great
scales to add additional network elements in flexibility in work assignments. The hierarchical grouping
distributed system architecture featuring cities, buildings, and rooms allows rapid access
● Efficient performance monitoring in real-time and to the desired network elements.
history PM data at the NE level and circuit level
● Alarm management provides automatic notification All SNMP provided functions are available in Loop-
via e-mail, GSM message (SMS), and audio alarms iNMS. This includes the execution of all commands, the
with advanced filtering system gathering of all statistics, and the display of all alarm
● Root Cause Analysis (RCA) accurately diagnoses conditions in real time. Maps and reports can be printed
faults on NEs and managed circuits by status and as well as viewed directly from the iNMS GUI clients.
severity levels
● System Access Security The support of Southbound Interface with NEs includes
- Role-based user access control. SNMP v1, v3, and others upon request. The northbound
- Customizable through any combination of interface is SNMP based. Loop-iNMS is flexibly designed
operation functions, geographical locations/areas, in a way to support nearly all types of southbound and
and NEs northbound protocol sets. Customization adaptation
● Customer support management, advanced circuit into different protocols is allowed and is available upon
diagnostics, and server self-management request.
● Advanced optional functions include
- SNMP Northbound Interface (SNMPNBI)
- Root Cause Analysis (RCA)
- Clock Distribution Map (CDM)
- Report Management Generic (RMG)
- High Availability Real-Time Cluster (HARC)
with Real-Time Data Replication and system
redundancy
- Disaster Recovery (DR) for System Redundancy
- 3rd-Party NE Management (3rdNE)
- Pseudowire Circuit Management (PWCKT)
- Circuit Group & Circuit Alarm (CGCA)
- Circuit-Level Performance (CPERF)
- DS0 SNCP Circuit Management (DS0SNCP)
● PDH ULSR Ring Circuit Management (PDHRING)
18
Network Management
Loop-iNMS Architecture
The Loop-iNMS basic components are Device Poller, iNMS core and iNMS GUI Clients as shown in the top part of the
diagram. The Loop-iNMS is capable of managing all the devices from Loop.
Primary Backup Loop-iNMS GUI Clients

iNMS iNMS
Device Pollers Database Core Database Core
Server Server
O9400R
O9400S
O9400S
O9400R
AM3440
SDH/SONET
SDH/SONET
Ring Ring
O9400S O9400R O9400S

AM3440
O9500R
E1500 G7860
AM3440-A O9550 O9100
O9400R
V4200-9 O9400S
O9500R V4100 V4150
Products compatible with Loop-iNMS
H3300-3S
Network Management
iNMS Main Core
● Runs either on Solaris/Sun server or Linux/Regular PC server

● Self-sustaining iNMS core is the background engine supporting FCAPS services
● Optional northbound interface engine is an advanced feature available upon request
● Supports TCP/IP socket connections for DPs, iNMS server, Database server, and GUI clients running on different
PCs and servers in order to manage a large network when required
● Redundancy option is supported
DP (Device Poller)
● Runs on Linux/Regular PC server

● Manages the southbound interface to the NE using SNMP protocol
● Provides regular polling of the current status of every NE
● Presents all real-time status changes to iNMS GUI client for display
● Supports regular polling of performance data
● Management Protocols supported between NE and DP are SNMPv1 or v3
GUI Clients
● Runs on Windows 2000 Professional, or Windows 7 Professional

● Supports up to 50 concurrent GUI clients
Loop-iNMS Basic Functions

Topology Management
● Offers topology view for:

- Optical cable connection topology
- Transmission NE connection topology
- Access NE connection topology
- PTN (Packet Transmission Network) NE connection topology
- Entire network NE connections topology
- Panel view of equipment (NE)
- Circuit route view
- NE internal cross-connection
- Menu tree view
- Geographical Network topology view
● Supports zooming in and zooming out of topology views
● Allows users to create a desired layout to reflect the actual network
● Offers drag-and-drop approach for a user to create an NE icon
Configuration Management
● Provides configuration collection

● Supports multi-condition queries; adding, deleting, and modifying operations on configuration information stored in the
iNMS database
● Supports configuration synchronization
● Provides remote control on NE's configuration
● General parameters setting
● Activation and release of cross-connections
● Synchronization clock-source setting
● Remote download of firmware for upgrading or maintaining NE
● Remote upload and download of NE configuration through iNMS
● Provides NE-level cross-connection configuration
20
Network Management
Circuit Management
● Provides circuit management for:

- Creation
- Deletion
- Query
- Modification
- Display and Highlight on GUI topology
- Database commitment for circuit information
● Provides multi-condition queries; adding, deleting, and modifying operations on circuit information stored in the
database
● Provides circuit selection options of shortest path, minimum hop, load balancing, and minimal cost
● Provides a list of un-finished fall-back plans for troubleshooting and rescue operations
● ports TDM Circuit rate including:
- N x 64K
- E1
- T1
- E3
- DS3
- STM-1/4 or OC-3/12
- STM-1/4/16 or OC-3/12/48
- N x VC12 (N=1 to 63 for Ethernet pipe)/VT15 (N=1 to 84)
- N x VC3/STS-1 (N=1 to 3 for Ethernet pipe)
- N x VC4/STS-3 (N=1 to 4 for Ethernet pipe)
● Supports circuit route discovery for existing circuits
● Supports circuit deletion
Alarm Management
● NE alarm/event collection
● Alarm filtering
● Circuit-level alarm
● Alarm display
● Alarm history
● Alarm notification
User & Security Management
● Supports adding, deleting, and modifying operations on user account and a group of users
● Provides operation privileges and scope assignments
● Provides history command log for 3 to 12 months
● Supports multi-condition queries on history command log records
● Supports command log
Diagnosis Management
● Supports three types of diagnosis:

- NE level diagnosis
- Circuit level quick diagnosis
- Circuit level advanced diagnosis
● Supports diagnosis report generation
NE-Level Performance
● Port-based performance task creation, deletion, display and query
Network Management
● Port-based performance data display, query and report generation in tabular and graphical form. Report can be
exported and saved in Microsoft Excel (Microsoft Excel versions 2010 or later).
● Performance counter collection in 15 minute or 24 hour intervals
iNMS Self-management
● Supports real-time monitoring on iNMS software processes

● Supports real-time monitoring on the status of the connections between NEs and DPs
● Supports database backup and recovery
● Supports server disk usage monitoring
● Provides online help for OAM&P operation
● Provides Time & Date Synchronization mechanism between iNMS and NEs
Loop-iNMS Advanced Optional Components

SNMP-based Northbound Interface (SNMPNBI)
● Supports SNMP v1/v3 NBI
Report Management Generic (RMG)
● Generates automatic and periodic reports and on-demand reports

● Exports reports to Microsoft Excel (Microsoft Excel versions 2010 or later)
● Supports pre-defined & fixed report templates
Root Cause Analysis (RCA)
● User-defined fault policies.

● Root cause analysis based on fault policies
Clock Distribution Map (CDM)
● For TDM Network (both 64k Access and SDH transmission)

● Manual or scheduled clock loop detection
System Redundancy and Protection
● High Availability Real-time Cluster (HARC) Solution

- Provides geographical system protection with dual iNMS services and an independent system on each site
- HARC status monitoring
- Manual and automatic HARC protection switching
- Real-time data replication automatically for the database of iNMS system
● Disaster Recovery (DR) Solution
- Provides geographical system protection with dual iNMS services and an independent system on each site
- DR status monitoring
- Manual DR protection switching
● Hourly/Daily data replication automatically for the database of iNMS system
3rd-Party NE Management (3rdNE)
● Manages entire network with one software platform

● Provides capability to manage devices from 3rd-party equipment vendors and Loop devices, which is not fully
supported by iNMS
● Shows network element (NE) connectivity and alarm status
● Accesses to telnet and SSH to a NE. Provide URL to bring up 3rd-party equipment web-based management system
22
Network Management
Circuit Group & Circuit Alarm (CGCA)
● User-defined circuit group and group category

● Default category for hybrid multi-segment circuit to support TDMoE and conference applications.
● Alarm status monitoring and display by category, group and circuit.
Pseudowire Circuit Management (PWCKT)
● As part of the management solution for Loop pseudowire products to provide emulated Ethernet services over a
packet-switching network (PSN).
● Provides Loop TDMoE solution supported by AM3440, O9500 and IP6702, including pseudowire resource
management.
● Supports Loop PTN solutions.
● Pseudowire circuit sub-module for IP switching based, per UDP number bundling circuit.
● Hybrid circuit sub-module coming with pseudowire circuit management over a PSN network and multi-segments
circuit management over TDM and PSN network.
Circuit-Level Performance
● Circuit-based performance task creation, deletion, display and query

● Circuit-based performance data display, query and report generation in tabular and graphical form. Report can be
exported and saved in Microsoft Excel (Microsoft Excel versions 2010 or later).
● Performance counter collection in 15 minute or 24 hour intervals
DS0 SNCP Circuit Management
● PDH DS0 SNCP circuit creation, deletion, query, modification and display
● Enable, disable and view PDH SNCP link
● Support quick/advanced diagnosis and diagnosis reports
PDH ULSR Circuit Management
● PDH ULSR circuit creation, deletion, query, modification and display

● Enable, disable and view PDH ULSR link
● Support quick/advanced diagnosis and diagnosis reports
Third-Party Hardware System

Hardware Recommendation table
Note 1: Hardware system shall be provided by SI or end-customer.

Note 2: This recommendation is for reference only. Please consult with a Loop representative for precise hardware spec
and quantities.
Mandatory/
Item Name Suggested Model Remarks
Optional
Small
Intel Dual-core PC server (rack mount or
Used as the Loop-iNMS main
standalone)
1 M PC Server with Linux server if low-cost PC server is
Medium
preferred.
Intel Quad-core PC server (rack mount or
standalone)
Desk-top PC with 22" (or
Used as the Loop-iNMS GUI
2 M above) LCD and Windows 7 Intel dual-core PC
client(s)
Professional 64-bit
Network Management
PC Server Specifications
Note: This recommendation is for reference only. Please consult with Loop representative for precise hardware spec
and quantities.
For project needing more than 100 NEs, please consult with Loop FAE for recommendation.
(Rack Mount) (Rack Mount) Medium (Tower) (Tower)
Low Capacity Capacity Low Capacity Medium Capacity
Item
Dell PowerEdge Dell PowerEdge Dell PowerEdge Dell PowerEdge
R320 R420 T320 R420
Typical Application Up to 50 NEs* Up to 100 NEs* Up to 50 NEs* Up to 100 NEs*
1 x Intel® Xeon® 1 x Intel® Xeon® E5- 1 x Intel® Xeon® E5- 1 x Intel® Xeon® E5-
Processor E5-2407 4C 2430 6C 2403 4C 2430 6C
(2.20GHz or above) (2.20GHz or above) (1.80GHz or above) (2.20GHz or above)
Memory 8GB RDIMM** 8GB RDIMM** 8GB RDIMM** 8GB RDIMM**
1333 MHz 1333 MHz 1333 MHz 1333 MHz
Hard disk 500GB 7.2K 500GB 7.2K 300GB 15K 300GB 15K
SATA 3.5 " SATA 3.5 " 6Gbps SAS 3.5 " 6Gbps SAS 3.5 "
DVD R/W DVD R/W DVD R/W DVD R/W DVD R/W
RAID Controller Embedded SATA Embedded SATA PERC H310 PERC H310
NIC Dual Port 1GbE Dual Port 1GbE Dual Port 1GbE Dual Port 1GbE
Operating System Linux / CentOS-6.8 Linux / CentOS-6.8 Linux / CentOS-6.8 Linux / CentOS-6.8
(or RHEL-6.8) 64-bit (or RHEL-6.8) 64-bit (or RHEL-6.8) 64-bit (or RHEL-6.8) 64-bit
* Based on high capacity NE, like AM3440-A. Dual-Core or 3-Core processor machine is only good for network less than 50 NEs. It is
strongly recommended to separate iNMS application server from Database server to a network with more than 100 nodes.
** Memory requirement = (4GB system minimum + number of nodes x 8MB) x 1.4
Desktop PC Specifications for GUI client
Item Desktop PC for GUI Client

Typical Application For all numbers of NEs
Processor Intel Core i5 (3.2 GHz) or above
Memory Memory/8GB DDR3 or above
SSD (Solid State Disk) Flash 128G (500MB/s read, 450MB/s write) or above
Hard disk
HardDisk SATA3 500GB/7200rmp or above
DVD R/W DVD R/W
Sound card & Speaker Sound interface and Speakers
NIC 10/100/1000M
Graphics GeForce 600 Series or above
Mouse USB Wheel or Optical Mouse
Monitor 22” LCD (1024*768) or above
Operating System Microsoft Windows 7 OS shall be installed inside the SSD above.
24
Network Management
Third-Party Software
Mandatory/
Item Name Description Remarks
Optional
MS Excel is required for various report functions on

Microsoft One Microsoft Excel (2010 or later)
1 M iNMS. The report function will NOT work without MS
Excel for each GUI client
Excel. (for MS 2010 or later)
(1).Oracle Standard Edition Two
Applicable to database server up to two processors.
(SE2) bundled with Loop iNMS
Oracle Or
Database (2).Oracle Standard Edition One Applicable to database server up to two processors.
(SE1) bundled with Loop iNMS
2 (To be M Or
purchased (3).Oracle Standard Edition (SE) Good for database server with 2 ~ 4 processors
from Loop as bundled with Loop iNMS
a bundle) Or For database server which has more than four
(4).Oracle Enterprise Edition (EE) processors and need the advanced features in Oracle
bundled with Loop iNMS database.
Standards
ITU-T M.3100—Generic Network Information Model.
ITU-T M.3200—TMN Management Service: Overview.
ITU-T M.3400—Management Functions

Network Management
Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Element Management

System (EMS)
● Web based application following design of thin client Loop-iNET, based on the scalable and modularized
computing architecture, is a set of intelligent network management
● Windows style user desktop environment software programs which can be taken as both Element
● Supported browsers: Firefox; Internet Explorer (IE) Management Layer (EML) and Network Management
● Supported server platform: MS Windows Layer (NML) based the Telecommunications
● Database server: MySQL RDBMS Management Network (TMN) model. This program is
● Multi-language support (upon request) flexibly designed to manage your network regardless
● Automatic load balancing for the major components of size or complexity. You can add or remove any
to increase performance of iNET server component as you want without affecting operations of
● Hot standby server redundancy with automatic the system. It provides a GUI (graphical user interface)
failover to provide high availability(HA) for the major for the management of a communications network
system components containing Loop Telecom products.
● System access security with role-based user access
control. The access privilege can be customized The workforce management is facilitated by the
through any combination of operation functions and multiple levels of login security, which provides the
managed NEs. User inherits privileges automatically network manager great flexibility of work assignment.
from group privilege The hierarchical grouping feature, cities, buildings,
● System operation and user access log and rooms, allow rapid access to the desired network
● Multi-hierarchical subnet structure allows user to element.
provide multi-level network topology display
● SNMP based management system that supports All SNMP provided functions are available in Loop-
SNMP functions including commands, alarms, and iNET. This includes the execution of all commands, the
statistics gathering. Other protocol support includes gathering of all statistics, and the display of all alarm
ICMP, NTP, and Syslog. conditions in real time. The map and the reports can be
● Up to 100,000 Network Elements(NEs) and unlimited printed as well as viewed directly from the iNET.
concurrent user connection logged into the iNET
server By offering feature-rich functionalities, Loop-iNET
● Network elements of same model with different maximizes the network efficiency, minimizes the
versions managed by iNET simultaneously operating costs and reduces the potential risks.
● Node statistics data and alarm reports can be Moreover, it supports the protocols of SNMP, NTP,
displayed and saved in MS Excel/PDF format. and more (upon request). Customization adaptation
● Enriched topology management provides zoom-in/ into different protocols is allowed and upon request.
zoom-out and drag-and-drop functionalities in view, Moreover, it supports the protocols of SNMP, NTP, and
subnet view, link and NE panel status more (upon request). Customization adaptation into
● Alarm management that provides automatic different protocols is allowed and upon request.
suppressing and notification via Email with advanced
filtering system * Future Option
● Build-in system monitoring and NE connectivity tool
with NE connectivity status for system administration
purpose
● Robust and reliable design based on distributed
system architecture which provides flexible and
scalable solution for network expansions.
● Performance management shows current statistics
for the NEs and system
● Advanced optional functions:
- Currently Active Alarm Summary (CAAS)
- Graphical Cross-connection Tool (GXC)
- North Bound Interface: v1/v2C/v3* (NBI)
- Disaster Recovery (DR)
- TDM Circuit Marker (TDMCKT)
- Ethernet connectivity fault management (eCFM)
- Loopback/BERT tool (DGN)
- File Transfer (FT) supporting NAT configuration
- Trend Grapher (TG)
26
Network Management
Loop-iNET Architecture
Web GUI
MIB
Topology Alarm
Configuration
●●●
Resource Event NE Panel
Core
Resource Event Damon Notification System

Damon [RD] [ED] Damon [ND] Component
Management
ActiveMQ Server [SCMS] DB
Common
NE Panel Configuration
Service
Damon [NPD] Damon [CD] ●●●
Damon [CSD]
SBI
Trap Receiver Polling Agent
iNET Servers Web Browsers
●●● ●●●
Ethernet
Sub-Networks
Network Management
Loop-iNET Main Functions

Topology Management
● Offers topology view for:

- NE/Subnet topology
- Panel view of equipment (NE)
- Resource tree
- MIB tree
● Supports zooming in and zooming out of topology views
● Allows users to create a desired layout to reflect the actual network
● Offers drag-and-drop approach for a user to create an NE icon
● Port-level topology link
NE GIS View
● Manages physical NE locations

● Generic map view
NE Auto-Discovery Management
● Manages multiple discovery agents

● Discovers non-SNMP equipments
● Supports IPv4/v6
● Supports SNMPv1/v2c/v3
Configuration Management
● Provides remote control on NE's configuration

● General parameters setting
● Provides MIB based monitoring and setting on NE, including diagnosis and performance.
Alarm Management
● NE alarm/event collection
● Alarm filtering
● Alarm display
● Alarm history
● Alarm notification
● Configurable alarm audio
User & Security Management
● Supports adding, deleting, and modifying operations on user account and a group of users
● Provides operation privileges and scope assignments
● Provides user operation log
● Supports multi-condition queries on user operation log
● Provides user access log
● Supports multi-condition queries on user access log
iNET Self-Management
● Supports real-time monitoring on iNET software processes

● Supports real-time monitoring on NE connectivity
● Supports database backup and recovery
● Provides date and time synchronization between iNET and NE
● Provides cloud disk to share files over the network
28
Network Management
Loop-iNET Advanced Optional Components

System Redundancy and Protection
● Disaster Recovery (DR) Solution

- Provides geographical system redundancy and an independent system on each site
- DR status monitoring
- Automatic data replication between redundant sites
- System failover and recovery using hot-standby/warm-standby mechanism
Graphical Cross-connection Tool
● NE-Level Cross Connect Configuration

● Provides equipment cross-connect creation/deletion/display views.
● Supports Normal/SNCP/ULSR cross-connection types
eCFM(Ethernet Demarcation Device Connectivity Fault Management) Tool
● Point-to-Point diagnosis for supported IP based devices

● Supports VPLS and Hub/Spoke modes
File Transfer
● Configuration upload/download
● Firmware download
Currently Active Alarm Summary(CAAS)
● Display Equipment CAAS by different severities

● Query CAAS information based on query conditions
Note: This function is available on some selected Loop products supporting CAAS function as listed in iNET User’s
Manual.
North Bound Interface(NBI)
● Supports SNMP v1/v2c NBI for Alarms

● Supports SNMP v3* NBI (* Future Option)
● Other NBI components are available upon request and additional NRE costs are per-project based. Please contact
Loop sales representatives for details.
Trend Grapher
● Real-time data traffic monitoring

● Trend report in simple and clear graphics
Threshold
● Set threshold for alarm triggering

● Support TG sensor setting for now
TDM Circuit Management
● Supports TDM circuit marker

- PDH normal circuit marker creation, deletion, query, modification, route discovery and route table export (Not
including cross-connection creation/deletion)
● Supports circuit group manager
- Circuit group creation, deletion, modification and route table export
Network Management
TDM Diagnostics Management
● Graphical Loopback/BERT test tool

● Port level diagnostics
● Topolink level diagnostics
Third-party System Hardware

Note 1: Hardware system shall be provided by local SI or end-customer.
Note 2: This recommendation list below is the minimum system hardware requirement and it is for reference only. Please
consult with a Loop representative for precise hardware spec and quantities.
Hardware Specifications for iNET Server
Item Descriptions
Processor Intel Xeon® E5-2600 series v2 or above
Memory 8GB or above
Hard disk 160GB/7200rpm or above
DVD R/W DVD ROM
NIC 10/100/1000M
Operating System Windows 2008 R2 Server Enterprise
Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate (32 or 64 bit)
Windows 2008 R2 Server Foundation/Standard
Windows 2012 R2 Server Foundation/Essentials/Standard
Windows 10 Professional
Hardware Specifications for iNET Client PC
Item Descriptions
Processor Intel Core i3 2.4 GHz or above
Memory 4GB or above
DVD R/W DVD ROM
Sound card & Speaker Sound Interface and Speakers
NIC 10/100/1000M
Monitor 22” LCD (1024*768) or above
Operating System Windows XP Professional
Windows 2008 R2 Server Enterprise
Windows 2016 Server
Web Browser Firefox/Internet Explorer (IE)
30
Network Management
Third-party System Software

Third-Party Software / Open Source Software
Mandatory/
Item Type Description Name Remarks
Optional
Java Runtime
1 M One for each iNET server JDK Version 6~8
Environment
Web Server
iNET can run on Apache Tomcat
2 / Application M Tomcat Version 6 or 7
or Jboss AS
Server
Relational database management MySQL Community Server
3 Database M MySQL
system version 5.7
Java JMS (Java Message Service)
4 M ActiveMQ Version 5.4 or above
Messaging message broker
One browser for each iNET thin Firefox Version 51~55
5 Web Browser M
client IE Version 11
iNET report is in character-
Microsoft delimited format. One Microsoft Microsoft
6 O
Excel Excel for each user client machine Excel
is required
Associated Management System Standards

Standards
ITU-T M.3100—Generic Network Information Model.

ITU-T M.3200—TMN Management Service: Overview.
ITU-T M.3400—Management Functions
Network Management
Loop-LCT Graphical Configuration Tool

● Windows style user desktop environment Loop-LCT is based on Loop-iNET platform and provides
● Supported browsers: Firefox, Internet Explorer (IE) a GUI user interface for equipment configuration and
● Database server: MySQL RDBMS management.
● SNMP based management system that supports
SNMP functions including commands, alarms, and It supports NE panel view and allows MIB table setting.
statistics gathering. Moreover, the Graphical Cross Connections (GXC) tool
● Management of a Loop NE/ 3rd-party NE is quite helpful in managing the cross connections on
● Support MIB compiled into the database equipments. It is designed to manage equipments by
● Configuration upload/download using web browser. It allows you to access and perform
● Firmware download operations and maintenance tasks with user friendly
● Currently Active Alarm Summary (CAAS) tools.
● Graphical Cross-connect Tool (GXC)
● Diagnostics (BERT/Loopback Test) by port
● Trend Grapher (TG) for performance monitoring
● NE panel view with LED, alarm indication & GUI
menu
● NE firmware/hardware version detection
● Working TSI map selection, status & management
● Cross-connect information export/import
● Cross-connect of data/voice type, frame/unframed,
CAS ON/OFF
● Support Normal/SNCP/ULSR TSI mapping
● Support SNMP v1/v2c/v3

Loop-LCT Main Functions

Equipment Panel View
● Offers real-time LED status, alarm indication, visualized plug-in card information and GUI menu for configuration
Graphical Cross-Connect Mapping Tool
● NE-Level Cross Connect Configuration

● Provides equipment cross-connect creation/deletion/display views.
● Supports Normal/SNCP/ULSR cross-connect types
File Transfer
Trend Grapher
● Real-time data traffic monitoring

● Trend report in simple and clear graphics
TDM Diagnostics Management
● Graphical Loopback/BERT tool

● Port level diagnostics
32
Network Management
Alarm Monitoring & Current Active Alarm Summary (CAAS)
● Display Equipment CAAS by alarm severity

● Real-time alarm monitoring for SNMP alarm traps
Third-party System Specification

Note 1: Hardware system shall be provided by local SI or end-customer.
Note 2: This recommendation list below is the minimum system hardware requirement and it is for reference only. Please
consult with a Loop representative for precise hardware spec and quantities.
Minimum Hardware Specifications
Item Descriptions
Processor Intel Core i3 2.4 GHz or above
Memory 8GB or above
NIC 10/100/1000M
Resolution 1024*768 or above
Operating System Windows 2008 R2 Server Enterprise
Windows 2008 R2 Server Foundation/Standard
Windows 2012 R2 Server Foundation/Essentials/Standard
Third-Party Software / Open Source Software
Mandatory/
Item Type Description Name Remarks
Optional
Java Runtime
1 M One for each Loop-LCT server JDK Version 6~8
Environment
Web Server
Loop-LCT can run on Apache
2 / Application M Tomcat Version 6 or 7
Tomcat
Server
Relational database management MySQL Community Server
3 Database M MySQL
system version 5.7
JMS (Java Message Service)
4 Java Messaging M ActiveMQ Version 5.4 or above
message broker
Firefox Version 51~55
5 Web Browser M One browser for each Loop-LCT
IE Version 11
Network Management
Application Illustration
Network
AM3440 O9500R AM3440
iNET-LCT for Equipment Management

iNET-LCT for Equipment Management
34
3
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9100 SDH/SONET ADM/TM 36
Loop-O9150S SDH STM-1 TM/ADM 39
Loop-O9170S SDH STM-1 MUX 41
Loop-O9400R SDH/SONET ADM/TM 43
Loop-O9400S SDH/SONET ADM/TM 56
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP 60
Loop-O9550-A/C SDH/SONET IMAP 68
Loop-O9550-D SDH/SONET IMAP 74
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9100 SDH/SONET ADM/TM
1U ANSI Rear View 1U ANSI Front View 3U ANSI Front View 3U ANSI Rear View
● 1U and 3U case options, ANSI shelf (front and rear Loop-O9100 ADM/TM is an economic, compact STM1
access) ADM & TM Multiplexer designed to add & drop up to the
● Rack mount, wall mount, and standalone following:
● TM, ADM
● Multiple tributary modules (optional): For 1U shelf:
- 4/12/20/28-channel E1/DS1 fixed on base unit - 56 x E1/T1 tributaries
- Hot-swappable tributary module (3U case only): - 3 x DS3/E3 tributaries
● 28-channel E1/DS1 module - 4 x 10/100M Ethernet tributaries
● 1/3-channel E3/DS3 module
● 4-port Ethernet module with or without switch For 3U shelf:
● Redundant hot-swappable AC/DC power card - 112 x E1/T1 tributaries
● SNCP-I protection - 6 x DS3/E3 tributaries
● Optional MSP (1+1) protection - 12 x 10/100M Ethernet tributaries
● Expandable number of STM-1 aggregate interfaces
● Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS over With up to 4 aggregate optical/electrical STM-1
DCC channel interfaces, the Loop-ADM can offer the service provider
● External/Internal/Line timing a versatile protection scheme including SNCP-I and
● Support VCAT, GFP, and LCAS MSP (1+1) protection for both ring and linear network
● Performance monitoring topologies.
● Alarm suppression, masking, and reporting
● Switched option for Ethernet card to support Ethernet All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ITU
lease line service and virtual LAN recommendations. The Loop-ADM provides powerful
● Ethernet Order Wire (EOW) using VoIP technology Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning
● RoHS compliant (OAM&P) functionality including fault management,
performance monitoring, configuration management,
and network security management. Through a console
port, LAN port, and a DCC channel, the OAM&P can be
used both locally and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven
interfaces.
The Loop-ADM provides a complete set of

operation interfaces that are consistent with the
Telecommunication Management Network (TMN)
concept (ITU Recommendation M.30, G.784) for SDH
Network Element/ Operations System (NE/OS), NE/
NE, and NE/Craft communications. Users can easily
operate the Loop-ADM locally or remotely for centralized
management.
36
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Application Illustrations
O9100 can be configured as either a Terminal Multiplexer (TM), or an Add/Drop Multiplexer (ADM) within a single
enclosure. With SNCP-I and MSP(1+1) protection, the Loop-ADM provides a well-protected transmission path in various
applications shown as follows:
63 x E1 63 E1
Base Station O9100 O9100

Controller (BSC) BTS
63 E1 STM-1 (OC-3) Ring 63 E1

with SNCP-I Protection
Base Transceiver O9100 O9100 BTS

Station (BTS)
63 E1 63 E1
BTS O9100 O9100 BTS
Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) Application
Ethernet ADSL
O9100 Switch
STM-1 Linear Chain
MSP (1+1) Protection
H3300
V4200-9 G.shdsl
O9100 AM3440 E1500
IP6416 PBX
E1/T1, Ethernet
O9100 IP6610 PC LAN
Downlink Access Application
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Smart Building Application
E1 Network E1 Network
Secondary
Path (Working)
O9100 with Ring O9100 with CO
Closure (CO)
Ring Primary Path

Fiber Break
Ring
Protection Protection
1+1 Line 1+1 Line

Protection Protection
Primary Line Backup Line

Down (Working)
Dual Homing Application
38
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9150S SDH STM-1 TM/ADM

Description
The Loop-O9150S SDH STM1 TM/ADM is a standard

equipment device for SDH/MSTP networks with VC-12
directly reaching the network terminal. Through an STM-
1 uplink, the O9150S provides VC-12 standard E1s and
Ethernet supporting VCAT, GFP, and LCAS protocol.
Features The O9150S is a comprehensive fiber transmission

platform for traditional telecom business and broadband
● 1U height, ETSI shelf (full front access) or ANSI shelf
information business applications. As well, it is suited to
(front and rear access)
adapt to general data in Metropolitan Area Networks and
● SDH STM-1TM/ADM
audio and information business data in Private Networks.
● Aggregate port
- 2 SFP optical housing
On the aggregate side, the O9150S has two STM-1 ports
- MSP 1+1 protection
supporting MSP (1+1) TM and SNCP for ADM protection.
- SNCP protection
On the tributary side, the O9150S has four Ethernets and
● Tributary port (manufacturing option)
up to two 8-port E1. As terminal equipment, the O9150S
- Two 8-port E1 ports with DB37 connector or 16-
can be built in a range of complex topologies such as
port E1 ports with RJ48C and four 10/100 (FE)
star, linear and ring. These can support a non-blocking
Ethernet ports
cross-connect between different business interfaces.
- 8-port E1 with RJ48C connector and 8-port E1 with
DB37 connector, with four 10/100 (FE) Ethernet
All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ANSI
ports
standards and ITU recommendations. The O9150S
- 8-port E1 ports with RJ48C /DB37and two 10/100
provides fault management, performance monitoring,
(FE) Ethernet ports
configuration management, and network security
- 4-port E1 ports with RJ48C/DB37and two 10/100
management. Through the console port, LAN port and
(FE) Ethernet ports
DCC channel, the OAM&P can be achieved both locally
● Hot swappable power Modules, dual power modules
and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven interfaces.
for redundancy
O9150S supports the LoopView GUI EMS (Element
- DC power -48 Vdc (-36 to -72Vdc)
Management System).
- AC power (100 to 240 Vac)
● VC-12 cross-connect
● 4-Ethernet Port for total 63xVC12, with independent
port configuration
● Supports Internal/Line clock
● Supports VCAT, GFP, and LCAS
● Supports E-Line
● Performance monitoring
● Management:
- Console port
- SNMP port
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS over
DCC channel
- LoopView GUI EMS
- Telnet support
● RoHS compliant
SDH/SONET-MSTP
TM (MSP Protection)
O9400
STM-1 Ring
O9400
O9400
O9150 O9150
10/100M
Ethernet E1 E1
10/100M
Ethernet
IP6330
IP6330 AM3440-C
AM3440-C
ADM
O9400
STM-1 Ring
O9150 O9150
10/100M
Ethernet E1
10/100M
E1 Ethernet
IP6330
IP6330
AM3440-C
AM3440-C
40
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9170S SDH STM-1 MUX

● Supports VCAT, GFP, and LCAS
● Performance monitoring
● Management:
- Console port
Features - SNMP port
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS over
● 1U height ETSI/ANSI shelf unit (front/rear access) DCC channel
● Standalone, wall mount, and rack mount - Loop-iNET Intelligent Network Management
● SDH STM-1 TM and ADM System
● Aggregate port - Telnet support
- 2 SFP optical housing
- MSP 1+1 protection and SNCP Description
● On-board tributaries on fixed slot
- 8-port E1 ports with 1 DB37 or Loop-O9170S is an economical, cost-effective SDH
6 E1 ports with RJ48 connectors unframed clock STM-1 Mux designed to combine digital access
independent interfaces including TDM, IP, and voice interfaces
- Four 10/100 (FE) Ethernet ports into STM-1 optical lines for convenient transport and
● On-board DS0 tributary on TG3 slot switching. Through STM-1 uplink, O9170S provides VC-
(manufacture option) 12 standard E1s and Ethernet supporting VCAT, GFP,
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port FXS and LCAS protocol.
- 4-port RS485 and 4-port FXS
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port RS485 The O9170S is a comprehensive SDH STM-1
- 8-port FXS multiplexer platform for traditional telecom businesses
- 8-port FXO and broadband information business applications, and a
- 8-port RS232 blending trend which adapts Metropolitan Area Network
- 8-port RS485 as well as audio and information business in all Private
● Optional DS0 modules on TG4 slots Networks.
(manufacture option)
- 4-port E&M The O9170S provides two optical line signals at STM-1
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port RS485 with protection schemes including MSP(1+1) and SNCP
- 8-port FXS protection in both ring and linear network topologies.
- 8-port FXO
- 8-port RS232 On the aggregate side, the O9170S has two STM-1 ports
- 8-port RS485 supporting 1+1 protection. On the tributary side, the
● Optional DS0 modules on TG5 slots O9170S has four Ethernets and 8-port E1, and optional
(manufacture option) DS0 interfaces of Voice (FXS/FXO/E&M), DTE (RS232/
- 4-port E&M RS485) and FE1 interfaces.
- 8-port FXS
- 8-port FXO All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ANSI
- 8-port RS232 standards and ITU recommendations. The O9170S
- 8-port RS485 provides fault management, performance monitoring,
- 4-port RS232 and 4-port RS485 configuration management, and network security
- 4-port E1/FE1 management. Through the console port, LAN port and
● Power Modules DCC channel, the OAM&P can be achieved both locally
- Hot swappable DC power -48 Vdc and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven interfaces. The
- Dual DC power module for redundancy O9170S supports the LOOP-iNET Intelligent Network
● DS0 cross-connect fabric with TG3, TG4, TG5 Management System.
modules and SNMP
● Networking protection
- MSP (1+1) and SNCP protection
- Support External/Internal/Line/E1 clock
SDH/SONET-MSTP
ADM mode typical application (SNCP Protection)
O9500
O9400
STM-1 Ring
O9170 Ethernet
O9170 FXS
Ethernet
E& M E&M
E1 RS485
E1
FXO RS232
TM mode typical application (MSP Protection)
42
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9400R SDH/SONET ADM/TM

Features Supporting SDH & PDH
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf support up to

2.5G Mbps backplane
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary
modules and power modules
● Temperature-controlled fan tray
● Aggregate cross-connect modules (controller
modules)
- Up to STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines
with software configuration (CC16)
- Up to STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) aggregate lines with Description
software configuration (CC4)
● Tributary modules: 8 tributary slots The Loop-O9400R STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) is a
- Two ports STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) module standards-compliant high density SDH/SONET ADM/TM
- 1 STM-16(OC-48) module with a full T1/E1 cross-connect rack system.
- Three ports E3/T3 module
The O9400R has full add and drop capability according
- 16/32/63 ports E1/T1 tributary module to the figures below:
- 1 GbE and 8 FE tributary module with/without L2
switch ● For the controller STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) aggregate
- 7 FOM tributary module cross connect module, up to
- 4 GEoSDH with L2 switch tributary module - 1 STM-4 tributary
- TDMoG tributary module - 8 STM-1 tributaries
- 18 E3/T3 tributaries
● Power Modules
- DC module (-36 to -72 Vdc) - 48 10/100M Ethernet EoS tributaries
- AC/DC hybrid module (90 to 240 Vac; -36 to -72 - 6 GbE EoS tributaries
Vdc)
- Dual power (1+ 1) protection ● For the controller STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48)
● Protection aggregate cross connect module, up to:
- Controller cross-connect unit (CC16) protection, - 1 STM-16 tributaries
- 4 STM-4 tributaries
MSP (1+1), SNCP/UPSR Ring
- 16 STM-1 tributaries
- Controller cross-connect unit (CC4) protection, - 24 E3/T3 tributaries
MSP (1+1), SNCP/UPSR - 504 E1/T1 tributaries
- Tributary protection - 64 10/100M Ethernet EoS tributaries
● E1/T1: Card, Port, Line - 8 GbE EoS tributaries
● E3/T3: Line - 56 FOM tributaries
● B155/622: MSP, SNCP/UPSR - 4 TDMoG tributaries
● B2G5: MSP With up to 4 STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate
● Ethernet interfaces on cross-connect modules and 16 STM-1 (OC-
● FOM: Line 3) interfaces on tributaries, the Loop-O9400R offers the
● 4GEoSDH: Card service provider a versatile protection scheme including
● TDMoG: Card SNCP (UPSR), and MSP (1+1) protection for network
● TM, ADM, and cross-connect topology.
● Full cross-connect at VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 levels
All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant
● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM ETSI standards and ITU recommendations. The Loop-
● Ethernet supports GFP, LAPS, VCAT, BCP, LCAS O9400R provides powerful Operation, Administration,
and non-LCAS Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality,
● Ethernet Order Wire (EOW) using VoIP technology including fault management, performance monitoring,
● Management configuration management, and network security
- Console port, VT100 menu-driven management. Through a console port, LAN port, In-
band E1, and DCC channel, OAM&P can be achieved
- SNMP port: Both v1 and v3 supported
both locally and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven
- Telnet and SSH interfaces.
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/iNMS
over DCC channel The Loop-O9400R provides a complete set of
- Loop-iNET GUI Element Management System operation interfaces that are consistent with the
- TMN management (Loop-iNMS) with full FCAPS Telecommunication Management Network (TMN)
and end-to-end circuit management concept (ITU Recommendation M.30, G.784) for SDH/
SONET Network Element/Operations System (NE/
● RoHS compliant
OS), NE/NE, and NE/Craft communications. Users can
easily operate the Loop-O9400R locally or remotely for
centralized management.
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9400R Front Panel

Controller XCU-CC4 with STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) on CHA Chassis
Controller XCU-CC16 with STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) on CHA Chassis
44
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Controller XCU-CC16 with STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) on CHAA Chassis
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9400R Tributary Module Description
Module Description Controller Card Compatibility
2 STM-4 MSP 1+1 or

STM-4 (OC-12) tributaries 1 STM-4 Sub-ring SNCP or
2 STM-4 without protection
B155/622 XCU-CC4/CC16
4 STM-1 MSP 1+1 or
STM-16 (OC-48) software configurable interface plug-in module without SFP

B2G5 XCU-CC16
(mini-GBIC) optical modules
63 port E1/T1 tributaries
E1/T1 32 port E1/T1 tributaries XCU-CC4/CC16
63 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card
E1(75 ohm) 32 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card XCU-CC4/CC16
3 T3 or 3 E3 software programmable interface

E3/T3 XCU-CC4/CC16
with M13/Mx3 function for T3 interface only
8FE+1GbE Ethernet over SDH card

Ethernet with L2 switch (9EoS4SW) XCU-CC4/CC16
without L2 switch (9EoS4NSW)
4GEoSDH 4GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch XCU-CC16
7FOM 7 port FOM tributaries XCU-CC16
TDMoG 4 port 10/100/1000BT for TDM over Gigabit Ethernet XCU-CC16
46
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9400R Tributary Modules with XCU-CC4

In below, STM-16 is equivalent to OC-48, STM-4 to OC-12; STM-1 to OC-3; E1 to T1; and E3 to T3.
Table 1 High-speed Configuration without protection

Controller Cards
Tributary (Plug-in Modules)
XCU-CC4
Channel
TRIB TRIB
TRIB 1 TRIB 3 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8 XCU 1 XCU 2
2 4
Global 2 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A
payload 155M 155M 8 x 155M 8 x 155M
155M 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M
SDH
STM-1 STM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1
Link
STM-1 STM-1 STM-4 N/A
without STM-1 N/A STM-1 N/A 2xSTM-1/4 2xSTM-1/4
2xSTM-1 N/A 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1
protection
2xSTM-1 N/A STM-4 N/A
E1 63 E1 N/A 63 E1 N/A 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 N/A N/A
E3 3 E3 N/A 3 E3 N/A 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 N/A N/A
Ethernet
8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT
10/100/ N/A N/A N/A N/A
1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT
1000BT
Table 2 High-speed Configuration with protection

Controller Cards
Channel XCU-CC4
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8 XCU 1 XCU 2
2 x STM-1/4
SNCP Rings
2 x STM-1/4
MSP (1+1)
(B) 1 x STM-1/4
2xSTM-1
(B) (B) (B) 2xSTM-1 SNCP Ring
Link with STM-1 STM-1 2xSTM-1 Or
STM-1 STM-1 2xSTM-1 Or with MSP (1+1)
protection STM-4 MSP
STM-4 MSP
Note 1
1 x STM-1/4
SNCP Ring
and
1 x STM-1/4
MSP (1+1)
2 x STM-1/4
N/A N/A N/A N/A STM-1/4 Sub-ring 2xSTM-1/4 Sub-ring
SNCP Rings
(B) (B) (B) (B)
E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 N/A N/A
63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1
(B) (B) (B) (B)
E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 N/A N/A
3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
Ethernet (B) (B) (B) (B)
8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT
10/100/ 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT N/A N/A
1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT
1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT
(B) signifies backup/protection
Note 1 Protection schemes are illustrated with figures in the following sections.
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9400R Tributary Modules with XCU-CC16

Controller Cards
Channel XCU-CC16
4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A
Global 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M
payload 2 x 2.5G 2 x 2.5G
SDH 4 x 155M N/A 16 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A
2 x 155M 2 x 155M 16 x 155M N/A 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M
2xSTM- 2xSTM-
Link 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1
1/4/16 1/4/16
without
2xSTM- 2xSTM-
protection STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A
1/4/16 1/4/16
E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 N/A N/A
E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 N/A N/A
Ethernet
8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT
10/100/ N/A N/A
1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT
1000BT
FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM N/A N/A
4GEoSDH
Note 2 N/A N/A 2.5GbE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
TDMoG
Note 3 622M N/A 622M N/A 622M N/A 622M N/A N/A N/A

Controller Cards
Channel XCU-CC16
(B) (B) (B) (B)
Link 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1
2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2 x STM-1/4/16
with
(B) STM-4/16 (B) (B) (B) Ring
protection STM-4 Note 2 STM-4 STM-4
STM-4 STM-4/16 STM-4 STM-4
(B) (B) (B) (B)
E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 N/A N/A
63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1
(B) (B) (B) (B)
E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 N/A N/A
3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
Ethernet (B) (B) (B) (B)
8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT
10/100/ 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT N/A N/A
1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT
1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT 1x1000BT
(B) (B) (B) (B)
FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM N/A N/A
7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM
4GEoSDH (B)
Note 2 N/A N/A 2.5GbE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2.5GbE
TDMoG (B) (B) (B) (B)
Note 3 622M 622M 622M 622M N/A N/A
622M 622M 622M 622M
Note 1: With MSP (1+1) protection, the protection pairs on XCU (W) and XCU (E) are as follows:
XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(E) port 1 XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(W) port 2
XCU(W) port 2 and XCU(E) port 2 XCU(E) port 1 and XCU(E) port 2
P2 P2 P2 P2
P1 P1 P1 P1
Note 2: 4GEoSDH and B2G5 modules can only be mounted in tributary slot 3 and 4 on CHAA Chassis with XCU-CC16, the backplane
of which supports up to 2.5G Mbps mapping bandwidth.
Note 3: The backplane bandwidth for the TDMoG card is 622M. When TDMoG module is mounted to on tributary slots 1, 3, 5, or 7
without protection, slot 2, 4, 6, or 8 will be blocked from use.
48
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Ethernet GbE
Backbone
O9400R O9400R
STM-16 (OC-48)
Ring
IP6510, IP6610, H3300-3S G.SHDSL E1/T1

E1500-2S (RT) E3/T3
E1/T1 Ethernet
O9400R
V.35
Ethernet
O9400S
STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) E1/T1
IP6510, IP6704 O9500R
Ring E3/T3
Ethernet
STM-1/4
(OC-3/12)
O9500R E1 O9400R
Ethernet
G.SHDSL
E1/T1
Ethernet
H3300-3S G.SHDSL G.SHDSL.bis C5600 GbE
Bonded
G.SHDSL.bis
Ethernet
IP6510, IP6704 H3300-3S O9340S

E1/T1
FXO/FXS
V.35 AM3440 H3308S
E1/T1 E1/T1
Ethernet Ethernet
IP6510, IP6610, Voice V.35 Ethernet
E1500-2S (RT)
Total Solution for IP / SDH / Voice Data Transportation
With STM-16 (OC-48) capacity, multi-rings can share the bandwidth in one optical line. Node A, B, and C form a STM-16
Ring. Node A, B, and E form a STM-4 Ring. Node A, B, and D form a STM-1 Ring. Node A and B only need one optical
line to connect these three rings. The cross-connect VC fabrics are able to cross-connect the three rings within the linear
line between Node A and Node B.
SDH/SONET-MSTP
4xVC4
Node B
1xVC4 11xVC4
1xVC4
STM-1 Ring +4xVC4 STM-16 Ring STM-4 Ring
+11xVC4
Node D Node A Node C Node E
One Single Line for STM-1, STM-4, and STM-16 (XCU-CC16)
SDH Backbone
STN-16 / OC-48
O9400S
O9100
O9400R
STM-1/4
(OC-3/12) O9400R
Sub-ring STM-1/4
O9100
(OC-3/12)
Ring
E1/T1
O9400R E3/T3
O9400S
Ethernet
O9500R
Ethernet AM3440-A C5500

Switch
xDSL, IP-
DSLAM AM3440-B V4200-9
STM-1/4 Ring Application
50
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Aggregation Line Protection Illustrations (XCU-CC4)
Protection Ring 1 Ring 2

Scheme 1
Two STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)
SNCP Rings
Port 1 Port 2 Port 1 Port 2
XCU (W) O/E O/E O/E O/E XCU (E)
622M
VC12 XC fabric 622M VC12 XC fabric
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8

P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
Protection Chain 1 Chain 2

Scheme 2
Two STM-1/4(OC-3/12)
Linear Chains MSP(1+1)
622M

SDH/SONET-MSTP
Protection SNCP
Scheme 3 Ring
One STM-1/4(OC-3/12)
SNCP Ring with MSP(1+1)
Chain 1 Chain 2
622M

Protection Ring Chain

Scheme 4
SNCP Ring
+
Linear Chain MSP(1+1)
622M

52
SDH/SONET-MSTP

Scheme 5
Five STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)
SNCP Rings

Two from XCU channels
622M
Three from tributary

channels TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8
Ring 5
Ring 3
Ring 4
Aggregation Line Protection Illustrations (XCU-CC16)

Scheme 1

Two STM-1/4/16 (OC-
3/12/48) SNCP Rings XCU (W) O/E O/E O/E O/E XCU (E)
from XCU channels
622M
And two STM-1/4(OC-

3/12) SNCP Rings from TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8
tributary channels
Ring 3 Ring 4
SDH/SONET-MSTP

Scheme 2

Two STM-1/4/16 (OC-
3/12/48) SNCP Rings XCU (W) O/E O/E O/E O/E XCU (E)
from XCU channels
622M
And 8 STM-1(OC-3)
SNCP Rings from TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8
tributary channels
Ring 2 Ring 4 Ring 6 Ring 8

Ring 1 Ring 3 Ring 5 Ring 7
E1/T1 Connector Conversion Panel Illustration

One conversion panel supports up to sixteen ports. For 16E1/T1 cards, one conversion panel is required; for 32E1/T1
cards, two conversion panels are required; for 63E1/T1 cards, three conversion panels are required.
16 x RJ Connectors
E1/T1 Card 16 x BNC Connectors

SCSI
Cable
Conversion Panel 16 x Wire Wrap
54
SDH/SONET-MSTP
E1/T1 Y-box Protection Illustrations

Y-Boxes provide protection over terminal equipment. For O9500R, RJ, Wire Wrap, TELCO 50, and TELCO 64 connectors
are available for E1 (120 ohm) or T1; TELCO 50 and TELCO 64 are available for E1 (75 ohm). For more detailed product
specification, please refer to Accessories section. In below the wire connection from 16/32/63E1/T1 card, to Y-BOX, and
to connector are illustrated.
Port 1-16
RJ Connector
TELCO Connector
SCSI
Cable Wire Wrap
Y-Box for Protection
16E1/T1
16E1/T1
Backup
Port 1-16
Port 17-32
Port 1-16
Port 17-32
32E1/T1
32E1/T1
Backup
Port 17-32 Port 1-16
Port 49-63 Port 33-48
Port 33-48
Port 49-63
63E1/T1
63E1/T1 Two Y-Boxes
Backup
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9400S SDH/SONET ADM/TM

Features
● 1U height, full front access (ETSI) unit

- 1US4 shelf STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)
● Rack mount, wall mount, and stand-alone
● Aggregate Lines
- STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) software configurable Description
- Two hot-swappable aggregate lines
● On-board tributaries on TG1 slot The Loop-O9400S ADM/TM is a compact, economic
- Up to 16 E1 (120 ohm)/T1 STM1/4 (OC-3/12) ADM & TM multiplexer designed to
- Up to 16 E1 (75 ohm) add and drop up to note 2:
● Fixed tributary modules on TG2 and TG3 slots
- Up to two 16 E1 (120 ohm)/T1 tributary modules 1US4 shelf STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)
- Up to two 16E1 (75 ohm) tributary modules - 48 E1/T1 tributaries
- Up to one 1 GbE and 3 FE EoS module with L2 - 2 GbE tributaries
switch (for 1US4 only) - 8 FE tributaries
- Up to two 1 GbE or 4 FE EoS module without L2
switch With up to two aggregate STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) interfaces,
● Power Modules the Loop-O9400S can offer the service provider a
- Two hot-swappable DC plug-in modules (-36 to versatile protection scheme including SNCP and MSP
-75 Vdc) (1+1) protection for both ring and linear network topology.
- Single AC plug-in module (90 to 240 Vac)
- AC and DC (coexistent) fixed module (90 to 240 All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant
Vac / -36 to -75Vdc) ETSI standards and ITU recommendations. The
● Two RS232 asynchronous ports Loop-O9400S provides powerful OAM&P (Operation,
● Networking protection Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning)
- SNCP protection functionality, including fault management, performance
- MSP (1+1) protection for TM monitoring, configuration management, and network
● TM, ADM, cross-connect security management. Through the console port, LAN
● VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 cross-connect port, Inband E1 and DCC channel, the OAM&P can be
● External/Internal/Line timing with SSM achieved both locally and remotely via SNMP or menu-
● Supports VCAT, LAPS, GFP, BCP, LCAS, and non- driven interfaces.
LCAS
● Supports jumbo frame note 1 Powerful SDH Loop’s EMS/NMS
● Performance monitoring The Loop-O9400S provides a complete set of
● Alarm suppression, masking, and reporting operation interfaces that are consistent with the
● Ethernet Order Wire (EOW) using VoIP technology Telecommunication Management Network (TMN)
● Management: concept (ITU Recommendation M.30, G.784) for SDH/
- Console Port, VT-100 menu-driven; SNMP Port SONET Network Element/Operations System (NE/OS),
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/iNMS NE/NE, and NE/Craft communications. Users can easily
over DCC channel operate the Loop-O9400S both locally or remotely for
- LoopView GUI EMS (Element Management centralized management.
System)
- Loop iNMS with full FCAPS and end-to-end circuit Note 1: Ask Loop for more details
management Note 2: Details on tributary types and capacities are
- Telnet support found on pages 9 and 10 of this brochure.
- SSH
● RoHS compliant
56
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9400S SDH/SONET ADM/TM SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9400S Front Panels

O9400S Front Panels
Alarm Tributary Tributary

In/Out Group 3 Group 2
Power Aggregate SNMP RS232 Console Tributary

Modules Lines Port Group 1
Ext.
Clock
O9400S Module Options

Module Slot Module Options Installation
AC + DC fixed
Power Modules AC plug-in

O9400S Module Options DC plug-in
8E1/T1 fixed
Module Slot Module Options Installation
8E1 fixed
Tributary Group 1 AC + DC fixed
16E1/T1 fixed
Power Modules AC plug-in
16E1 fixed
DC
16E1/T1
plug-in plug-in
8E1/T1
16E1 fixed plug-in
Tributary Group 2
8E1
1GE4NSW fixed plug-in
Tributary Group 1
4FE4NSW
16E1/T1 fixed plug-in
16E1/T1
16E1 fixed plug-in
16E1 plug-in
16E1/T1 plug-in
4EoS6SW plug-in
Tributary Group 3 16E1 plug-in
Tributary Group 2 4EoS1SW plug-in
1GE4NSW plug-in
1GE4NSW plug-in
4FE4NSW
4FE4NSW
plug-in plug-in
16E1/T1 plug-in
16E1 plug-in
Tributary Group 3 4EoS6SW plug-in
4EoS1SW plug-in
1GE4NSW plug-in
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9400S Module Description

Module Description
AC+DC power AC and DC coexistent power module
AC Single AC power module
DC Single hot-swappable DC power module
8E1/T1 8-channel E1/T1 (120 ohm)
8E1 8-channel E1 (75 ohm)
16E1/T1 16-channel E1/T1 (120 ohm)
16E1 16-channel E1 (75 ohm)
1GE4NSW 1 GbE over 155/622 Mbps SDH/SONET signal daughter card without L2 switch.
4FE4NSW 4 FE over 155/622 Mbps SDH/SONET signal daughter card without L2 switch.
Ethernet Switch Daughter card with 4 LAN (1 GbE and 3FE) and 1 GbE WAN mapped to 155/622 Mbps
4EoS6SW
SDH/SONET (EoS)
Ethernet Switch Daughter card with 4 LAN (1 GbE and 3FE) and 4/8 FET WANs mapped to 155/622 Mbps
4EoS1SW
SDH/SONET (EoS)
O9400S Tributary Capacity

Max Capacity Tributary Group 1 Tributary Group 2 Tributary Group 3
48E1/T 16E1/T1 16E1/T1 16E1/T1
2GbE N/A 1GbE 1GbE
FE N/A 4FE 4FE
1GbE and 3FE N/A N/A 1GbE and 3FE
Note The maximum capacity of the tributary cards is one STM-4.
O9400S Aggregate Line Capacity

Max Capacity Wa/Eb Ea
2 STM-1/4
STM-1/4 STM-1/4
(OC-3/12)
(OC-3/12) (OC-3/12)
For ADM
2 STM-1/4
STM-1/4 STM-1/4
(OC-3/12)
(OC-3/12) (OC-3/12)
For TM (1+1)
2 STM1/4
STM-1/4 STM-1/4
(OC-3/12)
(OC-3/12) (OC-3/12)
For 2 TM
58
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9400S-1US4 Block Diagram
E1/T1
E3/T3
SDH/SONET Ethernet
Backbone
O9100
O9400R O9400R
STM-1/4
O9100
(OC-3/12)
`
Ring
E1/T1
O9400S E3/T3
O9400S
E1/T1 Ethernet
E3/T3
Ethernet
O9400S
E1/T1 E1/T1
C5500 V4200-9
AM3440
STM-1/4 Ring ADM Application
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP

(CHA/CHAA chassis & CC4/CC16 Controller) Description
The Loop-O9500R SDH/SONET IMAP (Integrated Multi-

Services Access Platform) is an economical STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48) access multiplexer designed to provide
integrated access to STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) optical
lines. Access is provided through either a non-blocking
VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 cross-connect with HS tributary
modules or through an additional non-blocking DS0
cross-connect fabric with LS tributary modules.
With up to 4 STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate

interfaces on cross-connect modules and 8 STM-
1 (OC-3) interfaces on tributaries, the Loop-O9500R
Features SDH/SONET IMAP offers service providers a versatile
protection schemes including SNCP(UPSR) and
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf MSP(1+1) protection for both ring and linear network
● TM, ADM and DCS (full cross-connect) at DS0, topologies. The O9500R can work with the Loop-O9100
VC11, VC12, VC3, VC4 and Loop-O9400 in the same topology.
● Aggregate cross-connect modules (controller
modules)
The non-blocking VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 cross-connect
- Up to STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines
with software configuration (CC16) capability on High Speed (HS) is up to 20 VC4. The HS
- Up to STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) aggregate lines with tributary modules include optical STM-1/4 (OC-3/12), E3/
software configuration (CC4) T3, E1/T1 interfaces, FOM and Fast Ethernet/Gigabit
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary Ethernet over STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48). Ethernet
modules and power modules. signals are mapped onto STM payload through standard
● Tributary Modules techniques such as GFP, LAPS, VCAT, LCAS, and non-
- High-Speed (High Density) access tributary LCAS. These HS modules are identical to those used in
modules (HS) the rack version of the Loop-O9400.
- Low-Speed access tributary modules (LS)
● Power Modules
The uplink non-blocking DS0 cross-connect to HS is up
- DC Module (-48/-125/-250 Vdc)
to 21 E1 or 28 T1. The non-blocking DS0 cross-connect
- Dual Power (1+1) Protection
● Protection Scheme capability on Low Speed (LS) is up to 768 DS0. Through
- Tributary protection a full non-blocking DS0 cross-connect and together can
• E1/T1: card, port, line act as a mini DACS. The modules include variety of
• E3/T3: line TDM, IP, and voice interfaces detailed on next page. All
• B155/622: MSP, SNCP/UPSR LS modules are identical to those used in rack version of
• Ethernet the Loop-AM3440.
• 7 FOM: line
- Cross-connect unit (XCU) protection All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ETSI
• MSP standards and ITU recommendations. The O9500R SDH/
• SNCP/UPSR
SONET IMAP provides full Operation, Administration,
● DS0-SNCP protection
Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality.
● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM
● Ethernet supports GFP, LAPS, VCAT, LCAS and non- Users can easily operate the O9500R locally or remotely
LCAS for centralized management with Loop-iNET (EMS) and
● Ethernet Order Wire (EOW) using VoIP technology Loop-iNMS (Integrated NMS).
● Alarm suppression, masking and reports
● Management
- Console port, VT100 menu-driven
- SNMP Port
- Telnet and SSH
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS
over DCC channel
- Loop-iNET GUI EMS
- TMN management(Loop-iNMS) with full FCAPS
and end-to-end circuit management
- Support DCC pass through
● RoHS compliant
60
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9500R Tributary Module Description

Type Module Description
2 STM-4 MSP 1+1 or
B155/622
4 STM-1 MSP 1+1 or
E1/T1 32 port E1/T1 tributaries
High-speed/ 16 port E1/T1 tributaries
High Density 63 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card
(HS)
E1(75 ohm) 32 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card
E3/T3 3 T3 or 3 E3 software programmable interface with M13/Mx3 function for T3 interface only
STM-16/OC-48 software configurable interface plug-in module without SFP (mini-GBIC)
B2G5
optical modules
4GEoSDH 4GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch (XCU-CC16 only)
8GESWA* 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET Interface Card
7FOM 7 port FOM tributaries
RTB 8-port Bridge/Router
4E1/4T1 4-channel E1/T1
2GH 2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) without line power
8CD 8-channel G.703 card at 64 Kbps data rate
1C37/4C37 1 or 4 channel C37.94 (low-speed optical)
8RS232 8-channel RS232/V.24
8DC 8-channel Dry Contact I/O
8DCB 8-channel Dry Contact I/O type B
Low-speed (LS) 8E&MA 8-channel 2W/4W E&M
Single slot 12FXS 12-channel FXS
12FXO 12-channel FXO
Conference 2 RS232, 2 FXS, and 2 E&M ports
12MAGA* 12-channel Magneto
TDMoEA* 4 GbE for TDM signal over Ethernet
8DBRA 8-channel Data Bridge
8UDTEA 8-channel DTE
1FOMB 1 port FOM (1FOMB)
OCUDPA 8-channel OCU/DP
VoIPGA* Voice over Internet protocol gateway card with 1 WAN and 2 LAN 10/100Base-T interfaces
24FXS 24-channel FXS
Low-speed (LS)
24FXO 24-channel FXO
Dual slot
TTA Four ports for DTT input and output.
*Future Option
Note A Dual-Slot module takes up two adjacent single slots..
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9500R Low-speed Tributary Modules

Maximum Channels
Low-speed Module Channel
TRIB 11~16 each System
1FOMB FOM 1 6
RTB FE 8 48
2/4 channel G.SHDSL G.SHDSL 2/4 12/24
4E1/T1 E1/T1 4E1/4T1 21E1/24T1
3E1/T1 E1/T1 3 18
8CD G.703 8 48
6CDA G.703 6 36
1C37/4C37 C37.94 1/4 4/24
8DC Dry Contact 8 48
8DCB Dry Contact 8 48
8RS232 RS232 8 48
Conference Card FXS/E&M/RS232 6 36
12FXS FXS 12 72
12FXO FXO 12 72
12MAGA* Magneto 12 72
8E&MA E&M 8 48
TDMoEA* TDMoE 4 24
8DBRA RS232 8 48
8UDTEA RS232/RS422/RS449 8 48
OCUDPA OCU/DP 8 48
6UDTEA RS232/X.21/V.35*/V.36*/EIA530* 6 36
*Future Option
62
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9500R High-speed Tributary Modules with XCU-CC4 on CHA Chassis
In the tables below, STM-16 is equivalent to OC-48, STM-4 to OC-12; STM-1 to OC-3; E1 to T1; and E3 to T3
Table 1 High-speed Configuration without Protection

Maximum Channels
High-seed
Channel Tributary (Plug-in Modules) Controller Cards
Module System
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 XCU 1 XCU 2
E1/T1 E1/T1 63/32/16 63/32/16 63/32/16 63/32/16 N/A N/A 252
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 3 3 3 N/A N/A 12
FE 8 8 8 8 N/A N/A 32
Ethernet
GbE 1 1 1 1 N/A N/A 4
STM-1 2 2 1 1 2 2 10
XCU, B155/622
STM-4 1 Note 1 N/A N/A 2 2 5
7FOM FOM 7 7 7 7 N/A N/A 28
Table 2 High-speed Configuration with Protection

Maximum Channels
High-seed
Module System
(B) (B)
E1/T1 E1/T1 63/32/16 63/32/16 N/A N/A 126
63/32/16 63/32/16
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 (B) 3 3 (B) 3 N/A N/A 6
FE 8 (B) 8 8 (B) 8 N/A N/A 16
Ethernet
GbE 1 (B) 1 1 (B) 1 N/A N/A 2
STM-1 2 (B) 2 2 (B) 2 2 (B) 2 6
XCU, B155/622
STM-4 1 (B) 1 N/A N/A 2 (B) 2 3
7FOM FOM 7 (B) 7 7 (B) 7 N/A N/A 14
Note 1 Only one tributary STM-4/OC12 channel is compatible with XCU-CC4 without protection in either TRIB 1 or TRIB 2 slot.
Note 2 TRIB 1 and TRIB 2 form a protection group, and TRIB 3 and TRIB 4 form a protection group.
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9500R High-speed Tributary Modules with XCU-CC16 on CHAA Chassis
In the tables below, STM-16 is equivalent to OC-48, STM-4 to OC-12; STM-1 to OC-3; E1 to T1; and E3 to T3.

Maximum Channels
High-seed
Module System
E1/T1 E1/T1 63/32/16 63/32/16 63/32/16 63/32/16 N/A N/A 252
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 3 3 3 N/A N/A 12
FE 8 8 8 8 N/A N/A 32
Ethernet
GbE 1 1 1 1 N/A N/A 4
4GEoSDH GbE N/A N/A 4 4 N/A N/A 8
STM-1 2 2 2 2 2 2 12
XCU, B155/622
STM-4 1 1 2 2 6
XCU STM-16 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 2 4
7FOM FOM 7 7 7 7 N/A N/A 28
Table 2 High-speed Configuration with Protection

High-seed Maximum Channels
Module System
(B) (B)
E1/T1 E1/T1 63/32/16 63/32/16 N/A N/A 126
63/32/16 63/32/16
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 (B) 3 3 (B) 3 N/A N/A 6
FE 8 (B) 8 8 (B) 8 N/A N/A 16
Ethernet
GbE 1 (B) 1 1 (B) 1 N/A N/A 2
4GEoSDH GbE N/A N/A 4 (B) 4 N/A N/A 4
STM-1 2 (B) 2 2 (B) 2 2 (B) 2 6
XCU, B155/622
STM-4 1 (B) 1 1 (B) 1 2 (B) 2 4
XCU STM-16 N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 (B) 2 2
7FOM FOM 7 (B) 7 7 (B) 7 N/A N/A 14
64
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9500R can be configured as either a Terminal Multiplexer (TM), a Linear Add/Drop Multiplexer (ADM), or as a cross-
connect (DACS) within the same enclosure. With UPSR/SNCP and MSP (1+1) protection, O9500R can easily provide a
well-protected transmission path and integrated access with various applications as shown below.
E1/T1
Ethernet
Backbone
E3/T3
STM-1/4/16 Ethernet
(OC-3/12/48)
Links
SDH Backbone
STN-16 / OC-48
O9100
O9500R O9400R
STM-1/4/16
O9100
(OC-3/12/48)
Ring
E1/T1
E3/T3
O9400S
O9500R Ethernet
O9500R
V4200-9 H3300 G.SHDSL

C5500 AM3440
xDSL, IP-
FXS/FXO PC LAN VPN Router Ethernet PBX
DSLAM
Switch
ADM, TM, and DACS Application
SDH/SONET-MSTP
The diagram below illustrates the DS0 signal path in normal condition. The DS0 signal travels on both primary path and
secondary path. The primary path is configured to be the working path and the secondary path is configured to be the
protection path.
1 * DS0 Output 1 * DS0 Input
Node B Node A Node A Node B
Secondary Path
(Protection Path)
Primary Path
(Working path)
O9500R
3E1 3E1
Node A Card Card
E1
Node D E1/V.35
Card
Node B Protected DS0

Node E Node C

1 * DS0 Input 1 * DS0 Output
The diagram below illustrates the DS0 signal path in faulty condition. When the primary path is broken, the secondary
path will automatically become the working path..
1 * DS0 Output 1 * DS0 Input
Primary Path
Secondary Path
(Working Path) Down
Node A Node D
E1 Line
Break
Node B
Node E
Node C

1 * DS0 Input 1 * DS0 Output
DS0 SNCP Protection Architecture with 3E1 Plug-in Cards
66
SDH/SONET-MSTP
E1/T1
Ethernet E3/T3
Backbone Ethernet
STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48)
Links
SDH Backbone
STM-16 / OC-48
O9100
O9500R O9400R
STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48) O9100
Ring
E1/T1
E3/T3
Ethernet
O9500R O9500R
3E1 SNCP 3E1 SNCP

Ring Ring
AM3440 AM3440 AM3440 AM3440
SNCP/ULSR Ring Protection at Circuit Level
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9550-A/C SDH/SONET IMAP

O9550-A O9550-C
Features ● Support E1 DS0 SNCP ring

● Compatible to a SNMP based GUI network
● Full front access (ETSI) shelf management system and supported by Loop iNMS
● ADM, TM, and cross-connect ● SSH V2
● Per chassis single STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) optical ring ● SNMP V1 and V3
uplinks ● RoHS compliant
- Up to four STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) aggregate lines that
are software configurable Item O9550-A O9550-C
- Non-blocking N x 64 Kbps for 252 E1 or 336 T1 for Chassis 5U 3U
data and voice channel transmission for uplink site
# of Mini-slots 4 4
● Tributary modules (see next page)
# of Single slots 12 5
● Power Modules:
- DC Module: (-48Vdc, -24Vdc, -125Vdc) Maximum E1 Channels 504 504
- AC Module: AC(100V~240V) for CGC only (Uplink)
- Dual Power: (1+1) Protection for DC only Maximum E1 Channels 64 36
● SSM and CLK hold over function (SDH/SONET and (Tributary)
E1/T1) Maximum T1 Channels 672 672
● Controller protection: (Uplink)
- MSP (1+1) or SNCP for single controllers Maximum T1 Channels 52 24
- MSP (1+1) and SNCP for dual controllers (Tributary)
● E1/T1/FOM support 1+1 and 1:1 Line protection
● A-law to µ-law conversion
● Alarm in/out, clock in/out
● Support E1/T1/FOM ring structure
Description
The Loop-O9550 SDH/SONET IMAP (Integrated Multi-Service Access Platform) is an economical STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)
access multiplexer. It is designed to combine digital access interfaces, including TDM, IP, and voice interfaces into STM-
1/4 (OC-3/12) optical lines for convenient transport and switching.
This unit is a full cross-connect; one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a Drop & Insert function with fractional E1/
T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
The O9550 provides two optical line signals at STM-1 (OC-3) or STM-4 (OC-12) with protection schemes including MSP
(1+1) and SNCP protection in both ring and linear network topologies.
Redundancy is available in dual CPU controllers and power supply options, making the O9550 an excellent fit for critical
applications. The chassis does not need or contain fan cooling, though an external fan tray is available.
The O9550 supports local control and diagnostics by using by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
The O9550 also supports Ethernet, Telnet, SSH and SNMP so that it can also be controlled and diagnosed from remote
locations. An in-band management channel with GUI is available. LED indicators for all plug-in cards are also available.
68
SDH/SONET-MSTP
O9550 Plug-in Cards

Mini-slot cards are plugged into mini-slots; single-slot cards into single slots; and dual-slot cards into two adjacent single
slots.
Plug-in cards O9550-A O9550-C
DC Power Dual DC power slots √ √
AC power Single AC power × √
CPU slots Dual CC4A cards √ √
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) √ √
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) √ √
Four-channel E1 card (M4E75, M4E120) √ √
Four-channel T1 card (M4T1) √ √
Echo Canceller Card (ECA) √ √
Analog/Digital Bridge Card (ABRA) √ √
Fiber optical interface √ √
Mini-Slot
2-LAN port, 64 WAN port Router-A √ √
Quad 2W/4W E&M (Four E&M voice interfaces) √ √
Quad E&MA (Four E&M voice interfaces) √ √
QFXS/QFXO (Four FXS/FXO voice interfaces) √ √
Quad FXSA (Four FXS voice interfaces) √ √
Mini C37.94 √ √
1X.21 √ √
3-channel E1 √ √
4-channel E1 √ √
4-channel T1 √ √
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power √ √
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power √ √
8-channel G.703 card at 64 Kbps data rate √ √
8-channel Dry Contact I/O type A/B √ √
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8EM, 8EMA) √ √
8-channel OCU-DP card (ODP) √ √
12-channel FXS (12FXS, 12FXSA) √ √
12-channel FXO (12FXO, 12FXOA) √ √
12-channel Magneto (12MAG, 12MAGA) √ √
Single-Slot
Conference card √ √
1-channel low speed optical (C37.94) √ √
4-channel low speed optical (C37.94) √ √
6-channel RS232 with V.110 encoding (6RS232A) √ √
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate √ √
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B √ √
4-channel TDMoE √ √
8-channel Data Bridge √ √
1FOMA √ √
8UDTEA √ √
6UDTEA √ √
VoIP Gateway card √ √
24-channel FXS √ √
24-channel FXO √ √
6-channel X.21/V.11 √ √
Dual-Slot 6-channel V.35 √ √
6-channel V.36 √ √
6-channel EIA530/RS449 card √ √
Transfer trip card (TTA) √ √
Notes √ = Supported
× = Not supported
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Uplink and Downlink Application
70
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9550 SDH/SONET IMAP SDH/SONET-MSTP
SDH/SONET-MSTP
RS232/V.35 RS232/V.35
FXS/FXO FXS/FXO
2/4W E&M ... 2/4W E&M ...
TDMoE or
Optical Fiber E1/T1
AM3440 AM3440
O9550 O9400R
STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48)
Ring
O9550 O9550
RS232/V.35
Management
FXS/FXO
Center
2/4W E&M ...
SDH/SONET Ring Application
72
SDH/SONET-MSTP
B
A to C
traffic Working
Path
QE1
Normal Condition:
QT1
Mini QE1
A Traffic flow on Working Path
C
FOM
Protection
Path
C to A
traffic
D
Line Down
A to C
B
traffic
Failure Condition:
A Traffic rerouted to Protection Path
C
C to A
traffic
D
Note ULSR ring does not support E1 unframed mode. Users must switch to E1 frame mode to set up a ULSR ring..
ULSR Ring Application
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9550-D SDH/SONET IMAP

Description
The Loop-O9550-D SDH/SONET IMAP (Integrated Multi-

Service Access Platform) is an economical STM-1/4 (OC-
3/12) access multiplexer. It is designed to combine digital
access interfaces, including TDM, IP, and voice interfaces
into STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) optical lines for convenient
transport and switching.
Features
This unit is a full cross-connect; one or more of the
● 2U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf WAN ports can be used as a Drop & Insert function with
● ADM, TM, and cross-connect fractional E1/T1 lines, which can be muxed into a full E1/
● Support of DS0 DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect T1 line.
System) with full cross-connect
● Dual controller, dual DC power with load sharing or The O9550-D provides two optical line signals at STM-
single AC power card support 1 (OC-3) or STM-4 (OC-12) with protection schemes
● 1 for 1 protection, Y-BOX, E1, T1, FOM including MSP 1+1 and SNCP protection in both ring and
● PDH ring protection, FOM, Mini QE1 linear network topologies.
● Console, Telnet, SNMP, and Inband management
support Redundancy is available in dual CPU controllers and
● Compatible to a SNMP-based GUI network power supply options, making the O9550-D an excellent
management system and supported by iNET and fit for critical applications.
Loop iNMS*
● All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable The O9550-D supports local control and diagnostics by
using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
* Future option The O9550-D also supports Ethernet, Telnet, SSH and
Item O9550-D SNMP so that it can also be controlled and diagnosed
Chassis 2U from remote locations. An in-band management channel
# of Mini-slots 9 with GUI is available. LED indicators for all plug-in cards
are also available.
Max. E1 Ports 36
Max. T1 Ports 9
Cross-Connect Capacity 1080Mbps
O9550-D Plug-in Cards
Plug-in cards O9550-D

1T1 
1E1(E75) 
1E1(E120) 
4E1(M4E75) 
4E1(M4E120) 
Router-A(RTA) 
1FOM-E1(FOM) 
4-channel 2W/4W E&M (QEM) 
4-channel E&M *
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A (QEMA) 
4-channel FXS (QFXS) 
4-channel FXO (QFXO) 
QFXSA 
Mini C37.94 
1DTE(X.21/V.35/EIA530/RS232) 
 = Support * = Future option
74
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Uplink and Downlink Application
SDH/SONET-MSTP
Loop-O9550-D SDH/SONET IMAP Multi-Services Cross Connect
76
SDH/SONET-MSTP
RS232/V.35 RS232/V.35
FXS/FXO FXS/FXO
2/4W E&M ... 2/4W E&M ...
TDMoE or
E1/T1
AM3440 Optical Fiber AM3440
O9550-D
O9400R
STM-1/4/16
(OC-3/12/48)
Ring
O9550-D O9550-D
RS232/V.35
FXS/FXO Management
2/4W E&M ... Center
SDH/SONET Ring Application
SDH/SONET-MSTP
B
A to C
traffic Working
Path
4E1 Normal Condition:

4T1 A Traffic flow on Working Path
C
FOM
Protection
Path
C to A
traffic
D
Line Down
A to C
B
traffic
Failure Condition:
C
C to A
traffic
D
Note ULSR ring does not support E1 unframed mode. Users must switch to E1 frame mode to set up a ULSR ring.
78
4
Multi-Service Cross Connect
Loop-AM3430 Access DCS-MUX 80
Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX 81
Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX 88
Loop-AM3440-E IP/TDM DCS-MUX 91
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System 93
Loop-V4200-9 MuxMaster/Wideband IAD CSU/DSU, E1/T1 Converter, DACS 96
Loop-AM3430 Access DCS-MUX
● 1 U height Shelf The Loop-AM3430 is an economical, cost effective

● DS0 DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) Access DCS-MUXs that combine various digital access
with full cross-connection interfaces into E1 or T1* lines for convenient transport
● Supports 4 x E1/T1* and switching. Through E1/T1* uplinks, the AM3430
● Supports 4 x hot-pluggable tributary slots provides access for voice and data communication over
● Hot pluggable tributary interface modules including the network.
- 4 x E&M
- 2 x Ethernet This unit is a full cross-connect and can act as a mini
- 4 x RS485 DACS: one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a
- 8 x RS232 Drop & Insert function with fractional E1/T1* line, which
- 8 x FXS can be muxed into a full E1/T1* line.
- 8 x FXO
- 2 x C37 On the network side, the AM3430 has two E1/T1* ports
- 1 x V35 supporting 1+1 and DS0 SNCP protections.
- 4 x CD
● Hot swappable power Modules, dual power modules The AM3430 supports local control and diagnostics
for redundancy by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console
- DC power -48 Vdc (-36 to -75Vdc) port. There are LED indications for all tributary interface
AC power (100 to 240 Vac) modules. The AM3430 also supports Ethernet, Telnet,
● Protection and SNMP, so that it can be controlled and diagnosed
- E1 or T1* 1+1 protection from remote locations. An in-band management channel
- E1 or T1* DS0 SNCP protection is also available.
- Optical 1+1 protection
● Management
- Console port with VT100 menu-driven user
interface
- SNMP port
- Telnet
- SNMP v1
- Inband management through 1 DS0 (64K)
● RoHS compliant
*Future Option
80
Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX

AM3440-A Description
The Loop-AM3440-A/B/C series are Access DCS-MUXs

that combine various digital access interfaces into E1
or T1 lines for convenient transport and switching. The
Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX provides access for
a variety of TDM, IP, and voice interfaces detailed on
the next page. These interfaces are compatible with
other Loop products. Using these products, a DTE
AM3440-B interface can be extended over copper wire pairs or
any E1/T1 transport facility. Each Quad E1/T1 plug-in
card can have as many as DS0 124/96 time slots from
G.SHDSL, RS232, X.21, V.35, V.36 and EIA530 / RS449
interfaces, which can be multiplexed to fill 4 E1/T1 lines.
The AM3440 also supports fiber optical plug-in cards,
AM3440-C which can be used to aggregate up to 4 E1 channels
onto a single fiber optical interface to connect with other
AM3440 devices or with the O9310-E1.
Each of the 3 models of AM3440-A, B, and C has a

number of plug-in slots in single slot size and mini size.
Card size to slot compatibility is detailed on the next
page.
Features
This unit is a full cross-connect and can act as a mini
● Full frontal access (ETSI) Shelf DACS: one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a
● DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) with Drop & Insert function with fractional E1/T1 lines, which
full non-blocking nx64K (DS0) cross-connect support can be muxed into a full E1/T1 line.
Dual controller, dual power with load sharing
● E1/T1/TDMoEA 1+1 protection, switching time <50ms Redundancy is available in dual CPU controller and
● DS0 Level Nx64K circuit protection power supply options, making it an excellent fit for critical
● PDH ring protection, QE1/QT1, FOM, Mini QE1/QT1 applications. The chassis does not need fan cooling, and
● Console, Telnet, and Inband management support thus does not have a fan, though an external fan tray is
SNMP v.1 and v.3 available.
● Craft interface port for connection to external
Intelligent Front Panel The AM3440 supports local control and diagnostics by
● Compatible to a SNMP based GUI network using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port.
management system and supported by Loop iNET There are LED indications for all plug-in cards. The
and Loop iNMS AM3440 also supports Ethernet, Telnet, and SNMP, so
● Three chassis types available: AM3440-A, AM3440-B, that it can be controlled and diagnosed from remote
AM3440-C locations. An in-band management channel with GUI is
● Support SAToP, CESoPSN, and MEF8 for emulation available.
of TDM circuits
The AM3440 consists of a rugged reinforced aluminum
All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable chassis, giving this equipment a durable structure and a
Item AM3440-A AM3440-B AM3440-C long-lasting physical life.
Chassis 5U 2.5U 3U
# of Mini-slots 4 4 4
# of Single slots 12 3 5
Maximum E1
64 28 36
Channels
Maximum T1
52 16 24
Channels
Cross-Connect
128 Mbps 56 Mbps 72 Mbps
Backplane Capacity
Loop-AM3440 plug-in cards:

The mini-slot cards plug into the mini-slots of the AM3440. The single-slot cards plug into single slots. The dual-slot cards
plug into two adjacent single slots.
Controller CCB CCPA CCB CCPA CCB CCPA

Tributary Modules CHASSIS
AM3440-A AM3440-B AM3440-C
Plug-in cards
3-channel E1 # √ × √ # √
3-channel T1 # √ × √ # √
4-channel E1 √ √ √ √ √ √
4-channel T1 √ √ √ √ √ √
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power √ × √ × √ ×
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power √ × √ × √ ×
8-channel G.703 card at 64 Kbps data rate √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
8-channel Dry Contact I/O Type B √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8E&M) √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8E&MA) √ √ √ √ √ √
12-channel FXS √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
12-channel FXSA √ √ √ √ √ √
12-channel FXOA √ √ √ √ √ √
Single-Slot
12-channel Magneto √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
1-channel low speed optical (C37.94) √ √ √ √ √ √
4-channel low speed optical (C37.94) √ √ √ √ √ √
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
6-port RS232 card (6RS232A) with V.110 encoding √ × √ × √ ×
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B √ √ √ √ √ √
4-channel TDMoEA √ √ √ √ √ √
Conference card √ × √ × √ ×
8-channel Data Bridge √ × √ × √ ×
1FOMA √ × √ × √ ×
6-channel UDTEA √ √ √ √ √ √
8-channel UDTEA √ √ √ √ √ √
8-channel OCU-DP √ × × × × ×
6-channel Co-Directional card (6CDA) √ × √ × √ ×
24-channel FXS √ √∗ √ √∗ √ √∗
Dual-Slot 24-channel FXOA √ √ √ √ √ √
Transfer Trip card (TTA) √ × √ × √ ×
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 75ohm √ √ √ √ √ √
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 120ohm √ √ √ √ √ √
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) √ √ √ √ √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 75ohm √ √ √ √ √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 120ohm √ √ √ √ √ √
Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) √ √ √ √ √ √
Fiber Optical Interface √ √ √ √ √ √
LS Optical M1C37 Card √ √ √ √ √ √
1-channel X.21 √ √ √ √ √ √
1-channel V.35 √ × √ × √ ×
Mini-Slot 1-channel RS232 √ × √ × √ ×
1-channel EIA530 √ × √ × √ ×
1-channel OCU-DP × × √ × √ ×
Quad E&M (QEMA) ## ## √ √ √ √
QFXSA (Four FXS voice interface) ## ## √ √ √ √
QFXO (Four FXO voice interfaces) ## ## √ √ √ √
QMAGA (Four magneto voice interfaces) ## ##* √ √* √ √*
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A √ √ √ √ √ √
3-channel Terminal Server √ × √ × √ ×
Echo Canceller card √ √ √ √ √ √
Analog Bridge card √ √* √ √* √ √*
Note: √ = Supported # = Supported by Chassis CHAJ, CHAK and CHCJ only
× = Not Supported ## = Supported by Chassis CHAK only * = Future Option
82
E1/T1 E1/ T1 E1/T1

NETWORK
SNMP Manager
E1/T1 LAN
Dual- slot plug-in cards:

AM3440-A
6 - channel X.21/ V.11(D)
1 1 1
-1 -2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 1 2
C C
P P 6 - channel V.35 (D)
U U
6 - channel V.36 (D)
1 2
6 - channel EIA530 / RS449 (D)
24 - channel FXS
24 - channel FXO (D)
24 - channel FXOA
Mini- Slot plug- in Cards Single- Slot plug-in Cards : 2 - channel G.SHDSL w / line power (D)
1 - channel E1 Note 4 - channel G.SHDSL w/ line power (D)
3 - channel E1
1 - channel T1
4 - channel E1
Mini Quad E1
4 - channel T1
Mini Quad T1
32 WAN port Router 8 - channel OCU- DP
64 WAN port Router 2 - channel G. SHDSL w/ o line power
Fiber Optical Interface 4 - channel G. SHDSL w/ o line power
3 - channel Terminal Server 8 - channel G.703 64 Kbps
1 - channel DTE (1X.21, 1V.35, 8 - channel Dry Contact I/O
1RS232, or 1EIA530)
8 - channel Dry Contact I/O type B
ECA
8 - channel 2W/4W E&M
ABRA
QMAGA* 8 - channel 2W/4W E&MA
QFXO* 12 - channel FXS / FXSA

QFXSA* 12 - channel FXO (D) / FXOA
QEMA* 12 - channel Magneto
1- channel OCU-DP* 1 - channel C37. 94
4 - channel C 37.94
8 - channel RS232 with X .50 subrate
6 - channel V.110
8 - LAN - port / 64 - WAN - port Router - B
Conference card Note : Only CHAJ Unit applicable to
DS0 SNCP function
TDMoE (D) / TDMoEA
(D) = Discontinued
8- Data Bridge *For Chassis AK only
1FOM-A
8UDTEA
6UDTEA
E 1/ T 1 E 1/ T 1 E 1/ T 1
NETWORK
SNMP
Manager
E1/T1
LAN
Mini- Slot plug-in Cards

AM3440-B
CTRL 2
Mini Plug- in (C)
P
O 1 - channel E1
CTRL 1 Mini Plug- in (B)
W
E
1 - channel T1
R
Plug - in(2) Mini Plug- in (A) Mini Plug - in(D)

Plug - in(1) Plug -in (3)
Mini Quad E1
Mini Quad T1
32 WAN port Router
Dual- slot plug-in cards: Single-Slot plug-in Cads: 64 WAN port Router
6 - channel X.21/ V.11(D) 3 - channel E1 Note Fiber Optical Interface
6 - channel V.35 (D) 3 - channel T1 3 - channel Terminal Server
6 - channel V. 36 (D) 4 - channel E1 QFXO
6 - channel EIA530/RS449 (D) 4 - channel T1 QMAGA
24- channel FXS QFXSA
2 - channel G.SHDSL w /o line power
24 - channel FXO (D) 1- channel DTE (1X.21, 1V.35,
4 - channel G.SHDSL w /o line power
24 - channel FXOA 1RS232, or 1EIA530)
8 - channel G.703 64 Kbps
2- channel G .SHDSL w / o line power (D) 1- channel OCU-DP
4- channel G .SHDSL w / o line power (D) 8 - channel Dry Contact I/O ECA
8 - channel Dry Contact I/O Type B ABRA
8 - channel 2W/4W E&M QEMA
8 - channel 2W/4W E&MA
12 - channel FXS /FXSA
12 - channel FXO (D) / FXOA
12 - channel Magneto
1 - channel C37. 94
4 - channel C37. 94
8 - channel RS232 with X.50 subrate
6 - channel V.110
8 - LAN- port / 64- WAN - port Router -B Note: Not Applicable to DS0 SNCP function
(D) = Discontinued
8 - Data Bridge
1FOMA
8UDTEA
6UDTEA
Conference card
TDMoE (D) / TDMoEA
84
E 1/ T 1 E 1/ T 1 E 1/ T 1
NETWORK
SNMP
Manager
E1/T1
LAN
Mini- Slot plug-in Cards

AM3440- C
CTRL 2
CTRL 1
Mini Plug-in (C)
P
O
W
1 - channel E1
Mini Plug-in (B) E
1 - channel T1
R
Plug - in(3) Mini Plug-in (A) Mini Plug-in(D)

Plug - in(2) Plug -in (5)
Plug - in(1) Plug -in (4) Mini Quad E1
Mini Quad T1
32 WAN port Router
Dual- slot plug-in cards: Single-Slot plug-in Cads: 64 WAN port Router
Note Fiber Optical Interface
6 - channel X.21/ V.11 (D) 3 - channel E1
3 - channel Terminal Server
6 - channel V.35 (D) 3 - channel T1
QFXO
6 - channel V. 36 (D) 4 - channel E1 QMAGA
6 - channel EIA530/RS449 (D)
4 - channel T1 QFXSA
24- channel FXS
2 - channel G . SHDSL w / o line power 1 - channel DTE
24 - channel FXO (D)
4 - channel G . SHDSL w / o line power (1X.21, 1V.35, 1RS232, or 1EIA530)
24- channel FXOA
1 - channel OCU-DP
2 - channel G. SHDSL w / o line power (D) 8 - channel G .703 64 Kbps
ECA
4 - channel G.SHDSL w / o line power (D) 8 - channel Dry Contact I/O type B
ABRA
8 - channel Dry Contact I/O QEMA
8 - channel 2W/4 W E&M
8 - channel 2W/4W E&MA
12 - channel FXS / FXSA
12 - channel FXO (D) / FXOA
12 - channel Magneto
1 - channel C37. 94
4 - channel C37 . 94
8 - channel RS232 with X.50 subrate
6 - channel V.110
8 - LAN- port / 64- WAN - port Router -B Note : Only CHCJ Unit applicable to
DS0 SNCP function
Conference card (D) = Discontinued
TDMoE (D) / TDMoEA
8- Data Bridge
1FOMA
8UDTEA
6UDTEA
B
A to C
traffic Working
Path
QE1
Normal Condition:
QT1
Mini QE1
A Traffic flow on Working Path
C
FOM
Protection
Path
C to A
traffic
D
Line Down
A to C
B
traffic
Failure Condition:
C
C to A
traffic
D
Note: ULSR ring does not suport E1 unframed mode. Users must use E1 framed mode to set up a ULSR ring.
86
AM3440 ULSR Ring Application through E1/T1 Radio
AM3440-C
AM3440-A AM3440-A
E1/T1 ULSR Ring
AM3440-A
E1/T1
Radios AM3440-B
Loop-AM3440-D Access DCS-MUX

Description
The Loop-AM3440-D is the latest product in the Loop

Access DCS-MUX series that combines various digital
access interfaces into E1 lines for convenient transport
and switching. With 9 hot-pluggable mini size slots
design, the Loop-AM3440-D provides access for a
Features
variety of TDM, IP, and voice interfaces. These interfaces
are compatible with other Loop products.
● 2U height, Full front access (ETSI) Shelf
● Support of DS0 DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect
With Loop products such as the AM3440-D, a DTE
System) with full cross-connect
interface can be extended over copper wire pairs or any
● Dual controller, dual DC power with load sharing
E1 transport facility. For each mini Quad E1 plug-in card,
● 1 for 1 protection, Y-BOX
each card can have as many as DS0 124 time slots
● 1 for 1 protection, E1, T1, FOM
from RS232, X.21, V.35, and EIA530 interfaces, which
● PDH ring protection, FOM, Mini QE1/T1
can be multiplexed to fill 4 E1 lines. The AM3440-D also
● Console, Telnet, SNMP, and Inband management
supports fiber optical plug-in cards, which can be used
support
to aggregate up to 4 E1 channels onto a single fiber
● Craft interface port for connection to external LCD
optical interface to connect with other AM3440 devices
display
or O9310 devices.
● Compatible to a SNMP-based GUI network
management system and supported by iNET and
The AM3440-D has 9 mini size plug-in slots. The plug-
Loop iNMS
in cards are compatible with all mini size slots of the
● All the plug-in cards are hot-pluggable
AM3440-A/B/C series.
* Future Option
This unit is a full cross-connect and can act as a mini
DACS: one or more of the WAN ports can be used as a
Item AM3440-D
Drop & Insert with fractional E1 lines, which can then be
Chassis 2U multiplexed into a full E1 line.
# of Mini-slots 9
Max. E1 Ports 36 Redundancy is available in dual CPU controller and
Max. T1 Ports 9 power supply options, making it an excellent fit for critical
Cross-Connect Backplane applications. The chassis does not contain a fan and has
72 Mbps no need for fan cooling.
Capacity
The Loop-AM3440-D supports local control and

diagnostics by using an external 2-line, 40-character
LCD display and keypads, or by using a VT-100 terminal
connected to the console port. The Loop-AM3440 also
supports Ethernet, Telnet, and SNMP management so it
can be controlled and diagnosed from remote locations.
An in-band management channel with GUI is available.
The Loop-AM3440-D consists of a rugged reinforced

aluminum chassis, giving this equipment a durable
structure and a long-lasting physical life.
88
AM3440-D Plug-in Cards

Controller CCB CCPA
Tributary Modules CHASSIS
AM3440-D
Plug-in cards
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 75ohm √ √
1-channel E1 (Single E1 interface) with 120ohm √ √
1-channel T1 (Single T1 interface) √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 75ohm √ √
Mini Quad E1 (Four E1 interfaces) with 120ohm √ √
Mini Quad T1 (Four T1 interfaces) √ √
Fiber Optical Interface √ √
LS Optical M1C37 Card √ √
1-channel X.21 √ √
1-channel V.35 √ ×
Mini-Slot 1-channel RS232 √ ×
1-channel EIA530 √ ×
1-channel OCU-DP √ ×
Quad E&M (QEMA) √ √
QFXSA (Four FXS voice interface) √ √
QFXO (Four FXO voice interfaces) √ √
QMAGA (Four magneto voice interfaces) √ √*
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A √ √
3-channel Terminal Server √ ×
Echo Canceller card √ √
Analog Bridge card √ √*
 : Support
 : Not available
* : Future Option
E1 E1
E1 NETWORK
SNMP
Manager
E1
LAN
Mini Slot Plug-in Cards
1-channel T1
1-channel E1
Mini C37.94
Mini Quad E1
Mini Quad T1
1 - channel E1 ATM Frame Relay (D)
1 - channel T1 ATM Frame Relay (D)
32 WAN port Router
64 WAN port Router
Fiber Optical Interface
3 - channel Terminal Server
Quad 2W/4W E&M (D)
QEMA
QFXO/QFXS(D)/QFXSA
1 - channel DTE
Note: (D) = Discontinued (1X.21, 1V.35, 1RS232, or 1EIA530)
1-channel OCU-DP
QMAGA
ECA
ABRA
90
Loop-AM3440-E IP/TDM DCS-MUX
Features Management
● RJ45 Ethernet management interface
Cross Connect Capability ● SNMPv1/v3, compatible to SNMP-based GUI network
● Support full non-blocking DS0 cross connect matrix management systems and supported by Loop-iNET
between TDM interfaces and TDMoE Pseudowires and Loop-iNMS
● Suitable for DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect ● Telnet and SSH v2
System) and ADCB (Add/Drop Channel Bank) ● Web GUI Configuration*
applications ● Console port with VT-100 menu driven interface
● Auto A-law/μ-law conversion ● 64K timeslot inband management
● Support Access Control List (ACL)
Ethernet Interface
● 2 x Combo GbE (SFP 100/1000BaseFX and Mechanical and Electrical
10/100/1000BaseT) ● 1U height, 19” rack width. ANSI shelf.
● IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation* ● Up to 7 mini-slots for AM3440 series interface
modules.
Pseudowires ● All plug-in interface modules are hot swappable
● Up to 64 concurrent pseudowires ● Up to two ±48Vdc or 100 ~ 240 Vac hot swappable
● Encapsulation format power modules
- SAToP ● Dual DC or AC power with load sharing
- CESoPSN ● Temperature range from 0° to 55°C
- MEF-8 (CESoETH) ● RoHS compliant
● Configurable CoS and VLAN
● Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up to Model AM3440-E
256 ms Chassis 1U
# of Mini-slots 5
Timing # of HS-slots
● System clock source can be chosen from Internal, (Also apply to mini plug-in module via 2
External or E1/T1 Line with SSM HS-Slot adapter)
● Automatic/Manual Clock Recovery modes Max. E1 Ports 28
● Adaptive Clock Recovery for Pseudowires
Max. T1 Ports 28
● Jitter and Wander conforms to G.823/824 for Traffic
Interface Cross-Connect Backplane Capacity 184 Mbps
● SyncE *Future Option
Description
The Loop-AM3440-E is the latest product in the Loop Access DCS-MUX series that combines various access interfaces
and transport over GbE or E1 uplinks. The Loop-AM3440-E supports SAToP/ CESoPSN/ MEF8 Pseudowire Protocols to
transport TDM data streams with timing information over packet switched network.
The Loop-AM3440-E provides full non-blocking DS0 cross-connect matrix for up to 32 x E1/T1 + 64 Bundles. Traffic
grooming and segregation between the TDM interfaces and the Pseudowires provides flexibility and efficiency, and
makes the Loop-AM3440-E an ideal solution for DACS (Digital Access Cross-Connect System) and ADCB (Add/Drop
Channel Bank) applications.
With hot-pluggable mini size slots design, the Loop-AM3440-E provides access for E1, T1, FOM, FXS, FXO, E&M,
Magneto, RS232, X.21, EIA530 and V.35 interfaces. These interfaces are compatible with other Loop products.
Table of Tributary Modules Applicable to AM3440-E

Mini-Slot Tributary Modules Description Supported by AM3440-E
1T1 1-channel T1 interface card 
1E1(E75) 1-channel E1 plug-in card with 75ohm 
1E1(E120) 1-channel E1 plug-in card with 120ohm 
4E1(M4E75) Mini Quad E1 plug-in card with 75ohm 
4E1(M4E120) Mini Quad E1 plug-in card with 120ohm 
4T1(M4T1) Mini Quad T1 plug-in card 
M1C37 1-channel C37.94 mini plug-in card 
1X.21 (1X21) 1-channel X.21 plug-in card 
Router-A 2-LAN ports/64WAN port router/bridge plug-in card 
FOM Fiber Optical Module 
1V.35 (1V35) 1-channel V.35 plug-in card *
1EIA530 (1E530) 1-channel EIA530 plug-in card *
1RS232 (1RS232) 1-channel RS232 plug-in card *
QEMA 4-channel E&M voice plug-in card 
QFXSA 4-channel FXS voice plug-in card 
QFXO 4-channel FXO voice plug-in card 
QMAGA 4-channel Magneto voice plug-in card *
ECA Echo Cancellation plug-in card 
ABRA Analog Bridging plug-in card *
GbE GbE Module for HS slots *
PoE+ GbE Module with PoE+ for HS slots *
Note:  = Supported * = Future Option
92
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System

Description
Loop-V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System is a standard

compliant high density DCS systems with full T1/E1,
T3MX3 and STM-1/OC3 cross-connect rack system.
The V4150 DS0 Cross Connect System designs to have
full add and drop capability up to:
The CCA capability up to:

- 8 STM-1/OC3 tributaries
- 24 T3MX3 tributaries
Features
- DS0 non-blocking cross connect matrix : 504
E1/672T1
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary
With system capacity support up to 504E1/672T1 DS0
modules and power modules
non-blocking cross connect matrix, the V4150 DS0
● Temperature controlled fan tray
Cross Connect System can offer high density capacity
● Digital Cross-connect modules (controller modules)
up to 504 E1/T1, 24 T3MX3, or 8 STM-1(OC-3).
- System capacity support up to 504E1/672T1 DS0
non-blocking cross connect matrix
V4150-DCS offers the service provider protection
- 1 + 1 protection
schemes including 1+1, 1:1 and 1:N protection for
- Type: Point to point and Broadcast
tributary cards.
- E1/T1 Signaling Conversion, A/µ Conversion
● Tributary modules
All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ETSI
- 8 tributary slots
standards and ITU recommendations. The V4150-
● Single port STM-1/OC3 module
DCS provides powerful Operation, Administration,
● Triple ports T3MX3 modules
Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality,
● 16/32/63 ports E1/T1 tributary module
including fault management, performance monitoring,
● Power Modules
configuration management, and network security
- DC module (-36 to -72 Vdc)
management. Through console port, LAN port, In-
- AC/DC hybrid module (100 to 240 Vac; -36 to -72
band E1, the OAM&P can be achieved both locally and
Vdc)
remotely via SNMP or menu-driven interfaces.
- Dual power (1+ 1) protection
● Protection
- Protection switching time less than 50ms
- Controller-DCS protection:1+1
- Tributary protection
● E1/T1: 1+1 and 1:1 per card and per port, 1:N
(n=1 to 7) per card
● B155: 1+1 MSP
● T3/MX3: Port 1:1 and Line 1+1
● IPv4 and v6
● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM
● Diagnostic: Test Access Path (TAP) with Monitor,
Spilt and Release mode
● Management
- Dual SNMP port: support v1 and v3
- Telnet
- Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS
- LoopView GUI EMS Element Management System
- TMN management (Loop-iNMS) with full FCAPS
and end-to-end circuit management
- SSH
● RoHS compliant
Loop-V4150-DCS Front Panel

Connector
Power FAN DCS
Board
4 trib slot 4 trib slot
Loop-V4150 Card Type and Capacity Reference Table

Figure 1 Tributary cards without protection
Plug-in Card Optical (SFP)
E1/T1 T3MX3
Slot STM-1/OC-3
TRIB 1 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 2 63/32/16 3 1
HS
TRIB 3 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 4 63/32/16 3 1
CCA
TRIB 6 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 7 63/32/16 3 1
HS
TRIB 8 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 9 63/32/16 3 1
Figure 2 Tributary cards with protection

(B) backup/protection
Plug-in Card Optical (SFP)
E1/T1 T3MX3
STM-1/OC-3
Slot
TRIB 1 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 2 63/32/16 (B) 3 (B) 1 (B)
TRIB 3 63/32/16 3 1
HS
63/32/16
TRIB 4 3 (B) 1 (B)
(B)
CCA 1
CCA 2 (B)
TRIB 6 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 7 63/32/16 (B) 3 (B) 1 (B)
HS
TRIB 8 63/32/16 3 1
TRIB 9 63/32/16 (B) 3 (B) 1 (B)
94
Applications:
Loop-V4150 DCS with O9550 SDH/SONET IMAP
Loop-V4200-9 MuxMaster/Wideband
IAD CSU/DSU, E1/T1 Converter, DACS
Description
The Loop-V4200-9 is a versatile 9-port device.

Depending on the plug-in cards selected, this unit can be
configured
● as a CSU/DSU with drop and insert and voice

capabilities
● as a 4 E1 to 5 T1 converter or fractions of them
Features
● as a digital cross-connect system (DACS)
● 9 hot plug-in capable slots ● as sets of ICSU combined in one box
● Available plug-in types: ● as a channel bank.
- T1, E1 interface cards
- V.35, EIA530, RS232, and X.21 interface cards As a CSU/DSU, data from the V.35 or X.21 port can
- QFXSA, QFXO, PLAR, and E&M interface cards occupy any fraction of an E1 or T1 port. As an E1 to T1
- G.SHDSL interface card converter, A to µ law coding and signaling conversions
- T1/ E1 ATM Frame Relay interface cards are correctly handled. For both E1 and T1 ports,
- Router interface card with Subnet management continuous error checking, performance polling, and in-
(SNMC) service diagnostics are provided. In any of the above
- G.703 (co-directional) interface card combinations, full time slot interchange (TSI) among the
- Terminal Server interface card ports are possible, making the Loop-V4200-9 a small
- Fiber Optical interface card DACS (digital access cross-connect system). The ports
- OCU-DP interface card can further be used in pairs as ICSUs (intelligent CSU)
● Usable as a CSU/DSU, E1 to T1 converter, multiple at a lower cost and smaller space than individual ICSUs.
CSUs, or a DACS The Loop-V4200 can also be configured as a channel
● Full TSI capability among all slots in the main unit bank.
● Remote diagnostic capabilities
● v2-line, 40-character LCD display for maintenance, The Loop-V4200-9 supports local control and diagnostics
performance monitoring, and administration by using a 2-line, 40-character LCD display and keypads
● Management through Console port, Ethernet port, on the front panel, or by using a VT-100 terminal
and SNMP agents connected to the console port. The Loop-V4200-9
● In-band Subnet Management facility for remote also supports Ethernet, Telnet, and SNMP so it can be
management through national networks controlled and diagnosed from remote locations. The
● LED indicators for power, tests, alarms, and each of Loop-V4200-9 supports in-band management, where
9 ports management data is carried over the same channel as
● Field changeable AC power supply, or dual feed dual user data.
DC power supply
● Software field upgradeable through download. In addition to the LCD display, 12 multicolor LEDs
● Multicasting, broadcasting, and backup provide status indications for power, test conditions, and
alarms for each of the 9 ports. The internal firmware
is stored in flash memory so that the future software
upgrades can be downloaded.
96
E1 E1
E1 T1 E1 E1
V.35 Loop-V4200-9 V.35 Loop-V4200-9 Loop-V4200-9
QFXS QFXS
As an E1 CSU/DSU w/voice As a T1 CSU/DSU w/voice E1 T1 As an E1 CSU & TSI

Loop-V4200-9
E1 E1 T1 T1
T1 Loop-V4200-9 T1
Loop-V4200-9 Loop-V4200-9 As an E1/T1 converter w/TSI
As an 9E1 TSI As an 9T1 TSI As a T1 CSU & TSI
1 E1 1 T1
QFXS Loop-V4200-9 QFXS Loop-V4200-9
8 6
Monitor Channel Monitor Channel
1 E1 1 T1
V.35 Loop-V4200-9 V.35 Loop-V4200-9
E1 T1
V.35 V.35
Loop-V4200-9 Loop-V4200-9
QFXS 15 QFXS 12
As an E1 MuxMaster As a T1 MuxMaster
98
5
Plug-in Modules
High-speed (HS) Cards
Compatibility Table 102
(B16) B155/622 STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) 103
B2G5 1-channel STM16/OC-48 105
16/32/63-channel E1/T1 106
3-channel E3/T3 108
4 GEoSDH Card 110
(8GESW) 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET with Switch 111
7-port Fiber Optical 113
PTN10G Interface Card 115
(TDMoG) TDM over GbE 120
(B155) 1-channel STM-1/OC-3 122
(3T3MX3) 3-channel T3 with M13 123
Low-speed (LS) Cards

Compatibility and Functional Categories 124
Transportation
(3E1) 3-channel E1 127
(3T1) 3-channel T1 128
(4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1 129
(E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1 130
(M4E1) 4-channel E1 131
(M4T1) 4-channel T1 132
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet 133
(VoIPGA) Voice over IP 137
(1FOMA) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1 139
(1FOMB) 1-channel fiber optical w/o 1+1 141
(FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1 143
(FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1 144
(2/4GH) 2/4-channel G.SHDSL 145
(GH) 1-channel G.SHDSL 146
Serial and Digital Access
(6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE 147
(8UDTEA) 8-channel Universal DTE 149
(1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/EIA530/X.21/RS232) 151
(6RS232A) 6-port RS232 152
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate 153
(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps 154
(8CD) 8-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps 155
(ODP) 8-channel OCU-DP 156
(ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP 157
(3TS) 3-channel Terminal Server 158
Voice and Analog Access
(12FXOA/FXS/FXSA) 12-channel FXO /FXS 159
(QFXO) 4-channel FXO 160
(QFXSA) 4-channel FXS 161
(12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto 162
(QMAGA) 4-channel Magneto 163
(8EM) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M 164
(8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M 165
(QEMA) 4-channel E&M 166
Data Processing
(8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge 167
(8DC) 8-channel Dry Contact 171
(ABRA) Analog Bridge 173
(ECA) Echo Canceller 176
Packet Access
(RT) 2-LAN port/32 WAN port Router 178
(RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A 180
(RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B 182
Teleprotection Access
(C37.94) 1/4-channel low-speed optical 184
(C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical 185
(TTA) Transfer Trip card 186
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
Compatibility Table
High-speed cards for O9500R, O9400R, and V4150
Module
Schematics
Model O9500R O9400R

CONTROLLER CC4 CC16 CCPA CC4 CC16 CCPA
CHASSIS CHA CHAA CHA CHAA CHPA CHA CHAA CHA CHAA CHPA
7 FOM √ √ √ √ √ √
B155/622 √ √ √ √ √ √
16/32/63 E1/T1 √ √ √ √ √ √
E3/T3 √ √ √ √ √ √
TDMoG X X X X √ √
8GES4SWA √ √ √ √ √ √
8GES16SWA* X X * * X X * *
4 GEoSDH X X √ √ X X √ √
B2G5 X X √ √ X X √ √
PTN10G X X √ X X √
Note 1: √ = Supported × = Not Supported * = Future Option

Note 2: HS cards with magenta background require 2.5G backplane, and are for TRIB 3 & 4 only.
Model V4150
B155 √
16/32/63 E1/T1 √
3-channel T3/M13
√
(3T3MX3)
102
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
(B16) B155/622 STM-1/4 (OC-3/12)

For O9400R and O9500R HS Slot
Features
● Dual optical ports

● Software configurable STM-1/4 and OC-3/12 interface
card
● With or without MSP (1+1) card-level protection
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The B155/622 plug-in card is also known as an STM-1/4 and OC-3/12 interface
card. It is software configurable. The card is hot-swappable and can be installed
on O9500R and O9400R chassis for SDH/SONET path cross-connection and
transportation with or without MSP 1+1 software-configured.
Note: The number of supported channels differs from chassis to chassis. Please
refer to O9500R and O9400R sections.
MSP (1+1) chains with B16 on O9500R (CHAA & CHPA)

(B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16)
4 x Card-level STM-1 (OC-3) Chains 2 x Card-level STM-4 (OC-12) Chains
MSP (1+1) chains with B16 on O9500R (CHA)
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 TRIB 1 TRIB 2

TRIB 3 TRIB 4
(B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16)
3 x Card-level STM-1 (OC-3) Chains 1 x Card-level STM-4 (OC-12) Chains

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
MSP (1+1) chains with B16 on O9400R (CHAA & CHPA)

(B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16)
8 x Card-level STM-1 (OC-3 Chains

(B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16)
4 x Card-level STM-4 (OC-12) Chains
MSP (1+1) chains with B16 on O9400R (CHA)

(B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16)
6 x Card-level STM-1 (OC-3 Chains

(B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16) (B16)
1 x Card-level STM-4 (OC-12) Chain
104
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
B2G5 1-channel STM16/OC-48

Features
● One STM-16/OC-48 channel per chassis

● Port-level or card-level protection
● STM-16/OC-48 mode software configurable
● Full non-blocking cross-connect at VC-11/VC-12/
VC-3/VC-4 levels
● With or without MSP 1+1 protection
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The B2G5 plug-in module is also known as an STM-16 and OC-48 interface
card. The card is hot-swappable and can be installed on O9500R and
O9400R chassis for SDH/SONET path cross-connection and transportation
with or without MSP 1+1 software-configured. The B2G5 plug-in module
provides one STM-16/OC-48 channel per O9400R/O9500R’s CHAA or CHPA
chassis. It is only compatible with tributary slot 3 and 4.
MSP (1+1) chains with B2G5
VC/VT XC VC/VT XC VC/VT XC VC/VT XC

fabric fabric fabric fabric
XCU (W) XCU (E) XCU (W) XCU (E)
TRIB 3 TRIB 3 TRIB 4

TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 4 TRIB 1 TRIB 2
(B2G5) (B2G5) (B2G5)
1 x Port-level STM-16 (OC-48) Chain 1 x Card-level STM-16 (OC-48) Chain

Requires one B2G5 card Requires two B2G5 cards

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
16/32/63-channel E1/T1
For O9400R, O9500R, and V4150 HS Slot
Features
● 16, 32 or 63 ports per card

● E1(120 ohm) / T1 version software-configured
● 75 ohm E1 version
● 1:1 Circuit protection and 1+1 Line protection
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The E1/T1 Interface Card is a software selectable plug-

in card. Depending upon manufacturing options there
are N x E1/T1 ports available, where N=16/32/63TE or E1 (75 ohm) 16, 32 and 63 Ports
N=16/32/63E75. The card is hot-swappable and can be
installed on O9500R and O9400R or V4150 chassis when
the device is powered up.
Note: The 75 ohm E1 card is an E1 card only. It is not

configurable as a T1 card.
Card-level 1+1 Line Protection

E1 (120 ohm) /T1 16, 32 and 63 Ports
E1/T1 traffic is copied onto both lines. The remote receiving
end only selects traffic from one of the two lines.
E1/T1
Network
Traffic selected
from primary line
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Primary Line
1+1 Normal E1 #1 E1 #1
Condition Traffic copied
onto both lines
E1 #2 E1 #2
Secondary Line
Traffic selected
from secondary line
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Primary Line
E1 #1 E1 #1
1+1 Failure Primary line fail, traffic
Condition only on secondary line
E1 #2 E1 #2
Secondary Line
106
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
Card-level 1:1 Circuit Protection

E1/T1 traffic at the access side can be protected by a Y-box. A Y-box connects an external E1/T1 circuit onto the same
port number of two E1/T1 cards to achieve card-level 1:1 protection. By pairing up two adjacent cards, protection groups
are formed. The two members of a protection group must be of the same card type.
Y-box O9500R #1
E1 #1
E1
Normal XC Card #3
Condition Circuit
E1 #2
DCS
Access Transportation
Side Side
Y-box O9500R #1
E1 #1
E1
Failure XC Card #3
Condition Circuit
E1 #2
DCS

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
3-channel E3/T3
Features
● Software selectable E3/T3 plug-in card with three

ports
● Hot-swappable
● T3 with M13 function
● 1:1 Circuit protection and 1+1 Line protection
● RoHS compliant
Description
The E3/T3 Interface Card is software-configurable and

hot-swappable HS plug-in card for O9500R and O9400R.
There are three E3/T3 channels per card. T3 mode with
M13 function supports 21 E1 or 28 T1 mapping per T3
channel.
T3 with M13 function for E1/T1 mapping

E1/T1 traffic is copied onto both lines. The remote receiving
end only selects traffic from one of the two lines.
E1/T1
O9400R & O9500R

E1/T1
XC TU12 E1 XC or
TU11 T1 XC
XCU
SDH
O9400R &
O9500R XCU
T3-M13 provides XC
TU12 E1 XC or
21 E1 or 28 T1 framing R T3 RE1/T1 TU11 T1 XC
per T3 channel (+M13)
E1/T1
108
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
Card-level 1+1 Line Protection
E3/T3 traffic is copied onto both lines. The remote receiving end only selects traffic from one of the two lines.
E3/T3
Network
Traffic selected
from primary line
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Primary Line
1+1 Normal E3 #1 E3 #1
Condition Traffic copied
onto both lines
E3 #2 E3 #2
Secondary Line
Traffic selected
from secondary line
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Primary Line
E3 #1 E3 #1
1+1 Failure Primary line fail, traffic
Condition only on secondary line
E3 #2 E3 #2
Secondary Line
Card-level 1:1 Circuit Protection

E3/T3 traffic at the access side can be protected by a Y-box. A Y-box connects an external E3/T3 circuit onto the same
port number of two E3/T3 cards to achieve card-level 1:1 protection. By pairing up two adjacent cards, protection groups
are formed. The two members of a protection group must be of the same card type.
Y-box O9500R #1
E3 #1
E3
Normal XC Card #3
Condition Circuit
E3 #2
DCS
Access Transportation
Side Side
Y-box O9500R #1
E3 #1
E3
Failure XC Card #3
Condition Circuit
E3 #2
DCS

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
4 GEoSDH Card
For O9400R and O9500R CHAA/CHPA with CC16/CCPA
Features
● Hot pluggable interface card for O9400R and

O9500R’s CHAA with CC16 and CHPA with CCPA
● Software configurable
● Four GbE Ports
● Two combo Gigabit Ethernet(GbE) with 2 RJ45 and 2
SFP housing
● Two Combo 10/100/1000 Base-TX or 100/1000 Base-
FX
● Supports GFP-F with layer 2 switch
- Ethernet Function
● 802.1q VLAN
● 802.1d bridging with MAC learning ( up to 16K
entries)
- CoS/QoS
● 8 priority queue
● Packet classification based on the 802.1p priority
or DSCP (DiffServ).
● Strictly Priority or Weighted Round-Robin (WRR)
- Rate limiting
● Per port rate limiting
● 2-rate-3-color per flow rate limiting
Description
● Mapping: N x VC11, N x VC12, N x VC3, or N x VC4
● Max. backplane bandwidth: 2.5G The E3/T3 Interface Card is software-configurable and
● Jumbo Frame reach up to 9600 bytes hot-swappable HS plug-in card for O9500R and O9400R.
● Processing Protocols: VCAT, GFP, LAPS, BCP, LCAS, There are three E3/T3 channels per card. T3 mode with
and non-LCAS M13 function supports 21 E1 or 28 T1 mapping per T3
● L2 switch protocol: RSTP, VLAN, Flow control, MSTP, channel.
IGMP snooping, QoS
● RoHS compliant
110
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
(8GESW) 8-port GbE over SDH/SONET with Switch

Features
● High-speed (HS) interface card for O9400R*/O9500R

● Hot-pluggable and software configurable
● Eight GbE LAN ports
- Four SFP optical ports with ALS
- Four electrical ports
- LED indicators for port and card status
● Jumbo Frame up to 9600 bytes
● Ethernet over SDH/SONET (EoS) technology
- Virtual Concatenation (VCAT) and VCG
- Framing/Encapsulation
● GFP (G.7041),
● LAPS
● BCP Layer 2 (RFC2615)
- LCAS (G.7042) or non-LCAS
● Ethernet Virtual Circuit (EVC) service types
- 4 EPL
- 8 EVPL via Q-in-Q
- E-LAN via max.1024 VLANs and 48 VCGs
● Layer 2 switch
- MAC Learning
- MSTP, RSTP
- Link Aggregation (Trunking)
- IGMP Snooping
- QoS
● CoS or DSCP for priority mapping
● Per-port 2-rate-3-color or 1-rate-3-color
● 8 queues per port
● Strict Priority or WRR for queue scheduling
● 622Mb/s or 2.5Gb/s* backplane
Description
8GESW is a high-speed card specifically designed to transport Ethernet services over SDH/SONET networks (EoS).
Customer LAN bridging types supported by 8GESW include EPL (E-line mode), EVPL (Virtual E-line mode), and EPLAN
(E-LAN mode). Bridged traffic is encapsulated in SDH/SONET frames via framing protocols (GFP-F, LAPS, or BCP) and
Virtual Concatenation (VCAT).
8GESW supports eight Gigabit Ethernet ports and a range of standard L2 switch functions, including VLAN, Q-in-Q, MAC
learning, MSTP/RSTP, CoS and QoS, and etc.
An 8GESW’s total bandwidth for SDH/SONET transportation is either STM-4/OC-12 or STM-16/OC-48*. Dual 8GESW
cards can be mounted simultaneously to achieve card-level protection. Working card failure will trigger protection switch
to the backup card without any traffic interruption. SDH/SONET paths can also be protected by SNCP/UPSR ring
protection scheme.
* Future Option

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
Bridged LAN Site A Site B Site C
8GESW LAN/WAN Switching

card
Encapsulation
Virtual Concatenation
XCU VC11/12/VT2/1.5
Cross-Connection
SDH/SONET
STM-1/4/16
other OC-3/12/48
cards STM-n/OC-n
Channel
O9500R O9500R
Customer 8GESW XCU Transportation

Domain
LAN to WAN Virtual Cross-connect Other SDH/SONET
LAN Gateway mapping Concatenation Mapping modules Networks
VC11/VC12
LAN WAN STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48)
VCG VT1.5/VT2
ports ports Channels
fabric
VCs
B16,
B2G5,
XCU WAN
ports
112
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
7-port Fiber Optical

Features
● Hot-pluggable high-speed interface card for O9400R

and O9500R
● Aggregate ports
- 7 aggregate ports with SFP housing, each supports
4 E1s
● Port protection
- Line 1+1 (requires two cards)
- Switching time within 50 ms
● Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) function
● Single mode and multi-mode fiber modules
● Local and remote FOM alarm indication
Description
The Loop-O9400R or O9500R 7 FOM card is a high-

speed module that can connect with the AM3440 series
and Loop-O9310-E1 using a Loop proprietary FOM
interface. Each card has 7 FOM interfaces. Each FOM
interface supports up to 4 E1 aggregate channels. The 7
FOM card is E1 mode configurable and supports tributary
line 1+1 protection.
When 1 + 1 protection is enabled, both O9400R-CC4,

O9400R-CC16-CHAA and O9400R-CHPA can support
up to 28 ports of FOM. Without protection, the O9400R-
CC16-CHAA and O9400R-CHPA can support up to 56
ports of FOM and the O9400R-CC4-CHA can support up
to 42 ports of FOM. When 1 + 1 protection is enabled, the
O9500R-CHAA or O9500R-CHPA can support up to 14
ports of FOM.

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
Point to Point
O9400R #1 O9400R #2
Terminal Terminal
Signals Optical Line Signals
7FOM 7FOM
E1/T1 E1/T1
O9400R AM3440
Terminal Terminal
7FOM 1FOMA
E1/T1 E1/T1
1 + 1 Protection
O9400R #1 Working Line O9400R #2

7FOM 7FOM
Terminal Terminal
Signals Traffic on both lines Signals
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
7FOM 7FOM
Working line failure

O9400R #1 7FOM 7FOM O9400R #2
Terminal Terminal
Signals Signals
Traffic on protection Line
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
7FOM 7FOM
114
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
PTN10G Interface Card

For O9500R and O9400R CHPA with CCPA
Description
The PTN10G interface card supports MPLS-TP and Carrier

Ethernet for Packet Transport Network (PTN) services, as well
as transportation over IP Network. It is an Ethernet switch,
an IP router, and an MPLS-TP router all at the same time. In
addition packet switching and routing, the renowned feature of
PTN10G is to act as the Circuit Emulation gateway between
PDH/SDH/SONET and Packet Switched Networks (PSNs).
For TDM encapsulation technologies, PTN10G supports
TDMoE, TDMoIP, and TDMoMPLS. For Circuit Emulation,
PTN10G supports CESoPSN (Nx64K), SAToP (Unframed E1/
T1), and CEP (SDH/SONET paths). The capacity of a PTN10G
module reaches up to a STM-16/OC-48 worth of TDM traffic
groomed from the TDM interfaces mounted on the same
O9500R device.
On-board connectivity of each PTN10G module includes three
10GbE SFP+ interfaces, eight 1GbE SFP interfaces, and
one STM-16/OC-48 backplane interface. Ethernet and TDM
ports from other modules on the same O9500R can be cross-
connected by the Controller card and mapped to the PTN10G
via the STM-16/OC-48 backplane interfaces. Each of the
interfaces can be individually configured as an NNI or a UNI
port.
The computational capacity of a PTN10G module reaches
up to 100G. The switch/router residing in a PTN10G module
works in isolation from any port. With two PTN10G modules
simultaneously mounted, traffic from all ports on both PTN10G
modules can be merged onto the primary PTN10G card,
yielding a total connection of sixteen GbE, six 10GbE, and one
STM-16/OC-48 bandwidth. While one PTN10G switch/router is
at work, the other may serve as redundancy for protection.
PTN10G provides high availability and reliability of
communication systems required in network hauling, power
utilities, military and governmental network deployments, and
transportation applications. Service continuity and performance
can also be monitored via QoS, OAM, and multiple protection
schemes. Topology, cross-connection, and management of a
large scale PSN can also be achieved remotely via Loop-iNMS
and Loop-iNET.
Features MPLS-TP
● MPLS Transport Profile per RFC-5921
System capacity ● Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI (MPLS
● Up to 3 x 10GE/1GE SFP+ ports port) or UNI (Ethernet service port)
● Up to 8 x GE SFP ● Static MPLS LSP label provisioning via NMS
● 100G Packet Switching capacity per card ● Pseudo Wire (PW) services
● L2 switching, MPLS switching, and L3 routing (Per - Ethernet Pseudowire(VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS)
port setting) - IP Pseudowire (IPoMPLS)
● 1008 x VC12/1344 x VC11 termination to E1/T1 - PDH PWE3 (SAToMPLS, CESoMPLS)
● 1008 x E1/1344 x DS1 SAToP/CES PWE3 - SDH PWE3 (SAToMPLS, CEP)
● 1008/1344 x PWs for VC12/VC11 CEP (1 x STM-16 - Multi-segment Pseudowire
worth) ● MPLS-TP OAM
● 2.5G SDH/SONET Bus (backplane) - Section/LSP/PW monitoring using BFD (Per IEEE

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
8113.2) VPLS
- Section/LSP/PW TP-OAM using Y.1731 (Per IEEE
● VPLS bridging
8113.1)
● H-VPLS bridging
● MPLS-TP QoS
● 32K MAC addresses
- 64K Granularity Rate Limit Per Flow
● 2K VPLS instances per device
- Ingress/Egress TC/EXP Class Mapping
● Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
- TC/EXP Priority-based Queuing (8 Queues)
- Tunnel Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS
Network Protections
Policing/Shaping
- PW Traffic Engineering CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS ● MPLS-TP
Policing/Shaping - MPLS LSP 1+1/1:1
- WRED - Dual-homing PW Protection*
- Strictly Priority / WRR - LSP E2E protection switching within sub 50ms
● CE
Carrier Ethernet (CE) - ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection
- ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection
● L2 Switching/Bridging
● SDH/SONET
● RSTP/MSTP (IEEE 802.1w/1s)
- STM-n/OC-n MSP 1+1 Protection
● VLAN 1Q 802.1q/ Q in Q8 802.1ad
● VLAN Operation: Stack/Switch/Strip
Clock Synchronization
● Link Aggregation (802.3ad): Static/LACP
● CE OAM ● IEEE 1588 v2
- CFM: Ethernet Service OAM (802.1ag/Y1731) - PTP Clocks: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
- EFM: Ethernet Link OAM (802.3ah) - ToD (Time of Day)
● CE QoS - PPS (Pulse per Second) output interface
- 64K Granularity Rate Limit Per Flow ● SyncE
- Ingress/Egress CoS Class Mapping - Synchronous Ethernet from all GE ports
- CoS Priority-based Queuing (8 Queues) - ITU-T Ethernet Synchronous Message Channel
- CIR/PIR and CBS/PBS Policing/Shaping (2R/3C) (ESMC)
- Hierarchical QoS ● TDM Clocks from other modules
- WRED - External Clock input and output (2Mbps/2MHz)
- Strictly Priority/WRR - SDH/SONET/PDH Line Clocks
- Stratum 3 Timing
CoS/QoS
PWE3 Services
● 8 Priority Queues
● Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy ● Ethernet over CE
● Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service - Port-based and VLAN-based services
● CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color - EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVPLAN, E-Tree services as
● MPLS: TC/EXP-Inferred-PSC (Per Hop Behavior defined by the MEF 9&14*
Scheduling Class) LSP - Encapsulation: VLAN 802.1Q/802.1ad Q in Q
● Ethernet over MPLS
Ethernet Services - Port-based and VLAN-based services
- VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS services as defined by the
● E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF 9
MEF 9 and 14
and 14 using VPWS/VPLS
- Encapsulation: PW over MPLS-TP
● Native Ethernet packets supported
● IP over MPLS
● Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN tagging
● PDH/SDH/SONET over MPLS/CE/IP
(1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q)
- Fractional E1/T1 (64K timeslots): CES PW
- Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW
L3 Routing
- VCn/TU-n/VT-n/STS-n: CEP PW
● Static Route - PDH Clock Recovery : ACR/DCR/System Clock
● RIPv1 and RIPv2 per PW configurable
● OSPFv2 and OSPFv3
* Future Option
116
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
Transcend from PDH and

10 GbE 10 GbE 10 GbE
SDH/SONET to 10G MPLS-TP Carrier Ethernet IP Network
` Dual
PTN10G
~100G Packet Switching

Switch Redundancy Protection
16 x GbE + 6 x 10GbE port
O9500R/O9400R
Circuit Emulation
Up to 1 x STM-16/OC-48
For N x E1/T1, N x 64k,
N x VC-n/VT-n
PDH SDH/SONET
Network Network
Connectivity and capacity
PTN10G in TRIB 3
eth-3-1
eth-3-2
eth-3-3 STM-16/OC-48 (2.5G)
eth-3-4 1GbE ports backplane channel
Primary XCU #1
eth-3-5 Switch
eth-3-6
eth-3-7 STM-4/OC-12 (622M)
eth-3-8 backplane channel
eth-3-9
eth-3-10
10 GbE ports
eth-3-11
HS (622 Mbps) modules in TRIB 4
7FOM
8GESW
XCU #2
B155/622
E1/T1
.
.

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
One PTN10G card per Chassis
PTN10G in TRIB 3
eth-3-1
eth-3-2
eth-3-3 STM-16/OC-48 (2.5G)
eth-3-4 1GbE ports backplane channel
Primary XCU #1
eth-3-5 Switch
eth-3-6
eth-3-7 STM-4/OC-12 (622M)
eth-3-8 backplane channel
eth-3-9
eth-3-10
10 GbE ports
eth-3-11
HS (622 Mbps) modules in TRIB 4
7FOM
8GESW
XCU #2
B155/622
E1/T1
.
.
Two PTN10G cards per Chassis
PTN10G in TRIB 3
eth-3-1
eth-3-2
eth-3-3
eth-3-4 1GbE ports Primary
eth-3-5 Switch STM-16/OC-48 (2.5G) XCU #1
eth-3-6
backplane channel
eth-3-7
eth-3-8
eth-3-9
eth-3-10
10 GbE ports
eth-3-11
eth-4-1
eth-4-2
eth-4-3
1GbE ports
eth-4-4
Stand-by
eth-4-5
Switch
eth-4-6 XCU #2
eth-4-7
eth-4-8
eth-4-9 10 GbE ports
eth-4-10
eth-4-11
PTN10G in TRIB 4
118
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
MPLS-TP LSP protection
MPLS-TP network protects traffic by creating a tunnel between remote ends with two label switching paths (LSPs) to
achieve 1:1 or 1+1 protection. Remote nodes communicate with each other to ensure automatic protection switching
(APS) takes place when the working path fails.
In 1+1 mode, traffic is copied onto both working and protection LSPs. When receiving traffic, the remote LER only
selects traffic from one of the two LSPs to decapsulate.
Traffic selected from
working LSP
AC AC
1+1 Normal Condition
Traffic copied onto both Traffic from protection

working and protection LSPs LSP discarded
Working LSP failure
AC AC
1+1 Failure Condition
Traffic switched to protection LSP
In 1:1 mode, traffic flows only on the working LSP. When a failure occurs on the working LSP, traffic is then switched to
the protection LSP within 50 ms.
Traffic selected from
working LSP
AC AC
1:1 Normal Condition
Traffic only transmitted on

working LSP
Working LSP failure
AC AC
1:1 Failure Condition
Traffic switched from working LSP to protection LSP within 50 ms at both ends

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
(TDMoG) TDM over GbE

For O9400R CHAA with CC16 and CHPA with CCPA
Description
This is a high density TDMoG card to be used with

O9400R-CHAA and O940R-CHPA. This is one of the
TDMoE family products developed by Loop after IP-6700,
IP-6716, IP6763 and AM3440-TDMoE. This card would
allow operators to transport up to 252E1 or 336T1 and
Ethernet traffic over IP network. This allows cost effective
migration to IP network from existing voice and data
network using existing TDM based equipment.
The O9400R-CHAA and O9400R-CHPA TDMoG module

converts the TDM data stream and timing information
from the PDH and SDH/SONET ports on the O9400R-
CHAA or O9400R-CHPA into packets through cross
connection and transmits to the connected IP/MPLS* or
Metro Ethernet network via dual combo Gigabit Ethernet
WAN ports with 802.3ad Link Aggregation capability.
Another Pseudowire device converts the received packet
stream back to original PDH and SDH/SONET data
stream along with the original timing information.
The card is hot-swappable and can be installed or

removed from a Loop-O9400R-CHAA or O9400R-CHPA
chassis when the Loop device is powered up.
Features - Ethernet Network Level:

● 3-bit Priority Code Point-PCP field within
● Hot pluggable interface card for O9400R-CHPA and 802.1P/802.1Q Ethernet frame-CoS
O9400R-CHAA - Packet classification with 8 queues per port
● WAN Link - IP Network Level:
- Two combo Gigabit Ethernet(GbE) with 2 RJ45 and ● 8 priority queues per port
2 SFP housing ● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point-DSCP field-ToS
- IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation - Scheduling Algorithm
- RSTP/MSTP ● Strict Priority (SP)
● LAN Interface ● Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
- Four 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet ports - Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR)
- Speed/Half/Full Duplex - Congestion Avoidance
● Supports cross-connection from interface cards listed ● Random Early Detection (RED)
below: ● Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED)
- CC16 card (STM-1/4/16 or OC-3/12/48) ● Pseudowire Capability
- STM-1/4 or OC-3/12 card ● Support SAToP, SDH/SONET CEP, CESoPSN, MEF-
- High density E1/T1 card 8
- DS3/E3 card ● Support VC4 transparent/channelized STM-1 and
- High density Ethernet card STS3C transparent/channelized OC-3
● VLAN ● Support TDM traffic emulation over MPLS*, UDP/IP
- VLAN ID support: Max. 4K and Metro Ethernet Network
- Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and removing ● Backplane capacity up to 252E1/336T1
on Pseudowire ● Maximum 512 Pseudowires
- Assign VLAN based on MAC, IP, protocol or flow ● Up to 32 Pseudowires can apply Adaptive Clock
- VLAN based packet filtering Recovery (ACR) mechanism
- 802.1q port-based VLAN ● Pseudowire Diagnostics Function
- Support Q-in-Q ● ARP, Ping and Trace Route
● QoS ● IP-MAC Table display
- Ingress rate limiting per Ethernet port ● Pseudowire Information
120
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
- Maximum 4K VLAN ID ● Per port ingress rate limiting from 8kbps to 1Gbps
- Packet creation Time (ms) ● Rate-based and Priority-based rate limiting for LAN
- Jitter-Tolerance delay (ms) ● Support 803.3x Flow control on input ports
- Single-trip delay (ms) ● Support 802.1D STP, 802.1w RSTP and 802.1s MSTP
- Total Frame Length (bytes) ● Support IGMP snooping v2 (RFC 2236)
- Packet per second ● Timing sources
- Required Bandwidth (Mbps) - O9400R system clock
- Header Overhead (%) - Adaptive mode: from WAN (GbE) port
- Remaining WAN Bandwidth (Mbps) - External clock through Controller card
- Remaining Memory ● Interworking with Loop TDMoEthernet Series Products
● Jitter and Wander - IP6700, IP6702, IP6716 and TDMoE module on
● PDV compensation depth up to 128 ms AM3440/O9500/O9550
● Jitter Buffer Size up to 256 ms ● Standard compliance: SAToP, CESoPSN, SONET/
● PPM version: conforms to G.823/G.824 traffic SDH CEP, MEF-8
interface (+/- 1ppm) ● RoHS compliant
● Supports 1+1 card protection * Future Option
● Support 802.1d Mac learning: maximum 26K
2G/2.5G BTS
4E1
4xE1
IP6700 IP6700 NxE1

FE
FE BSC BSC
O9400S
AM3440
CE/PTN
with FE/GbE GbE
STM-1/4
TDMoE Ring
G.SHDSL O9400R
with TDMoG
G.SHDSL
GbE
GbE
O9400S
NxE1
AM3440
with TDMoE
RNC RNC

Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
(B155) 1-channel STM-1/OC-3

For V4150 HS Slot
Features
● Single port STM-1 or OC3 plug-in card

● Software configurable STM-1 and OC3 interface card
● Hot-swappable
● MSP 1+1 protection
● RoHS compliant
Description
The B155 plug-in card is also known as an STM-1 and

OC3 interface card. It is software configurable. The card
is hot-swappable and can be installed or removed from a
V4150 chassis when the V4150 device is powered up.
Note: Loop-V4150 Tributary Slots 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

and 8 are used for STM-1 and OC-3.
O9400R
SDH/SONET
Up to 8 STM-1/OC3
Uplink
B155
Up to 252 E1/T1 V4150

Downlink
E3/T3 E1/T1
E3/T3 E1/T1
Network Network
O9500R AM3440
122
Plug-in Modules
HS Cards
(3T3MX3) 3-channel T3 with M13

For V4150 HS Slot
Features
● 3T3MX3 plug-in card with three ports and MX3

function
● Hot-swappable
● RoHS compliant
Description
The 3T3MX3 Interface Card is a 3 port T3 with MX3

function plug-in card. The card is hot-swappable and
can be installed in or removed from a powered-up
Loop-V4150 device.
Line 1+1 Protection
T3MX3 Card T3MX3 Card

Trib#1 Trib#2
Working Standby
M13 Function
E1/T1 T3MX3
V4150#1
XC
T3MX3 E1/T1
T3MX3
( 21 E1 or 28 T1) T3 E1/T1
T3MX3 E1/T1
V4150#2
XC
E1/T1 T3MX3

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards
Compatibility and Functional Categories

Low-speed cards for AM3440, O9500R, O9550, and V4200-9
Low-speed (LS) plug-in slots come in two sizes: single slot and mini slot. In this Chapter, the cards are arranged in the
order of functional categories.
Functional Category Card Size
Transportation (3E1) 3-channel E1 Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (3T1) 3-channel T1 Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1 Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1 Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (M4E1) 4-channel E1 Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (M4T1) 4-channel T1 Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (VoIPGA) Voice over IP Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (1FOMA) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1 Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (1FOMB) 1-channel fiber optical w/o 1+1 Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1 Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (2/4GH) 2/4-channel G.SHDSL Single Slot Plug-in cards
Transportation (GH) G.SHDSL Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (8UDTEA) 8-channel Universal DTE Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/EIA530/X.21/RS232) Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (6RS232A) 6-port RS232 Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (8CD) 8-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (ODP) 8-channel OCU-DP Single Slot Plug-in cards
Serial and Digital Access (3TS) 3-channel Terminal Server Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (12FXOA/FXS/FXSA) 12-channel FXO/FXS Single Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (QFXO) 4-channel FXO Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (QFXSA) 4-channel FXS Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto Single Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (QMAGA) 4-channel magneto Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (8EM) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M Single Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M Single Slot Plug-in cards
Voice and Analog Access (QEMA) 4-channel E&M Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Data Processing (8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge Single Slot Plug-in cards
Data Processing (8DC) 8-channel Dry Contact Single Slot Plug-in cards
Data Processing (ABRA) Analog Bridge Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Data Processing (ECA) Echo Canceller Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Packet Access (RT) 2-LAN port/32 WAN port Router Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Packet Access (RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Packet Access (RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B Single Slot Plug-in cards
Teleprotection Access (C37.94) 1/4-channel low-speed optical Single Slot Plug-in cards
Teleprotection Access (C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical Mini Slot Plug-in cards
Teleprotection Access (TTA) Transfer Trip card Note
Single Slot Plug-in cards
Note: TTA card occupies two adjacent single slots.
124
Plug-in Modules
LS Cards
The compatibility between each card and each chassis is summarized in the following tables.
Single Slot Plug-in cards AM3440-A AM3440-B AM3440-C O9500R O9550-A O9550-C
Functional Category
Number of slots 12 3 5 6 12 3
Transportation (3E1) 3-channel E1 √ X √ √ √ √
Transportation (3T1) 3-channel T1 √ X √ √ X X
Transportation (4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1 √ √ √ √ √ √
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over
Transportation √ √ √ √ √ √
Ethernet
Transportation (VoIPGA) Voice over IP √ √ √ * * *
(1FOMA) 1-channel fiber optical with
Transportation √ √ √ X √ √
1+1
(1FOMB) 1-channel fiber optical
Transportation X X X √ X X
w/o 1+1
Transportation (2/4GH) 2/4-channel G.SHDSL √ √ √ √ √ √
Serial and Digital Access (6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE √ √ √ √ √ √
Serial and Digital Access (8UDTEA) 8-channel Universal DTE √ √ √ √ √ √
Serial and Digital Access (6RS232A) 6-port RS232 √ √ √ X √ √
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50
Serial and Digital Access √ √ √ √ √ √
subrate
Serial and Digital Access (6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps √ √ √ √ * *
Serial and Digital Access (8CD) 8-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps √ √ √ √ √ √
Serial and Digital Access (ODP) 8-channel OCU-DP √ X X √ √ √
Voice and Analog Access (12FXOA) 12-channel FXO √ √ √ √ * *
Voice and Analog Access (12FXSA) 12-channel FXS √ √ √ √ * *
Voice and Analog Access (12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto √ √ √ * * *
Voice and Analog Access (8EM) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M √ √ √ √ √ √
Voice and Analog Access (8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M √ √ √ √ √ √
Data Processing (8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge √ √ √ √ √ √
Data Processing (8DC) 8-channel Dry Contact √ √ √ √ √ √
( RT B ) 8 - L A N - p o r t / 6 4 - WA N - p o r t
Packet Access √ √ √ √ √ √
Router-B
Teleprotection Access (C37.94) 1/4-channel low-speed optical √ √ √ √ √ √
Note 2
Teleprotection Access (TTA) Transfer Trip card √ √ √ √ √ √
Note 1: √ = Supported X = Not Supported * = Future Option
Note 2: TTA card occupies two adjacent single slots.

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards
O9550
AM3440 Chassis
Mini Slot Plug-in cards Chassis V4200-9
Functional Category A B C D E A C D
Number of slots 4 4 4 9 7 4 4 9 9
Transportation (E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Transportation (M4E1) 4-channel E1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X
Transportation (M4T1) 4-channel T1 √ √ √ √ √ ∗ ∗ ∗ X
Transportation (FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Transportation (GH) G.SHDSL X X X X * X X X √
Serial and Digital Access V.35 √ √ √ √ √ √ * √ √
Serial and Digital Access EIA530 √ √ √ √ √ √ * √ √

(1DTE) 1-channel DTE
Serial and Digital Access X.21 √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Serial and Digital Access RS232 √ √ √ √ √ √ * √ √
Serial and Digital Access (ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP X √ √ √ X X X X √
Serial and Digital Access (3TS) 3-channel Terminal Server √ √ √ √ √ X X X √
Voice and Analog Access (QFXO) 4-channel FXO # √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Voice and Analog Access (QFXSA) 4-channel FXS # √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Voice and Analog Access (QMAGA) 4-channel magneto # √ √ * √ X X * *
Voice and Analog Access (QEMA) 4-channel E&M # √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Data Processing (ABRA) Analog Bridge √ √ √ √ * X X X X
Data Processing (ECA) Echo Canceller √ √ √ √ √ X X X X
Packet Access (RT) 2-LAN port/32 WAN port Router D D D D X X X X √
Packet Access (RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X
Teleprotection Access (C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ X
Note: √ = Supported X = Not Supported # = Supported by Chassis CHAK * = Future option D= Discontinued
126
Plug-in Modules
Transportation LS Cards
(3E1) 3-channel E1
For AM3440-A/C, O9500R, O9550-A/C Single Slot
Features
● Three port E1 plug-in module

● DS0-SNCP protection within 50 ms
● Programmable delay of Time Slot AIS detection for
SNCP protection switching
● Synchronization Status Message (SSM) clock mode
● Full Time Slot Interchange (TSI) capability among all
time slots in the main unit
● Remote diagnostics
● Single LED indicator per E1 port
● Software field upgradeable
● BNC or RJ48C connectors
● RoHS compliant
Description
The 3E1 plug-in card is designed for the Loop-O9500R, Loop-O9550-A/C and Loop-AM3440 series and provides DS0-
SNCP (64 kbps sub-network connection protection). Users can mix the non-SNCP protected traffic with SNCP protected
traffic on the same E1 ring. It allows each DS0 time slot in the 3E1 interface to be interchanged and multiplexed onto a
digital network.
Normal Condition: Node C
A to C traffic selected from primary path
Continuous error checking, performance
C to A traffic selected from primary path
polling, and in-service diagnostics are E1/T1 Channels E1/T1 Channels
provided through the main controller of

the Loop-O9500R, Loop-O9550-A/C and Primary Secondary
Loop-AM3440 series. In addition, LEDs A TS TS
on the plug-in card itself provide status

indicators.
Traffic Traffic
selected from copied onto
Primary both paths
path
Protected
TS
The DS0 signal travels on both the C

primary timeslots and secondary timeslots
DS0 Timeslots
in an SNCP/UPSR. The primary timeslots
are by default selected at the Rx end
as the working. When a failure occurs
on the primary line causing primary
Line between B&C failure: Node C
timeslots unusable, the selector at Rx A to C traffic switched to secondary path
will automatically switch to the secondary C to A traffic still selected from primary path
E1/T1 Channels E1/T1 Channels
timeslots.
A Primary Secondary
TS TS
Traffic Traffic
Secondary both paths
path
Protected
TS
C
DS0 Timeslots
Primary Path Secondary Path Selected Traffic Unused Traffic Selector

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Transportation
(3T1) 3-channel T1
For AM3440-A/C and O9500R Single Slot
Features
● Three port T1 plug-in module

● DS0-SNCP protection within 50 ms
● Programmable delay of Time Slot AIS detection for
SNCP protection switching
● Synchronization Status Message (SSM) clock mode
● Full Time Slot Interchange (TSI) capability among all
time slots in the main unit
● Single LED indicator per T1 port
● RJ48C connectors
● RoHS compliant
Description
The 3T1 plug-in card is designed for the Loop-O9500R, and Loop-AM3440 series and provides DS0-SNCP (64 kbps sub-
network connection protection). Users can mix the non-SNCP protected traffic with SNCP protected traffic on the same
T1 ring. It allows each DS0 time slot in the 3T1 interface to be interchanged and multiplexed onto a digital network.
Continuous error checking, performance Normal Condition: Node C

A to C traffic selected from primary path
polling, and in-service diagnostics are
C to A traffic selected from primary path
provided through the main controller of E1/T1 Channels E1/T1 Channels
the Loop-O9500R and Loop-AM3440

series. In addition, LEDs on the plug-in Primary Secondary
card itself provide status indicators. A TS TS
Application Illustration Traffic Traffic

Primary both paths
The DS0 signal travels on both the path
Protected
primary timeslots and secondary timeslots TS
in an SNCP/UPSR. The primary timeslots C

DS0 Timeslots
on the primary line causing primary
timeslots unusable, the selector at Rx
will automatically switch to the secondary
Line between B&C failure: Node C
timeslots. A to C traffic switched to secondary path
C to A traffic still selected from primary path
E1/T1 Channels E1/T1 Channels
A Primary Secondary
TS TS
Traffic Traffic
Secondary both paths
path
Protected
TS
C
DS0 Timeslots
Primary Path Secondary Path Selected Traffic Unused Traffic Selector
128
Plug-in Modules
(4E1/T1) 4-channel E1/T1

For AM3440-A/B/C, O9500R, O9550-A/C Single Slot
Features
● Four E1/T1 ports per card

● Usable as a CSU/DSU, T1 to E1 converter
● Full DS0 timeslot cross-connection with other modules
● Single LED indicator per port
● Software upgradable
Description
Loop Telecom’s QT1/QE1 plug-in cards are a series of

2 different plug-in cards designed for the Loop-O9500R,
the Loop-O9550-A/C, and the Loop-AM3440-A/B/C
series. They allow each DS0 time slot in QT1 or QE1
interfaces to be interchanged and multiplexed onto a
digital network.
Continuous error checking, performance polling, and in-service diagnostics are provided through the main controller of
the Loop-O9500R, the Loop-O9550-A/C, and the Loop-AM3440-A/B/C series. In addition, an LED on the plug-in provides
status indication.
The DS0 signal travels on both the primary SDH/SONET PTN
timeslots and secondary timeslots in
an SNCP/UPSR. The primary timeslots
on the primary line causing primary E1/T1
timeslots unusable, the selector at Rx card O9500R
will automatically switch to the secondary
Terminal
timeslots. Access 4 channels
PSN E1/T1 SDH/SONET
4 channels 4 channels
E1/T1 E1/T1
card card
AM3440 O9550
Server Voice Radio RTU PBX
Terminal Voice & Analog (FXO/FXS/E&M...),

Access Digital , DTE, Eth, FE,...

Plug-in Modules
(E1/T1) 1-channel E1/T1

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E, O9550-A/C/D, V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● Usable as a CSU/DSU, T1 to E1 converter

● Full TSI capability among all time slots in the main
unit
Description
The E1/T1 plug-in cards are a series of 2 different plug-in

cards designed for the Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX
series and O9550-A/C chassis. This card allows each
DS0 time slot in T1 or E1 interfaces to be interchanged
and multiplexed onto a digital network. Clear channel (32
DS0 channels) is also available.
the Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX series and O9550-A/C chassis. In addition, an LED indicator on the plug in card’s
front face provides immediate status indication.
E1/T1 V4200-9
Terminal card
Access
1 channel
PSN E1/T1 SDH/SONET
1 channel 1 channel
E1/T1 E1/T1
card card
AM3440 O9550

130
Plug-in Modules
(M4E1) 4-channel E1
For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E & O9550-A/C/D Mini Slot
Features
● Usable as a CSU/DSU
unit
● Software field upgradable
Description
The Mini Quad E1 plug-in card is designed for the 1/2

slot of the Loop-AM3440 series and O9550-A/C chassis.
It allows each DS0 time slot in the T1 or E1 interfaces to
be interchanged and multiplexed onto a digital network.
the Loop-AM3440 series O9550-A/C chassis.
Great for indoor, inside building E1 connections or drops from a SONET/SDH network. For outside connections where
lightning protection is required please use our full Quad E1 interface card.
E1/T1 V4200-9
Terminal card
Access
4 channel
PSN E1/T1 SDH/SONET
4 channel 4 channel
E1/T1 E1/T1
card card
AM3440 O9550


Plug-in Modules
(M4T1) 4-channel T1
For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E
Features
● Usable as a CSU/DSU
unit
● Single LED indicator
Description
The Mini Quad T1 plug-in card is designed for the mini

slot of the Loop-AM3440 series. It allows each DS0
time slot in the QT1 interfaces to be interchanged and
multiplexed onto a digital network.
the Loop-AM3440 series.
Great for indoor, inside building T1 connections or drops from a SONET/SDH network. For outside connections where
lightning protection is required please use our full Quad T1 interface card.
E1/T1 V4200-9
Terminal card
Access
4 channel
PSN E1/T1 SDH/SONET
4 channel 4 channel
E1/T1 E1/T1
card card
AM3440 O9550

132
Plug-in Modules
(TDMoEA) 4-channel TDM over Ethernet

For AM3440-A/B/C, O9500R, and O9550-A/C Single Slot
Features
● Hot pluggable interface card for Single Slots

● Four Ethernet ports for WAN or LAN connection
- Two combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) with 2 RJ45
and 2 SFP housing
- Two 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation
● Support MEF-8, CESoPSN and SAToP encapsulation
format for TDM circuit emulation
- Up to 4 x 2 M TDM bandwidth
- Support N x DS0 circuit emulation
- Up to 64 pseudowires per card
- Packet Delay Variation compensation depth up to
256 ms
- Support VLAN tag adding and removing on
Pseudowires
- User configurable ToS for each Pseudowire
● L2 switching
- Maximum 16 VLAN Groups
- Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet Port
- Support Q-in-Q
- Support 802.1D STP, 802.1s MSTP*, 802.1w RSTP Description
- Jumbo Frame reaches up to 10K bytes
- Support 802.1d MAC learning The TDMoEA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-
● QoS AM3440-A/B/C, O9500R, and O9550-A/C. This card is
- Ingress Rate Limiting per Ethernet port with used to transport TDM (time division multiplexed) traffic
64kbps/1Mbps/10Mbps granularity over the IP network in addition to normal Ethernet traffic.
- Ethernet Network Level: As the communications network migrates from TDM
• 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within to IP, the TDMoEA card provides a flexible and cost
802.1P/802.1Q Ethernet frame – CoS effective choice for the transport of legacy TDM signals.
• 4 priority queues per port Furthermore, the TDMoEA card of the AM3440 can work
- IP Network Level: with IP6702A/ IP6704A/IP6716/IP6763 TDMoE product
• 6-bit DiffServ Code Point -DSCP field – ToS family and with TDMoEA* card of O9500R.
• Scheduling Algorithm
• Strict Priority (SP)
• Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
- Support 802.1d MAC learning
● Timing
- AM3440 system clock (Internal, external, line
interfaces)
- Adaptive Clock Recovery (ACR) for TDM
Pseudowires
- SyncE
● Protection
- Support protection between two TDMoEA cards for
E1/T1 port pseudowire protection
- Support protection between E1/T1 pseudowires on
TDMoEA and E1/T1 ports on QE1/QT1 cards
- Support Heart Beating Protection
● Jitter & Wander
- PPM per G.823 Traffic
● Port transmission delay measurement
● RoHS compliant

Plug-in Modules
TDMoEA emulates and encapsulates TDM traffic (DS0/E1/T1) into packets for IP or Ethernet transportation
TDM signals emulated and
Voice & Analog, Digital, DTE
encapsulated in packets
AM3440
FE/GbE
Radio RTU PBX TDMoEA
IP/Ethernet
Packetized Networks
DS0 (CESpPSN)
E1/T1 (SAToP)
Server Voice
E1/T1
Point-to-point bridging with 1+1 protection

AM3440 #1 AM3440 #2
TDMoEA #1 TDMoEA #1
Terminal Terminal
Signals Signals
1+1 protection
E1/T1 E1/T1
TDMoEA #2 TDMoEA #2
1+1 protection via TDMoEA and QE1/T1

AM3440 #1 AM3440 #2
1+1 protection via
different network types
TDMoEA Eth/IP TDMoEA

Terminal Terminal
Signals Signals
E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1
Point-to-multipoint bridging
IP6704A Terminal
Signals
E1/T1
AM3440 #1 Eth/IP
Terminal
Signals
TDMoEA E1/T1
E1/T1 IP6702A
Terminal
Signals
TDMoEA
E1/T1
AM3440 #4
134
Plug-in Modules
VPN Corporate Private Network
For a company that needs a Virtual Corporate Private Network to connect remote branches to company headquarters,
the Loop TDMoEA line of products can create an E1/T1 lease line for faster connections.
Headquarters
E1/T1 SDH
LAN TDMoE
G7860A
Remote Remote
Office IP6702A
IP/Ethernet IP6704A Office
Networks
E1/T1 E1/T1
LAN TDMoE TDMoEA LAN TDMoE
Access Remote
AM3440 Office
E1/T1
Voice & Analog,

Digital, DTE LAN

Plug-in Modules
Heart Beating Protection
Secondary HB Sec BP Wan

(Mac12/IP12)
GW2 L3 PSN GW12
NE-A NE-B
cpu cpu
Sec BP Wan
(Mac2/IP2)
L2 Secondary Bundle
E1 L2 E1
Switch Switch (AC)
(AC) Primary Bundle
PWE3 PWE3
GW1
GW11
Pri BP Wan TDMoEA/ TDMoEA/
(Mac1/IP1) TDMoIP TDMoIP
L3 PSN
Primary HB
Pri BP Wan
(Mac11/IP11)
Transmission Delay Measurement
136
Plug-in Modules
(VoIPGA) Voice over IP

For AM3440-A/B/C Single Slot
Features
Physical Interfaces
● WAN: 1 x 100BaseTx
● LAN: 2 x 100BaseTx
Voice Features
● G.711 a/μ, G.726(32K), G.729A, G.723.1
● Silence Suppression and Detection
● Comfort Noise Generation (CNG)
● Voice Activity Detection (VAD)
● Echo Cancellation (G.168)
● Adjustable jitter buffer
● Adjustable packet time (by Codec type)
● Programmable Gain Control
● Adjustable call progress tone volume
Telephony Specifications
● In-Band DTMF, Out-of-Band DTMF Relay (RFC2833
or SIP INFO)
● Caller ID
Description
● T.30 FAX passthrough, T.38 Real Time FAX Relay
The VoIPGA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-
SIP Call Features AM3440-A/B/C. This card serves as a VoIP Gateway that
● Peer to Peer Call converts up to 60 voice and fax channels to IP networks
● Call Forward - unconditional, busy and in reverse direction. VoIPGA works with FXS, FXO,
● Do Not Disturb E&M, Magneto, and E1/T1 interface modules on the
● Speed Dialing AM3440 unit. It uses high-quality embedded DSP chips
● Hot Line and Warm Line to provide stable and clear voice quality. It supports
G.711 a/mµ-law, G.726-32K, G.729A and G.723.1 voice
SIP Account Management compression formats to maximize its compatibility with
other SIP devices.
● By channel registration
● By E1/T1 registration (share account)
VoIPGA provides a cost-effective solution for connecting
● Invite with Challenge
legacy services to the IP network via VoIP technology.
● Support RFC3986 SIP URI format
● Phone Book Function (point-to-point call, and cross-
area call without SIP Server)

Plug-in Modules
At each area, there is at least one AM3440 unit with a VoIPGA card that serves as the VoIP gateway and emulates
and encapsulates voice signals into packets for PSN transportation. VoIP card faces the PSN side, and co-works with
other cards at the access side, such as FXS cards that connect to analogue phones, and E1/T1 cards that connect to
neighboring multiplexers with other analogue phones. Phone calls in the same site, for example, #302 and #303, are
exchanged by the VoIPGA card which contains PBX function. Phone calls between remote sites, for example, #203 and
#102, are exchanged by the SIP server.
VoIP Gateway and SIP Proxy Server

192.168.5.0
AM3440 with Area #2 Eth
VoIP Card SIP
192.168.5.22
Server Distant calls
VoIP
Gateway
PSN switched by
SIP Server
DS0 XC Fabric Eth
FXS E1 E1
Area #1 192.168.5.11
VoIP Gateway
VoIP
with PBX Gateway
AM3440 with
Eth VoIP Card 120 DS0 timeslots
!
DS0 Cross-connect Fabric
Site #201 Site #202 Site #203
AM3440 with Area #3

VoIP Card
E1 E1 FXS
192.168.5.33
VoIP
Gateway
Local calls
DS0 XC Fabric switched by
VoIP card AM3440 AM3440
FXS E1 E1
E1/T1
Network
AM3440
! ! !
Site #301 Site #302 Site #303 Site #102 Site #103 Site #104 Site #101
138
Plug-in Modules
(1FOMA) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1

For AM3440-A/B/C and O9550-A/C Single Slot
Features
● 1 optical interface port (FOM) to connect with remote

O9310-E1, FOM interface for AM3440-A/B/C/D,
7FOM interface for O9400R and O9500R.
● Designed for O9550-A/C and AM3440-A/B/C single
slots
● N x 64K bps cross-connection with 4E1 bandwidth
● Performance & Diagnosis
- Performance monitoring
- Alarm monitoring
- Local Bert and loopback
● Protection
- 1 + 1 protection function
- FOM ring protection function
- Supports APSD (Auto Power Shutdown)
● Management
- Loop View
- Supports remote management via EOC channel
- Provide multi-color LED indicator
Description
The 1FOMA fiber optical interface is a plug-in module that can be used in the standard single slots of the O9550-A/
C chassis and AM3440-A/B/C chassis. Designed for Loop-O9550 and Loop-AM3440 as an embedded 1 or 4 E1 fiber
optical modem, the 1FOMA interface is able to aggregate 1 or 4 E1 channels to single fiber optical interface and connect
with Loop-O9310-E1, FOM interface for Loop-AM3440-A/B/C/D, 7FOM interface for O9400R and O9500R.
Note: Although the Fiber Optical Interface serves the same hardware function on O9550 and AM3440, they have different
firmware.

Plug-in Modules
Point to Point
AM3440 #1 AM3440 #2
Terminal Terminal
1FOMA 1FOMA
E1/T1 E1/T1
1 + 1 Protection
AM3440 #1 Working Line AM3440 #2

1FOMA 1FOMA
Terminal Terminal
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
1FOMA 1FOMA

AM3440 #1 AM3440 #2
1FOMA 1FOMA
Terminal Terminal
Signals Signals
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
1FOMA 1FOMA
140
Plug-in Modules
(1FOMB) 1-channel fiber optical w/o 1+1

For O9500R Single Slot
Features
● One port Fiber Optical Multiplexer interface

● Connect with remote O9310-E1
● Designed for O9500R low speed slots
● N x 64K bps cross-connection with 4E1 bandwidth
● Performance & Diagnosis
- Performance monitoring
- Alarm monitoring
- Local Bert and loopback
● Protection
- FOM ring protection function
- Supports APSD (Auto Power Shutdown)
● Management
- Supports remote management via EOC channel
- Provide multi-color LED indicator
Description
The one FOMB fiber optical interface is a plug-in module that can be used in the low speed slots of the O9500R chassis.
Designed for Loop-O9500R as an embedded 1 or 4 E1 channels over single fiber optical interface and connect with
Loop-O9310-E1.
Point to Point
O9500R #1 O9500R #2
Terminal Terminal
1FOMB 1FOMB
E1/T1 E1/T1

Plug-in Modules
ULSR protection
B
A to C
traffic Working
Ring
1FOMB 1FOMB
QE1 Normal Condition:
QT1 A C
Traffic flow on Working Ring
FOM
1FOMB 1FOMB
Protection
Ring
C to A
traffic
D
Line Down
B
Failure Condition:
Traffic affected by the fault rerouted
1FOMB 1FOMB
to Protection Ring
A C
1FOMB 1FOMB
A to C
traffic
C to A
traffic
D
142
Plug-in Modules
(FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E and O9550-A/C/D Mini Slot
Features
● Supports 1 + 1 protection functionality

● Supports ring protection functionality
● Supports remote management via EOC channel
● Provides a multi-color LED indicator
● 1 or 4 E1 channels for one fiber
Description
The fiber optical interface is designed for Loop-AM3440

and O9550-A/C as embedded 1 or 4 E1 fiber optical
modem. This plugged-in card can be used to aggregate
1 or 4 E1 channels to a single fiber optical interface
to connect with other Loop-AM3440, O9550-A/C and
Loop-O 9310-E1 units.
Point to Point
AM3440 #1 AM3440 #2
Terminal Terminal
FOM FOM
E1/T1 E1/T1
1 + 1 Protection
AM3440 #1 Working Line AM3440 #2

FOM FOM
Terminal Terminal
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
FOM FOM

AM3440 #1 AM3440 #2
FOM FOM
Terminal Terminal
Signals Signals
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
FOM FOM

Plug-in Modules
(FOM) 1-channel fiber optical with 1+1

For V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● 1 E1 channel for one single fiber optical

● Remote management via EOC channel
● Multi-color LED indicator
● Supports 1 + 1 protection function when installed in a
Loop-V4200-9 device
Description
Loop Telecom’s 1-port 2 Mbps optical plug-in card is designed for Loop-V4200 device as an embedded 1E1 fiber optical
modem. This plug-in card can transport 1 E1 to single fiber optical to connect with other Loop device such as the V4200-
9, AM3440-A, or O9310.
Point to Point
V4200-9 #1 V4200-9 #2
Terminal Terminal
FOM FOM
E1/T1 E1/T1
1 + 1 Protection
Working Line
V4200-9 #1 FOM FOM V4200-9 #2
Terminal Terminal
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
FOM FOM
V4200-9 #1 FOM FOM V4200-9 #2

Terminal Terminal
Signals Signals
E1/T1 E1/T1
Protection Line
FOM FOM
144
Plug-in Modules
(2/4GH) 2/4-channel G.SHDSL

Features
● Data rate of N x 64 kbps

- where N can range from 1 to 31
● Distances vary by line rate
● Uses industry standard PAM line format
● One-LED indicator per port
● Two port G.shdsl card supports 1+1 protection
Description
The G.SHDSL plug-in card is designed for the Loop-

O9500R, Loop-O9550-A/C, and Loop-AM3440 series.
This card allows direct connection to wire pairs using
16PAM transmission technology. Versatility of this card comes from the choice of data rates, with the lower data rates
applicable to longer reaches. The G.shdsl plug-in card can work with the Loop-H3300-3S and H3310, and is compatible
with other G.SHDSL equipment.
The G.SHDSL plug-in card supports configuration and diagnostics using a local or remote terminal connected to the main
unit. This allows in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
200 kbps - 2056 kbps

G.SHDSL G.SHDSL
AM3440
G.SHDSL
H3310
AM3440
G.SHDSL
H3300-3S

Plug-in Modules
(GH) 1-channel G.SHDSL

Features
● Data rate of n x 64 kbps, n=1 to max n,

● where max n = 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24, 32
● Distances vary by line rate
● Uses industry standard PAM line format
● One-LED indicator per card
Description
Loop Telecom’s G.SHDSL plug-in card is designed for the Loop-V4200 series. This card allows direct connection to
wire pairs using 16-TCPAM transmission technology. Versatility of this card comes from the choice of data rates, with
the lower data rates applicable to the longer reaches. The G.SHDSL plug-in card can work with the Loop-H3300, and is
compatible with other G.SHDSL equipment.
The G.SHDSL plug-in card supports configuration and diagnostics by using a local or remote terminal connected to the
main unit. This allows in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
200 kbps - 2056 kbps

G.SHDSL G.SHDSL
V4200-9
G.SHDSL
H3310
V4200-9
G.SHDSL
H3300-3S
146
Plug-in Modules
Serial and Digital Access LS Cards
(6UDTEA) 6-channel Universal DTE

Features
● Supports X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/
EIA530
● Supports both synchronous and asynchronous data
● Port 1 to 4: two DB44 connectors
● Port 5 to 6: two RJ48 connectors
● Five software configurable modes
● MODE 1: V.110
- Supports MUX/NON-MUX Mode for SYNC/ASYNC
data
- Port 1 to 4: RS232/RS422/X.21, SYNC/ASYNC
64kbps and sub-rate with V.110 encoding
- Port 5 to 6: RS232 for 64kbps and sub-rate,
ASYNC only
● MODE 2: N x 64K
- Port 1 to 4: X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/
EIA530 SYNC N*64k (N=1~32)
- Port 5 to 6: Disabled
● MODE 3: N x 64K + Oversampling
EIA530 SYNC N*64k, (N=1~32). Description
- Port 4: X.21/RS449/RS422/RS232/V.35/V.36/
The 6-port Universal Data Interface Card (6UDTEA) card
EIA530 SYNC, N*64k, (N=1~20).
for single slots is designed to transport DS0 and sub-rate
- Port 5 to 6: RS232 N*64k (N=1~6) oversampling
signals. Both SYNC and ASYNC data of X.21, RS449,
for ASYNC data.
● MODE 4: Clock Pass Through RS422, RS232, V.35, V.36, EIA530 can be transported
on the four ports (i.e. port 1 to 4) of DB44 connector.
- Port 1 to 4: RS232/RS422/X.21/V.35/V.36/EIA530
ASYNC RS232 can be transported on the additional ports
SYNC 38.4K and subrate
(i.e. port 5 and 6) of RJ48 connector. Per-port software
● MODE 5: N x 64K + Local and Remote Loopback configuration is available.
Five modes are designed to provide different
requirements of DTE signal transportation.
EIA530 SYNC N*64k (N=1~32)
● In Mode 1, all 6 ports can be MUXed (V.110) into one
64K channel. When the card is set to NON-MUX in
- Local and Remote Loopbacks with BERT,
Mode 1, asynchronous data rate per channel/port can
supporting V.54
be up to 38.4 Kbps, and synchronous data rate per
channel/port can be up to 64 Kbps.
● In Mode 2, 3 and 5, each of the four ports is able
to transport N x 64K synchronous signals. Mode 3
supports additional RS232 asynchronous data, and
Mode 5 supports Local and Remote Loopbacks with
BERT
● In Mode 4, Clock Pass Through is available for port 1
to 4.

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Serial and Digital Access
GbE/10GbE
E1/T1 SDH/SONET
MPLS-TP/CE
Network Network
IP Network
O9500R
AM3440
O9550
6UDTEA
SYNC/ASYNC
DTE signal
transportation
X.21, RS449, RS422,

RS232, V.35, V.36, EIA530
Mode 1: Mode 2: Mode 3: Mode 4: Mode 5:

Multiplexing N x DS0 N x DS0 Clock Pass Through N x DS0
DS0 sub-rates + +
Oversampling Local & Remote
Loopback
148
Plug-in Modules
(8UDTEA) 8-channel Universal DTE

Features
● Single slot card for O9500R, O9550-A/C, and

AM3440-A/B/C series
● 8-port universal data interface card supports RS232/
RS422/RS485 interface
- DCE interface per port
- Per port software configurable
- RS485 supports 4 wires Full Duplex
- RS422 supports 4 wires
- Supports Full-Duplex and Half-Duplex modes
(optional)
● Oversampling channel to transmit ASYNC data
● N x 56/64K bps, N = 1 to 6 for DS0 channels to
oversample the ASYNC data
● Channel for 56Kbps or 64Kbps is software
configurable for each card application
● Card base options are Omnibus, Terminal Server, and
Clock Pass Through functions
- Terminal Server (TS)
● 8 remote IP address for each physical port
● Router Mode: 64WANS, RIP-I, RIP-II, Static
route
● Bandwidth for each WAN is N x 64Kbps; N=1 to Description
32
- Omnibus (OMNI) The 8UDTEA card of O9500R, O9550 and AM3440
● Omnibus for data series is 8-port universal data interface card that complies
● Application of Daisy Chain, Star, Point to Multi- with RS232/RS422/RS485 DCE interface for ASYNC
point data transmission by oversampling SYNC data channel.
● Maximum 8 groups/per port It allows multiplexing of n x 56/64Kbps data to multiply of
- Clock Pass Through (CPT) DS0 time slot onto a digital network.
● Pass through RS232 clock transparently for
RADAR application The 8UDTEA card provide oversampling function as
● Handshaking for RS232 only basic, it can be set to be Omnibus (OMNI), Terminal
● Flow control for RS232 only Server (TS), or Clock Pass Through (CPT) by card base.
● Loopback
Universal DTE
Industry Industry
Platform Device
8UDTEA E1/T1 E1/T1 8UDTEA
E1/T1
Network
AM3440/ AM3440/
O9500R/ O9500R/
O9550 O9550
Remote
Device
Remote
Control

Plug-in Modules
Terminal Server: Point-to-Multipoint
Admin NEs
Router
=
E1/T1 8UDTEA
AM3440
Async RS232/
RS422/RS485
8UDTEA E1/T1
E1/T1
Network E1/T1 8UDTEA
AM3440
O9500R
Omnibus
G1 = group 1 E1/T1
P1 = port 1 Network
E1/T1 E1/T1
AM3440 O9500R
8UDTEA 8UDTEA
G1 G2 G3 G8 G1 G2 G3 G8
P1 P2 P3 P4 P8 P1 P2 P3 P4 P8
NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE NE
150
Plug-in Modules
(1DTE) 1-channel DTE (V.35/EIA530/X.21/RS232)

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E and O9550-A/C/D, and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● 1-channel DTE plug-in cards for mini slot (V.35,

EIA530, X.21, RS232)
● Maximum date rate
- V.35, EIA530 and X.21 N x 56 or 64 kbps, N = 1 to
32
- RS232: N x 56 or 64 kbps, N = 1 to 2
● Mapping to any sequential time slots
Description
Loop Telecom’s 1-channel V.35/EIA530/RS232/X.21

plug-in cards are designed for the mini slot of Loop-
AM3440 and O9550 series. It allows multiplexing of
N x 64 kbps data to multiples of DS0 time slots onto a
digital network. An LED on the front panel of the Loop-
AM3440-A/B/C and O9550-A/C chassis provides status
indicators.
LAN LAN
Router V.35 V.35 Router
CPE RS232 WAN RS232 CPE

E1/T1/Eth
X.21 O9550 AM3440 X.21
Teleprotection Teleprotection

Plug-in Modules
(6RS232A) 6-port RS232

For AM3440-A/B/C and O9550-A/C Single Slot
Features
● 6 RS232 ports per card

● Supports V.110 protocol
● Data rate
- Sync: 0.6K, 1.2K, 2.4K, 4.8K, 9.6K, 19.2K, 38.4K,
48K, 64K
- Async: 0.6K, 1.2K, 2.4K, 4.8K, 9.6K, 19.2K, 38.4K
● Mode: MUX or NON-MUX (independent) mode
● RTS remote management
● Two card types:
● 6 RJ48 only card: 6 ports RS232 Async
● 2 DB44 card: Up to 4 ports RS232 Sync/Async + 2
ports RS232 Async
Description
The 6RS232A card for Loop-O9550 and Loop-AM3440 series has 6 interface ports. For the RJ version, 6 RJ48
connectors are available in Asynchronous mode. For the DB version, 2 DB44 connectors are available in Asynchronous
and Synchronous modes, and provide 3 ports each. Two cables are included. Each cable converts from DB44 connector
to two DB25 and one DB9 connectors.
For Asynchronous signals, each of the 6 asynchronous ports up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s
channel in independent mode. Moreover, each port can be used in either NON-MUX (independent) mode or MUX mode
for Sync/Async applications.
The 6RS232A card is designed to allow user to transport subrate signals on a 64Kbps channel and the data will fill into
the bit stream. Users are able to have customized MUX configuration as wishes. Also, all 6 ports can be MUXed; only
port 1 is in MUX mode at all time, and all the configured MUX ports will be merged to port 1. Furthermore, there will be
solely one MUX group and all Mux port kbits cannot be larger than 64kbits.
6RS232A
MUX
64k
Group
WAN Up to
E1/T1/Eth 6 ports
O9500R/
AM3440 P1 P2 P3 P4
64k subrate
Sync/Async
RS232
CPE CPE CPE CPE
152
Plug-in Modules
(8RS232) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate

Features
● Supports X.50 division 2 and X.54

● Single slot
● Two card types:
- 8 RJ48 only card: 8 ports RS232 Async
- 2 RJ48 + 2 DB44 card: Up to 4 ports RS232 Sync
+ 4 ports RS232 Async
● MUX mode: 4 Sync ports at 9.6Kb/s share one 64K
● LED status indicator
● Hot swappable
● Supports Async rates from 600 bps to 38400 bps
● Supports Sync rates from 600 bps to 64000 bps
Description
The 8RS232 interface card for Loop-O9500R, Loop-O9550-A/C, and Loop-AM3440 series has 8 interface ports. For the
RJ version, 8 RJ48 connectors are available in Asynchronous/Sync mode. The sync mode method used is oversampling
at 64 Kbps, the max data rate for each RJ48 is 19.2 Kbps only available in some ports. For the DB version, 2 RJ48
provide 2 ports and 2 DB44 connectors provide 3 ports each. Two cables are included. Each cable converts from DB44
connector to two DB25 and one DB9 connectors.
For asynchronous signals, the card can be used in either INDEPENDENT mode or MUX mode. In the INDEPENDENT
mode, each of the 8 asynchronous ports up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s channel. In the MUX mode,
up to 5 ports, each up to 9.6 Kb/s, can share a single 64 Kb/s channel. The remaining 3 ports will be multiplexed to
another 64Kb/s channel.
For synchronous signals only four of the ports can be used, leaving another 4 ports as asynchronous. In the
INDEPENDENT mode, each of the 4 synchronous ports can be up to 64 Kb/s. The rest of the 4 asynchronous ports,
each up to 38.4 Kb/s rate, is assigned a separate 64 Kb/s channel per port. In the MUX mode, the 4 synchronous ports,
each up to 9.6 Kb/s, share a single 64 Kb/s channel. The other 3 asynchronous ports will be multiplexed to another 64Kb/
s channel.
The 8RS232 interface card uses the multiplexing format defined in ITU-T X.50 Div.2 and in X.54 for rates below 64 Kbps.
For 64 Kbps transport, standard RS232 format is used. In the INDEPENDENT mode when only one subrate signal is
transported, the unused bandwidth is filled with "1s".
8RS232
MUX
64k
Group
WAN Up to
E1/T1/Eth 4 ports
O9500R/
AM3440 P1 P2 P3 P4
9.6k Sync
RS232
CPE CPE CPE CPE

Plug-in Modules
(6CDA) 6-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps

For AM3440-A/B/C and O9500R Single Slot
Features
● 6-port G.703 single slot plug-in card for the AM3440

series
● ITU G.703 64 Kbps Co-directional and Contra-
directional
● Per port configurable for Co-directional or Contra-
directional interfaces
● Co-directional Alarm: LOS and insert AIS(All 1)
● Contra-directional: LOO (Loss Of Octet)
● Loop back: DTE Payload Loopback, Local Loopback
Description
The 6CDA plug-in card is designed for the single slot of Loop-AM3440 series.
This interface supports 64 kbps data transport using the G.703 co-directional
or contra-directional timing standard over a balanced wire.
The 6CDA card provides three co-directional/contra-directional mode options for different field requirements: (a) Co-
directional + Contra-directional controlling (DCE) mode, (b) Co-directional + Contra-directional subordinate (DTE) mode,
and (c) Mixed mode.
The 6CDA card supports diagnostics and alarms. This allows diagnostics and fault isolation.
E1/T1
Network
E1/T1
Network
Eth/ PTN or
E1/T1 SDH/SONET
Network Network
AM3440 6CDA 6CDA 6CDA

O9500R O9500R
G.703 G.703 G.703

64k 64k 64k
Teleprotection
Unit
Contact
I/O
Relay
Trip
154
Plug-in Modules
(8CD) 8-channel G.703 at 64 Kbps

Features
● 8-port G.703 single slot plug-in card for the AM3440

series
● Supports data rate at 64 kbps
● Supports G.703 transmission over balanced wire
● Eight LED indicators per card
Description
The G.703 plug-in card is designed for the single slot of

Loop-O9500R, O9550-A/C, and Loop-AM3440 series.
This interface supports 64 kbps data transport using the
G.703 co-directional timing standard over a balanced
wire.
The G.703 plug-in card supports diagnostics and alarm setup by LCD operation or using a local or remote terminal
connected to the main unit. This allows in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
Note: Although the G.703 Interface Cards serve the same hardware function on O9500R, O9550, and AM3440, they
have different firmware.
E1/T1
Network
E1/T1
Network
Eth/ PTN or
E1/T1 SDH/SONET
Network Network
AM3440 8CD 8CD 8CD

O9500R O9500R
G.703 G.703 G.703

64k 64k 64k
Teleprotection
Unit
Contact
I/O
Relay
Trip

Plug-in Modules
(ODP) 8-channel OCU-DP

For AM3440-A, O9500R, and O9550-A/C Single Slot
Features
● 8 ports per card

● RJ48S & 4-wire non-loaded balanced loop connector
● Supports data transmission sub-rates up to 64 kb/s
● DDS or Switched 56
● Automatic line equalization
Description
OCUDP card is a single-slot interface card designed for 64K signals from
switches, frame relay, and etc. with up to 5.5 km reach. OCU-DP is often
used for leased lines to provide voice, video, and data service transportation.
An AM3440 at the Central Office serves as a multiplexer (MUX) or DCS by
connecting via OCUDP cards to user premises equipment for leased lines.
At the user premises, an AM3440 can also work as CSU by connecting to the
Central Office via E1/T1 cards, and to existing DSUs via OCUDP cards and
DTE via DTE cards.
OCUDP serves with different additional functions when facing different sites. At the DDS and DTE sides, it can also
provide diagnostic functions by sending test messages at different circuit levels. At the Central Office facing the Carrier
side, the OCUDP can be used for clock synchronization by being a Slave Clock and receives clock messages from the
OCUDP at the Carrier Sites that serves as a Master Clock.
Eth/E1/T1
Network
Carrier
Site
OCU DP E1/T1
User Premises
Clock signal DSU
CSU OCU DP
OCU DP E1/T1 E1/T1 DTE
DTE
DTE
OCU DP
Central MUX/DCS DS0 subrate line
Office DSU DTE
156
Plug-in Modules
(ODP) 1-channel OCU-DP

For AM3440-B/C/D/E and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● RJ45 & 4-wire non-loaded balanced loop connector

● Supports data transmission sub-rates up to 64kbps
● DDS or Switched 56
● Configuration software field upgradeable
● Automatic line equalization
● Can be multiplexed with other ports
● Easy configuration from SNMP, Telnet, and VT-100
terminal
Description
OCUDP card is a single-slot interface card designed for 64K signals from switches, frame relay, and etc. with up to 5.5
km reach. OCU-DP is often used for leased lines to provide voice, video, and data service transportation. An AM3440 at
the Central Office serves as a multiplexer (MUX) or DCS by connecting via OCUDP cards to user premises equipment
for leased lines. At the user premises, an AM3440 can also work as CSU by connecting to the Central Office via E1/T1
cards, and to existing DSUs via OCUDP cards and DTE via DTE cards.
OCUDP serves with different additional functions when facing different sites. At the DDS and DTE sides, it can also
provide diagnostic functions by sending test messages at different circuit levels. At the Central Office facing the Carrier
side, the OCUDP can be used for clock synchronization by being a Slave Clock and receives clock messages from the
OCUDP at the Carrier Sites that serves as a Master Clock.
Eth/E1/T1
Network
Carrier
Site
OCU DP E1/T1
User Premises
Clock signal DSU
CSU OCU DP
OCU DP E1/T1 E1/T1 DTE
DTE
DTE
OCU DP
Central MUX/DCS DS0 subrate line
Office DSU DTE

Plug-in Modules
(3TS) 3-channel Terminal Server

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● Terminal server functionality

● Up to 2 SYNC ports
● Up to 3 ASYNC ports
● Built-in router functionality
● Supports 5 IP addresses
Description
The Terminal Server module is a plug-in card that has both

synchronous and asynchronous interface capability. It allows you to
interface with raw RS232 data at the Network Control Center. It is
designed for mini slots.
The Terminal Server module can support three RS232 interfaces. One
interface (DTE3) is a fixed RS232 ASYNC interface. The other two
interfaces (DTE1 and DTE2) can be configured as ASYNC or SYNC
interfaces independently.
Router functionality is built inside the plug-in card. The main function of this plug-in is to convert PPP/SYNC, SLIP/
ASYNC and raw data to IP packets. The IP packets will be sent to the routing engine on the card, and then sent to T1/E1
DS0 cross-connection on the XCU card.
Terminal Server: Point-to-Multipoint Application

Admin
NEs
Router
=
E1/T1 3TS
AM3440 3 Async RS232

or 2 Sync RS232
3TS E1/T1 Per card
E1/T1
Network
AM3440
E1/T1 3TS
O9500R
158
Plug-in Modules
Voice and Analog Access LS Cards
(12FXOA/FXS/FXSA) 12-channel FXO /FXS

Features
● 12 telephone connections for FXS

● 12 central office or PBX line connections for FXO
● Supports PLAR
● Loop start or Loop start/ground start option
● Battery reverse supported
● DID supported
● 12 kHz and 16 kHz metering pulse option
● A, B, C, D signaling bit software programmable
● A-law or µ-law coding
● Most signaling conventions supported
● Multi-color LED indicators for each port

12FXS 12FXSA 12FXOA
Description
The 12FXS/12FXSA/12FXOA plug-in cards are designed for the single slots. It digitizes analog voice signals so as to
be multiplexed as 64 kbps DS0 timeslots onto a digital network. 12FXS/FXSA provides 12 voice Interfaces connect to
telephones. 12FXOA provides connections from telephone lines, either from a central office or from a PBX in RJ11 x
12 connectors. Coding is either A-law or µ-law selectable by user. Most popular signaling conventions are supported,
including PLAR.
PDH/SDH/SONET Packet
Network Network
To Subscriber To Central Office
FXS Card O9500R/ FXO Card

AM3440
12 ports 12 ports
Per-port config Per-port config
RX11 Connector RX11 Connector
Ground/Loop Start Ground/Loop Start
A-law/µ-law A-law/µ-law
PBX Meter pulse Meter pulse

12/16 KHz detection
12/16 KHz
PSTN
phone
phone fax pay phone Modem switch

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Voice and Analog Access
(QFXO) 4-channel FXO

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E, O9550-A/C/D, and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● 4 central office or PBX line connections for QFXO

● Loop start or ground start (manufacturing option)
● 12 khz or 16 khz metering pulse (manufacturing
option)
● ANSI, ETSI (manufacturing option)
● A, B, C, D Bit (manufacturing option)
● User programmable A-law or Mu-law coding
● User programmable loss adjustment
● User programmable balance 600/900 ohm impedance
● Most signaling conventions supported
● Battery reverse supported
Description
The QFXO plug-in card is designed for the Loop-AM3440-B/C and O9550-A/C. It allows voice frequency interfaces to
be multiplexed as a 64 kbps DS0 signal onto a digital network. The QFXO provides four voice connections to central
office or PBX and provides user selectable A-law or mu-law coding. Most popular signaling conventions are supported,
including PLAR (private line automatic ring down).
Network Network
To Subscriber
QFXOA
AM3440/ To Central Office
O9550
Meter pulse
Detection
12/16 KHz
PSTN
Central Office
Switch
160
Plug-in Modules
(QFXSA) 4-channel FXS

For AM3440-B/C/D/E and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● 4 telephone connections
● PLAR supported
● 3 options supported: Loop Start, Ground Start,
Metering Pulse
● Metering Pulse support 12KHz/16KHz
● User programmable signaling Bit A, B, C, D
● User programmable A-law or Mu-law coding
● User programmable gain adjustment
● Complied with ±48 Vdc (SDB) and AC (SAB) power
modules
● Signaling and voice tests
● Status monitoring
Description
The QFXSA plug-in card is designed for the Loop-AM3440-B/C and O9550-A/C. It allows voice frequency interfaces to
be multiplexed as a 64 kbps DS0 signal onto a digital network. QFXSA provides connections to four telephones and it
also provides user programmable A-law or mu-law coding. Most popular signaling conventions are supported, including
PLAR (Private Line Automatic Ring down). The QFXSA supports signaling tests, including ring test, battery reverse test,
channel swap, metering pulse test, and tip open test. Moreover, it supports status monitoring: line, signaling bit, and jump
setting.
Network Network
To Central Office
QFXS
AM3440/
O9550 To Subscriber
PBX Meter pulse PLAR

12/16 KHz
phone fax pay phone Modem Hotline

Plug-in Modules
(12MAGA) 12-channel Magneto

Features
● 12 telephone connections for Magneto

● Supports MRD (manual ring down)
● Supports Magneto to FXS speak PLAR function
● Supports dual type L1/L2 and L1/GND magneto
phone or MRD
● Per port software programmable for ringing and ring
detection on L1/L2 or L1/GND
● 16 Vrms minimum detectable ring
● Intended for use with 110-220 Vac (SAB) or ±48 Vdc
(SD, SDA, SDB, SD125) powered main units
Description
The twelve channel magneto (12MAGA) plug-in card is designed for the low
speed single slot of Loop-O9500R, Loop-O9550-A/C, and Loop-AM3440-A/B/
C devices. This module allows communications between magneto telephones.
With the card set in PLAR mode, communications can take place between
a magneto telephone and a regular telephone. All signaling is carried
transparently by the digitizing process.
Normal MAGA Eth/E1/T1 MAGA

FXS
Mode Network
AM3440/ AM3440/ Magneto
O9550 O9550 phone
PLAR PLAR
Mode Mode
Magneto phone MAGA Eth/E1/T1 FXS

& FXO phone Network
Magneto AM3440/ AM3440/ FXO
phone O9550 O9550 phone
PLAR PLAR
Mode Mode
Magneto PBX MAGA Eth/E1/T1 FXS

& FXO phone Network
PBX O9550 O9550 phone
162
Plug-in Modules
(QMAGA) 4-channel Magneto

For AM3440-A/B/C/E, O9550-D, and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● 4 telephone connections for Magneto

● Supports MRD (manual ring down)
● Supports Magneto to FXS speak PLAR function
● Supports dual type L1/L2 and L1/GND magneto
phone or MRD
● Per port software programmable for ringing and ring
detection on L1/L2 or L1/GND
● 16 Vrms minimum detectable ring
● Intended for use with 110-220 Vac (SAB) or ±48 Vdc
(SD, SDA, SDB, SD125) powered main units
Description
The four channel magneto (QMAGA) plug-in card is designed for mini slot. This module allows communications between
magneto telephones. With the card set in PLAR mode, communications can take place between a magneto telephone
and a regular telephone. All signaling is carried transparently by the digitizing process.
Normal MAGA Eth/E1/T1 MAGA

FXS
Mode Network
AM3440/ AM3440/ Magneto
O9550 O9550 phone
PLAR PLAR
Mode Mode
Magneto phone MAGA Eth/E1/T1 FXS

& FXO phone Network
phone O9550 O9550 phone
PLAR PLAR
Mode Mode
Magneto PBX MAGA Eth/E1/T1 FXS

& FXO phone Network
PBX O9550 O9550 phone

Plug-in Modules
(8EM) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M

Features
● Eight RJ45 connectors for E&M

● Supports E&M signaling over Type 1, Type 2, Type 3,
Type 4 and Type 5
● Programmable gain setting per-port
● A side and B side supported (A side is exchange side,
B side is carrier side)
● 2 wire, 4 wire supported
● Transmit only (TO) type supported
● A-law or mu-law coding
● Intended for use with 110-220 Vac or -48 Vdc powered
main units
Description
Loop Telecom’s E&M plug-in card is designed for the Loop-O9500R, the
Loop-O9550-A/C, and the Loop-AM3440-A/B/C devices. It allows 8 ports
E&M interfaces to be multiplexed to 64 kbps DS0 signals. It can also be
used as TO (Transmit Only). Voice coding can be selected as either A-law
or mu-law. This unit can be used on systems running 110-220 Vac or -48
Vdc power supply.
Modem E&M E&M Modem
Switch E&M SDH/SONET/ E&M Switch

PSN/PDH
AM3440/ AM3440/
PBX E&M O9500R/ O9500R/ E&M Microwave system
O9550 O9550
164
Plug-in Modules
(8EMA) 8-channel 2W/4W E&M

Features
● Eight RJ45 connectors for E&M

● Supports E&M signaling over Type 1, Type 2, Type 3,
Type 4 and Type 5
● Programmable gain setting per-port
● A side and B side supported
(A side is exchange side, B side is carrier side)
● 2 wire, 4 wire supported
● Transmit only (TO) type supported
● A-law or μ-law coding
● Provides ±24, ±48 or ±125Vdc powered manufacture
options
Description
Loop Telecom’s E&MA plug-in card is designed for the single slots. It allows 8
ports E&M interfaces to be multiplexed to 64 kbps DS0 signals. It can also be
used as TO (Transmit Only). Voice coding can be selected as either A-law or
μ-law. Manufacture options are available to use on AM3440 system with ±24,
±48 or ±125Vdc power input.
Modem E&M E&M Modem

PSN/PDH
AM3440/ AM3440/
PBX E&M O9500R/ O9500R/ E&M Microwave system
O9550 O9550

Plug-in Modules
(QEMA) 4-channel E&M

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E, O9550-A/C/D, and V4200-9 Mini Slot
Features
● Five E&M signaling types are supported: Type I, Type

II, Type III, Type IV, and Type V
● Jumpers selectable for Type I, II, III, IV, V or Tx only
● TO (Transmit Only) supported
● A-side and B-side supported: A-side is exchange side;
B-side is carrier side
● User programmable A-law or mu-law coding
● User programmable loss adjustment
● CAS signaling convention
● Jumper selectable: 2/4 WIRE, A/B SIDE
● Support diagnostic functions, including:
- off hook test
- loopback test
- LED display bit for signaling monitoring
Description
The QEMA card requires an external cable to support 4-RJ45 ports for connecting to PBX tie lines, carrier facilities, or
4-wire modems. Each RJ45 port has 8 pins supporting the following signaling and transmission pairs: E/M, SG/SB, T/R,
and T1/R1.
The card can configure different types, A/B side and 2/4 wire options by jump location. Users can utilize additional
jumpers enclosed in the package for Type I, II, III, IV, V and TO (Transmit Only) signaling options. Type TO provides
dedicated 4-wire transmit and receive paths to lease-line modem equipment. There are choices of two side: Using A side
mode, the card can operate as switching equipment. Using B side mode, the card can operate as channel equipment.
There are 3 diagnostic functions supported: off hook test, loopback test, and LED display bit for signaling monitoring.
Moreover, users could have LEDs provide channel setting and channel status indicators.
Modem E&M E&M Modem

PSN/PDH
AM3440/ AM3440/
PBX E&M O9550 O9550 E&M Microwave system
166
Plug-in Modules
Data Processing LS Cards
(8DBRA) 8-channel Data Bridge

Features
● Hot pluggable single slot card for O9500R, O9550,

and AM3440 series
● ASYNC RS232 data only
● Two card types, both support 8 ports RS232 ASYNC
- 8 RJ48C card
- 2 RJ48C + 2 DB44 card
● Data bridge features
- Each card supports up to 128 DS0
- Each port supports bridge functionality to N remote
tributary sites (N = 1-20)
- Works with the other equipment in the transmission
of 1200 to 19200 bps asynchronous data via
oversampling channel
● Protection
- 1+1 port protection
- 1+1 slot protection, switching time < 50 ms
- Dual Host Data Server
● LED status indicator
Description
The Data Bridge Card for Loop-O9500R, Loop-O9550, and Loop-AM3440 series has 8 RS232 ports. On the Data Bridge
Card, each RS232 port uses data bridge function on 1DS0 sync 56 kbps or 64 kbps channel to get the ASYNC data from
the host data server (ASYNC data rate ranges from 1.2K bps - 19.2K bps). Then the host data server will broadcast the
data to the remote tributary site.
Under operation, 1 to 20 end points per multi-drop circuit go into a logical ended 56K or 64K channel, and the data at the
tributary and the host end enters the channel banks through RS232 synchronous interfaces. The primary is then either
mapped out the RS232 synchronous port, or is mapped to another upstream DS0. Each port RS232 could support the
data bridge function reaching to 20 remote tributary sites. Each tributary is asynchronous data sent over synchronous
channel using over-sampling techniques.
Protection can be (a) 1+1 on a pair of ports on the same card which provides line protection, (b) 1+1 on pair of ports on
adjacent cards which provides card protection, or (c) 1+1 on a pair of ports on different chassis which provides chassis
and site protection.
Note: Although the Data Bridge Cards serve the same hardware function on O9500R, O9550, and AM3440, they have
different firmware.

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Data Processing
Applications
The host data server is responsible for sending requests to the target tributary site. Only one tributary site is allowed to
send data to the host data server at a time. When the tributary site gets the request, it sends ASYNC data through E1/T1
network into the O9500R, O9550, and AM3440 devices. The data from the tributary sites could either travel on separate
DS0 within a single E1/T1 Network, or within separate E1/T1 Networks. The data goes into the O9500R, O9550, and
AM3440 through the QE1/QT1 card, TSI connect mapping and the Data Bridge Card, then to the host data server.
E1/T1 Network
Oversampling Oversampling Oversampling

QE1 Sync RS232 Sync RS232 Sync RS232 1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC
or via RS232
QT1 P1 P2 P3 P4
Tributary
1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC 1.2 to 19.2 ASYNC Site
via RS232 via RS232
TSI
Tributary Tributary
Site Site N = 1 to 20
VP1 VP2 VP3 VP4
Note:
Data 128 DS0 1. Each Data Bridge Card supports up to 128 DS0. Each RS232
Bridge port on the data bridge card supports up to 20 DS0. Only an
Card average of 16 DS0 is allowed for each port at most when they
56
Kbps transmit data at the same time.
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 2. Each Virtual Port supports up to 32 DS0.
1.2 to 19.2 async

via RS232 Host Data
Server
168
Plug-in Modules
Port-level 1 + 1 backup with one card
RS232 port1 and 5, port 2 and 6, port 3 and 7, port 4 and 8 work in pairs to support 1+1 backup function. Port1 to port 4
connects to the active host data server, and port 5 to port 8 connects to the backup host data server.
O9500R/O9550-A/C/AM3440-A/B/C
DXC E1/T1
E1/
T1
Data Bridge
Card
RS232
Ports
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Active Backup
Host Data Host Data

Server Server
Card-level 1 + 1 backup with two cards
The Data Bridge Cards in slot 1 and 2, slot 3 and 4, slot 5 and 6…slot 11 and 12 work in pairs for card-level 1+1 backup
function.
Data Bridge Card

In Slot 1 O9500R/O9550-A/C/
AM3440-A/B/C
Active
Host Data
Server RS232 DXC E1/T1
Port 1
E1/
T1
Data Bridge Card

In Slot 2
Host Data Backup

Server RS232
Port 1

Plug-in Modules
Site-level 1 + 1 backup with two chassis
The data bridge card supports dual host data box function. When one host data server fails, the other host data server
takes over and sends the data to the remote tributary data boxes.
Site A (Active)
Data Bridge Card O9500R/O9550-A/C/

AM3440
Host Data DXC E1/T1
Server RS232 E1/
T1
Port
E1 Network
Site B (Backup)
O9500R/O9550-A/C/
Data Bridge Card
AM3440
Host Data DXC
Server RS232 E1/
T1
Port
E1/T1
170
Plug-in Modules
(8DC) 8-channel Dry Contact

Features Dry Contact Type B Dry Contact Type A
Two Dry Contact plug-in cards are available

● Dry Contact type A card
● Dry Contact type B card
● Lighting Protection (IEC61850-3, IEEE1613)
Dry Contact Inputs

● 8 pairs per card (2 ports per card, 4 pairs per port)
● Connector: RJ45
● Collect dry contact input signals and send alarm traps
via SNMP port or inband to EMS management system
● Collect dry contact to be transferred via the E1 or fiber
optic cable to a dry relay contact output
● Type A input port provides 3.3V output
Dry Contact Outputs

● 8 pairs per card
● Connector: Screw
● Enable dry contact output signals through instructions
via SNMP port or inband to EMS management system
● Enable dry contact from the E1 or fiber cable to a dry
relay contact output
● Support Open/Short function
Description
Loop Telecom’s Dry Contact type A and Dry Contact type B plug-in cards are designed for the Loop-AM3440 series.
These Dry Contact cards, which can be assigned to 2 DS0 time slots or 16 DS0 time slots, are used for (1) collecting
alarm inputs from non-SNMP devices and issuing alarms via an SNMP trap, (2) sending commands to close remote
contacts for relay devices, and (3) repeat a remote contact closure with a local contact closure.
The difference between Dry Contacts type A and type B is the higher voltage for type B interface card. These cards are
used to detect remote contact closures activated by alarms and to provide remote contact closures to control network
operation where needed.
When 2 DS0 time slots are chosen to carry the dry contact signals, 8 bits of one time slot carry the input contact status,
and 8 bits of the other carry the output contact commands. When 16 DS0 time slots are chosen to carry the dry contact
signals, one bit of each of 8 DS0 time slot carry the input contact status, and one bit of each of other 8 DS0 carry the
output commands.

Plug-in Modules
Control
Site Alarm
Panel
Output
Dry Contact
SDH/SONET/
PDH/PSN
Monitored E1/T1 Monitored STM/OC PTN10G Monitored

Site Site Site
AM3440 Dry Contact O9550 Dry Contact Dry Contact O9500R

Input Input Input
78°F 78°F
Intrusion Fire/smoke Alarm Fire/smoke

Thermostat Thermostat
Detection Sensor Detection Sensor
172
Plug-in Modules
(ABRA) Analog Bridge

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E Mini Slot
Features
● Mini-Slot plug-in module for AM3440-A/B/C/D

● Up to 8 bridge groups
● Analog Bridge function
- Data Bridge
● Working with voice cards (E&M, FXS, and
Magneto) on the AM3440
● Downstream: two to many
● Upstream: many to two
● Master/Slave Architecture
- Up to 2 Masters and 14 Slaves in one group
- 2 Masters for 1+1 protection
● Voice Conference Hotline Mode with CAS Signaling
- Any-to-Any architecture
- Up to 16 members in one group
● RS232 Data Bridge function
- Working with 8RS232, 8DBRA cards on the
AM3440
- Downstream: two to many
- Upstream: many to two
- Master/Slave Architecture
● Up to 2 Masters and 14 Slaves in one group
● 2 Masters for 1+1 protection
● Voice Protection Mode
- One Master to two Slaves for 1+1 protection
- Analog signals only
- 42 protection groups
● OCU-DP Data Bridge function
- Downstream: one to many
- Upstream: many to one
- Data rate: 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, 56, and 64K
- Master/Slave Architecture
● 1 Master to 14 Slaves in one group
Description
The Analog Bridge Card (ABRA) is designed for the AM3440 series which is for analog bridging and digital bridging
function. It works with E&M, FXS, and Magneto cards in analog data bridging and voice conferencing mode with CAS. It
works with 8RS232 and 8DBRA in digital data bridging mode. Digital bridging can be performed at either 64k bit/s or sub-
rates (when MJU function is enabled) to support sub-rate signals from interface cards such as OCU-DP.
The ABRA Card supports up to eight independent analog or digital bridge groups. An analog group can be set to either
the conference mode or Master/Slave mode; a digital group can be set only to Master/Slave mode.
In the conference mode, up to 16 members in one conference group are allowed to participate in a single any-to-any
voice conference with hotline signaling. Voice traffic coming from E&M, FXS, and Magneto interfaces could be mapped to
a member channel and broadcast to other member channels.
In the Master/Slave mode, data are bridged upstream and downstream in master/slave architecture. Upstream, the card
checks all Rx data from slave ports in a master/slave group and sends the data from only one active slave to the master
port. Downstream, it duplicates traffic coming from the master and then broadcasts the traffic to all slaves.
The ABRA card can be set to the Voice Protection mode to enable 1+1 protection for analog signals.

Plug-in Modules
ABRA Card (Analog Bridge) Point to specified point (1 to 14)
Slave 1
AM3440
Modem
2 / 4 -Wire Modem
FXS/E&M
Master 1
TDM cloud Modem
E1
Master 2 Modem
AM3440
Modem
Slave 14
AM3440 Modem
Upstream mapping through DS0
T1 RS232
RS232
Host Data T1
Server T1
T1 TDM cloud RS232
T1
RS232
T1
RS232
Host Data
Server
174
Plug-in Modules
OCUDP Card (Data Bridge) OCUDP Data Bridge (available only in the MJU mode)
OCU-DP
E1/T1 RTU
OCU-DP
E1/T1 AM3440
SCADA Host
AM3440
E1/T1 OCU-DP
E1/T1 TDM cloud RTU
+ AM3440
AM3440 E1/T1
OCU-DP
OCU-DP RTU
E1/T1 AM3440
SCADA Host
AM3440
On Hook (No ring)

Off Hook (Ringing)
No Ring No Ring
After 10s.
CAS
1 Timeslot
CAS 1 Timeslot
CAS CAS CAS
1 Timeslot 1 Timeslot 1 Timeslot

OFF-HOOK
No Ring No Ring No Ring No Ring

PICK UP No Ring No Ring No Ring
After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s. After 10s.

Plug-in Modules
(ECA) Echo Canceller

For AM3440-A/B/C/D/E Mini Slot
Features
● Carrier Grade Echo Canceller pass AT&T voice quality

test
● 64ms bi-directional or 64/128ms uni-directional
● Maximum 64 channels
● One way or bi-direction echo cancellation from PCM
bus to ECA card
● E1/T1 multichannel echo cancellation
● A-law/Mu-law coding
● Comply ITU-T G.165 and ITU-T G.168-2000 and 2002
Description
The Echo Canceller Card (ECA) is designed for the AM3440 series which is for voice quality improvement in 4-wire lines
to 2-wire lines and long distance telephony applications. The echo canceller card is up to 64 channels echo canceller
which supports 64ms uni-directional or 64ms bi-directional or 128ms uni-directional.
The path change detector of ECA card provides the push from slow to fast convergence. The narrow-band detector
detects these discrete tones, freezes the echo canceller to stay adapted and maintain excellent performance.
The ECA card supports uni-directional or bi-directional echo cancellation from PCM bus to ECA card which allows digital
data transmission on user-selected time-slots which completely bypass the echo cancellation function.
The ECA card designs disable and bypass voice echo cancellers with Disable Tone per ITU-T recommendation by G165.
E1/T1 E1/T1
E1/T1
Network
FXS ECA ECA FXS

ECA at both ends required when
delay greater than 64 ms
PSTN
PBX
176
E1/T1 E1/T1
PSTN
PBX
Plug-in Modules
E1/T1 E1/T1
E1/T1
Network
FXS ECA FXS
ECA only required at one end

when delay smaller than 64 ms
PSTN
PBX
PBX phone
exchange
Central
Office
FXO
TDMoEA
LAN LAN
IP/Ethernet
TDMoEA Networks TDMoEA
Delay variance introduced by

FXS ECA packet networks resolved by ECA
ECA FXS
Traditional Traditional
FXO phone FXO phone

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Packet Access
(RT) 2-LAN port/32 WAN port Router

Features
● 10 BaseT, 10 /100 BaseT interfaces

● Routing protocols RIP-I, RIP-II
● Data rates channelized N x 64 kbps up to T1/ E1
capacity
● Supports TCP/IP, PPP, HDLC protocols
● Management through VT-100 and SNMP
● RJ45 connectors
Description
The router plug-in card is designed for the Loop-AM3440 Access DCS-MUX series. When used with the Loop-
AM3440 series, this card combines the function of a router and one DTE. With this card, access from LAN to WAN is
accomplished within one box, saving both space and money.
As a router
Router/
Switch Internet
LAN 1
RT E1/T1
E1/T1
V4200-9
LAN 2
As LAN bridges
LAN 1 LAN 1
RT E1/T1 E1/T1 RT
E1/T1
V4200-9 V4200-9
LAN 2 LAN 2
178
Plug-in Modules
Packet Access LS Cards
Remote Management via in-band
Central Office Remote NEs

Management In-band
Mgmt
switch E1/T1
switch
In-band In-band
NE #1
RT E1/T1 In-band
Mgmt
E1/T1
E1/T1
LAN switch
Telnet SNMP
SSH (NMS) NE #2

Plug-in Modules
(RTA) 2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A

Features
● 10/100 Base T interfaces

● Auto MDI/MDI-X crossover
● Routing protocols RIP-I, RIP-II, OSPF, and static
● Remote bridge
● Supports protocols: PPP, MLPPP, HDLC, Frame
Relay, and Cisco compatible HDLC
● VLAN-ID mapping
● Up to 64 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 4 Mb/s
● Remote bridge support (padding/un-padding Ethernet
FCS)
● Supports of QoS (Quality of Service)
● Support IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Q-in-Q
Description
The Router-A card is designed for the one mini slot Loop-AM3440 series and O9550-A/C chassis. When used within the
Loop-AM3440 series and O9550-A/C chassis, this card acts as a router, directing Ethernet traffic to and from multiple
WAN channels. With this card, access from LAN to WAN is accomplished within one card, saving both cost and space.
As a router
Router/
Switch Internet
LAN 1
RT E1/T1
E1/T1
LAN 2 AM3440/
O9550
As LAN bridges
LAN 1 LAN 1
RT E1/T1 E1/T1 RT
E1/T1
AM3440/ AM3440/
O9550 O9550
LAN 2 LAN 2
180
Plug-in Modules

Management In-band
Mgmt
switch E1/T1
switch
In-band In-band
NE #1
RT E1/T1 In-band
Mgmt
E1/T1
E1/T1
LAN switch
Telnet SNMP
SSH (NMS) NE #2

Plug-in Modules
(RTB) 8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B

Features
● Eight ports of 10/100BaseT interfaces

● Auto MDI/MDI-X crossover
● Routing Protocol: RIP-I, RIP-II, OSPF (Open Shortest
Path First) and static route
● Remote Software Upgradeable
● Supporting Protocols: PPP, MLPPP, HDLC, Frame
Relay, and Cisco compatible HDLC
● VLAN-ID mapping
● Up to 64 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 8
Mbps
● Remote bridge support (padding/un-padding Ethernet
FCS)
● Support of QoS (Quality of Service)
● Support IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Q-in-Q
Description
The Router-B plug-in card is designed for the single slot of Loop-O9500R, O9550-A/C, and AM3440-A/B/C devices.
When used within the Loop-O9500R, this card combines the function of a router and directs Ethernet traffic to/from
multiple WAN channels. Access from LAN to WAN is accomplished within one card, saving both space and money.
Note: Although the Router-B Interface Cards serve the same hardware function on O9500R, O9550, and AM3440, they
have different firmware.
As a router
Router/
Switch Internet
LAN 1
RT E1/T1
E1/T1
LAN 2 AM3440/
O9500R/
O9550
182
Plug-in Modules
As LAN bridges
LAN 1 LAN 1
RT E1/T1 E1/T1 RT
E1/T1
AM3440/ AM3440/
O9500R/ O9500R/
O9550 O9550
LAN 2 LAN 2

Management In-band
Mgmt
switch E1/T1
switch
In-band In-band
NE #1
RT E1/T1 In-band
Mgmt
E1/T1
E1/T1
LAN switch
Telnet SNMP
SSH (NMS) NE #2

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Teleprotection Access
(C37.94) 1/4-channel low-speed optical

Features
● Optical fiber interface for C37.94 signals

● 1-port or 4-port per card
● Per-port data rate up to 12 x DS0(64kb)
● Loopback and BERT for diagnostics
● Multi-color LED indicators
● With ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown)
Description
The LS-Fiber Optical interface is a low-speed single-

slot plug-in card designed for O9500R series to transport
C37.94 teleprotection signals between power substations.
Each port of the interface supports a configurable
bandwidth of 1 to 12 DS0 (64K), and is protected by
Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS). Teleprotection signals
are then cross-connected by the XCU to merge onto E1/
T1, SDH/SONET, or Packet Network for transportation.
Link and module integrity can be diagnosed via loopback
signals.
1-port and 4-port Optical Fiber 4-port SFP
E1/T1
Network
E1/T1
Network
E1/T1 PTN or
Network SDH/SONET
Network
AM3440 LS-Fiber LS-Fiber LS-Fiber

Optic Card O9500R Optic Card O9500R Optic Card
C37.94 C37.94 C37.94
Teleprotection
Unit
Relay
184
Plug-in Modules
Teleprotection Access LS Cards
(C37.94) 1-channel low-speed optical

Features
● 1 port per card, single slot to AM3440 series

● Supports data rates up to 12x64kb
● Provide multi-color LED indicator
● With ALS (Automatic Laser Shutdown)
Description
The LS-Fiber Optical plug-in mini card is designed for

the single slot of Loop-O9550 and Loop-AM3440 series
as embedded 1 C37.94 low speed optical interface. This
card can aggregate 1 to 12 DS0 channels to single fiber
optical interface to connect with another Loop-O9550,
Loop-AM3440, or C37.94 Modem.
SDH/SONET/
PDH/PSN
C37.94 C37.94 C37.94

AM3440 AM3440 O9550
Teleprotection
Unit
Contact
I/O
Relay
Trip

Plug-in Modules
LS Cards Teleprotection Access
(TTA) Transfer Trip card

For AM3440-A/B/C, O9500R, and O9550-A/C Dual Slot
Features
● Dual slot plug-in module for AM3440-A/B/C

● Four ports for DTT input and output using bi-
directional DS0
● Supports point-to-point and point-to-multipoint
architectures
● For point-to-point architecture, each input port is
associated with one DS0 in a communication link to a
remote output port
● For point-to-multipoint architecture, each input port
is associated with N X DS0’s, where N = 2 or 3, in a
communication link to N remote output ports
● Capable of measuring and recording round-trip delay.
● Dependency: 30000 cycle test without command loss.
● Availability: greater than 99.997% up-time.
● Multiplexing up to 4 input signals over one 64K
channel
● Can be used for other on/off-type command protection
relay schemes such as Permissive*, and Blocking*.
* Future Option
Description
The Transfer Trip Card is designed for the AM3440 series which is for transfer trip function. It can be used in a protection
system to send a trip command to remote circuit breakers.
The Transfer Trip card is a dual slot module provides four ports of input and output using bi-directional DS0’s.
The Transfer Trip Card is capable of measuring and recording round trip delay. The measurement is run continuously
and an alarm is generated if the round trip delay exceeds a user preset value. Besides, the Transfer Trip card provides
several user configurable timers to fit application requirement and keep the proper operations of the system.
SDH/SONET/
PDH/PSN
TTA TTA TTA

AM3440 O9500R O9550
Teleprotection
Unit
Contact
I/O
Relay
Trip
186
6
Ethernet Access and Switch
Loop-IP6320A L2/L3 Intelligent Switch 188
Loop-IP6320B L2/L3 Intelligent Switch 189
Loop-IP6320AL2L2/L3
Loop-IP6330 GbE Intelligent
Intelligent Switch
Switch 190
Loop-IP6340 L2 Smart Management Ethernet Switch 191
Loop-IP6416 IP-IMUX 193
Loop-IP6510 L2/L3 Multiple WAN Router/Bridge 195
Loop IP6510-LN L3 Multiple WAN Router 197
Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 E1/DS1/DTE/DCE/ Router/Bridge Box 199
Loop-IP6808 L2 Unmanaged 8-Port Industrial Secure Gigabit Switch 200
Loop-IP6810 L2 FE Switch Self-Healing Ring NTU 201
Loop-IP6820 L2 GbE Switch Self-Healing Ring NTU 205
Loop-IP6818 8-port Industrial L2/L3 Managed Gigabit PoE/PoE+ Switch 209
Loop-IP6828 L2/L3 Industrial Rack-Mount Managed Modular Gigabit
Ethernet PoE Switch 210
Loop-IP7925 L2 Carrier Ethernet Transport with CFM & ERPS 212
Loop-IP7930-B/F/S/T L2 Ethernet Demarcation Device 214
Loop-G7820-L2/L2.5/L3 Intelligent Switch 217
Loop-IP6320A L2/L3 Intelligent Switch
Description
The Loop-IP6320A is a high performance Ethernet switch

to meet next generation Metro, Data Center and Enterprise
Ethernet network requirements designed based on high-end
scalable chipset with integration of Layer 2 to Layer 4 packet processing engine, traffic management and fabric interface.
The IP6320A switch provides total 24/48 GbE ports with RJ45 ports. The switch capability of IP6320A supports 120Gbps
non-blocking switching for full line speed traffic.
The IP6320A provides advanced L2/L3 features to meet the requirements in Carrier Ethernet and Enterprise network
application. IP6320A main features including full IPv4/IPv6 stack, On-chip OAM (802.1ag/CFM/EFM), and Protocol
Independent APS (<50ms protect switching).
Features ● Network Protection

- ERPS (G.8032) Ethernet Ring Protection with sub-
● Capacity 50ms switching
- 8 x 10GbE ports - ELPS (G.8031) Ethernet Linear Protection
- 24 */48 GbE ports - STP, RSTP, MSTP
- 120 Gbps Wire-Speed Bi-dir Switching Capacity - LACP, ECMP*
● Carrier Ethernet - VRRP
- VLAN (IEEE 802.1q) ● Management
- Q-in-Q Vlan stacking (IEEE 802.1ad) - SNMP (v1, v2, v3)
- Port-based VLAN (IEEE 802.1q) - Fully manageable via CLI
- Up to 4K VLAN - Security
- Port Isolation (Private Vlan) - SSH, Telnet
- Jumbo frame up to 9600 bytes - Configuration upload/download using TFTP
- Ethernet Link OAM – 802.3ah (EFM) - RMON Performance management
- Ethernet Service OAM – 802.1ag (CFM)/Y.1731 - Syslog, NTP, DNS*
● CoS/QoS - Port & Vlan Mirror
- Class-to-Priority Mapping per CoS (802.1p) ● Power Supply
- Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service - DC48: Hot swappable DC48 module for system
- CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color traffic engineering power, dual for redundancy
- 8 Priority Queues - AC: Swappable wide-range AC module*
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy - DC Mux: Swappable DC Mux module can work
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control with 2 external 12VDC inputs for system power
● Layer 3 ● Miscellaneous
- ARP, Ping, Traceroute - Harden environment option (-40 ºC to 70 ºC)*
- Static Route - RoHS compliance
- RIP v1/v2 * Future option
- OSPF
- IGMP v1/v2/v3
- PIM-SM
IP6320A IP6320A
ERPS
ERPS Ring
IP6320A
10G Ring IP6320A
IP6320A IP6320A
188
Loop-IP6320B L2/L3 Intelligent Switch
Description
The Loop-IP6320B is a high performance Ethernet switch

scalable chipset with integration of Layer 2 to Layer 4 packet processing engine, traffic management and fabric interface.
The IP6320B switch provides total 48 GbE ports with RJ45 ports. The switch capability of IP6320B supports 120Gbps
The IP6320B provides advanced L2/L3 features to meet the requirements in Carrier Ethernet and Enterprise network
application. IP6320B main features including full IPv4/IPv6 stack, On-chip OAM (802.1ag/CFM/EFM), and Protocol
Independent APS (<50ms protect switching)..
Features - IGMP v1/v2/v3

- PIM-SM
● Capacity ● Network Protection
- 8 x 10GbE ports - ERPS (G.8032) Ethernet Ring Protection with sub-
- 48 GbE ports 50ms switching
- 120 Gbps Wire-Speed Bi-dir Switching Capacity - ELPS (G.8031) Ethernet Linear Protection
● Carrier Ethernet - STP, RSTP, MSTP
- VLAN (IEEE 802.1q) - LACP, ECMP *
- Q-in-Q Vlan stacking (IEEE 802.1ad) - VRRP
- Port-based VLAN (IEEE 802.1q) ● Management
- Up to 4K VLAN - SNMP (v1, v2, v3)
- Port Isolation (Private Vlan) - Fully manageable via CLI
- Jumbo frame up to 9600 bytes - Security
- Ethernet Link OAM – 802.3ah (EFM) ● SSH, Telnet
- Ethernet Service OAM – 802.1ag (CFM)/Y.1731 - Configuration upload/download using TFTP
● CoS/QoS - RMON Performance management
- Class-to-Priority Mapping per CoS (802.1p) - Syslog, NTP, DNS*
- Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service - Port & Vlan Mirror
- CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color traffic engineering ● Power Supply
- 8 Priority Queues - DC48: Hot swappable DC48 module for system
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy power, dual for redundancy
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control - AC: Hot Swappable wide-range AC module
● Layer 3 ● Miscellaneous
- ARP, Ping, Traceroute - Harden environment option (-40 ºC to 70 ºC)
- Static Route - RoHS compliance
- RIP v1/v2 * Future option
- OSPF
IP6320B IP6320B
IP6320B IP6320B
IP6320B IP6320B

Loop-IP6320A L2/L3
30 L2 GbEIntelligent
IntelligentSwitch
Switch
Features
● 1 U height
● 24 GbE ports
- 24 ports of RJ45 (10/100/1000Mbps-TX)
interfaces, Full/Half duplex auto-negotiation
● L2 Switch functions:
Description
- VLAN
The Loop-IP6330 L2 GbE Intelligent Switch is a cost-
- Jumbo Frame reach up to 9600 bytes
effective 24-port GbE L2 Ethernet switch that offers high
- Max. 1024 active VLAN with VID (1 to 4094)
performance and quality service at a very affordable
- Port-based VLAN
price.
- Rate Control
- QoS
The IP6330 switch provides total 24 GbE ports with 24
● 8 priority queues per port
RJ45 ports. The switch capability of IP6330 supports
● Strictly Priority or Weighted Round-Robin
non-blocking for full line speed traffic.
(WRR) scheduling
- Port Rate limiting for ingress/egress traffic
The IP6330 supports lots of L2 switch management
● Storm control
functions including. 802.1Q VLAN, Rate Control, Port
● MAC table size 8k
Configuration, Port Mirroring, Port Statistics, QoS
● LACP for link aggregation (IEEE 802.3ad)
functions, ... etc. The console interfaces of IP6330
● IGMP snooping and query
supports remote management by SNMP, HTTP, HTTPS,
● Software Upgrade
and Telnet interfaces.
● Event Log
● Management port and interface
- Embedded SNMP v1, v2c
- Telnet
- Web Management (Http)
● IEEE compliance
- 802.1p
- 802.3, 802.3u, 802.3ab, 802.3x, 802.3az
● RoHS compliant
190
Loop-IP6340 L2 Smart Management Ethernet Switch
Features
● Connector
- 24 GbE (10/100/1000 Mpbs) RJ45 ports
- 4 SFP (1000 Mpbs) fiber ports
● Port settings
- Auto/Full/Half Duplex Description
- Auto-negotiation
● L2 Switch functions The Gigabit Smart Managed Switch is equipped with 24
- VLAN gigabit RJ45 ports and 4 SFP slots. The switch supports
Static, port-based, tag-based, Voice OUI high performance, enterprise-level security control &
- Jumbo Frame 64 to 9216 bytes QoS Layer 2 management features. It is a cost-effective
- VLAN ID (1 to 4094) product solution for the small and medium business.
- Rate Control
- QoS The switch supports the Web GUI to control each port
● 8 priority queues per port status and bandwidth control by port rate limiting. The
● Strictly Priority (SP) scheduling Storm Control feature protects against Broadcast,
● Weighted Round-Robin (WRR) scheduling Multicast and Unicast Storm. The rich Quality of Service
● Cos, DSCP, IP precedence (QoS) & VLAN provides enhanced traffic management
● Port Rate limiting for ingress/egress traffic capabilities to move your data smoother and faster. The
● Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Modes device supports a complete lineup of layer 2 features,
- STP including 802.1Q tag VLAN number up to 4094, Port
- Rapid STP (RSTP) Isolation, Port Mirroring, Port ACL, STP/RSTP/MSTP,
- Multiple STP (MSTP) Link Aggregation Group and 802.3x Flow Control
● Device discovery protocol function. It also supports SNMP management functions.
- LLDP, LLDP-MED
● IEEE compliance The switch complies with IEEE802.3az Energy Efficient
- 802.3, 802.3u, 802.3ab, and 802.3x Ethernet to save power consumption, Support IGMP
- 802.3az EEE enable and disable Snooping v2/v3 function to improve traffic performance.
- Flow control Moreover, the rich diagnostic LEDs on the front-panel
● Management provide the operating status of individual port and whole
- Telnet, HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP system.
● Security
- Protected Port
- Storm Control
- DoS attack prevention
- DHCP Snooping
● Diagnostics
- Port mirroring, Ping test, Copper test
● Firmware configuration upgrade and backup
● Other features
- MDI/MDI-X auto crossover
- NWay protocol and auto-detection
- IGMP Snooping v2/v3
- LACP port trunking up to 8 static or dynamic
groups

192
Loop-IP6416 IP-IMUX
Features
● 1U height, ETSI unit (full front access) or ANSI unit

(front and back access)
● Rack mount, and stand-alone ANSI Unit Front view
● WAN ports with 4 hot swappable slots
- 4 E1/T1 ports per card; max up to 16 E1/T1 port
per system
- E1/T1 is software configurable
● Tributary ports
- Fixed on main board
● Up to four 10/100 Fast Ethernet (FE)
- Optional daughter card fixed on panel with up to ETSI Unit Front View
three 10/100 FE on main board
● 1 Optical FE Description
● 1 Optical FE (SFP housing)
● 2 combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) with 2 RJ45 The Loop-IP6416 IP Inverse Mux is a media converter. It
and 2 SFP housing allows service providers to offer Ethernet services over
- Ethernet Function the existing copper, optical, or microwave infrastructure
● 802.1q VLAN carrying the E1/T1 network. Up to 16 E1/T1 lines
● 802.1d bridging with MAC learning (up to 4096
can be enabled and concatenated to form a single
entry)
channel. Ethernet frames are mapped into this single
- CoS/QoS
concatenated channel.
● 4 priority queue
● Packet classification based on the 802.1p
priority or DSCP (DiffServ). The IP6416 offers up to 16 E1/T1 ports with an LED
● Strictly Priority or Weighted Round-Robin for each port. It has automatic E1/T1 channel failure
(WRR) detection and can reassign the number of E1/T1
● Rate limiting channels transporting Ethernet traffic. For example, if
● Power modules there are 16 E1s configured for 10/100 Ethernet traffic
- Hot-swappable plug-in modules, dual for transport, and one E1 fails during service, the other 15
redundancy will pick up the entire load. This dynamic adjustment is
● 48 Vdc (-36 to -75 Vdc) achieved by LCAS protocol and thus minimizes the loss
● AC plug-in module(100 to 240 Vac) (ANSI only) of IP packets.
- AC and DC(coexistent) fixed module (100 to 240
Vac and -36 to -75 Vdc) The IP6416 provides flexible choices on tributary side.
● WAN link with virtually concatenated n x E1/T1, For light traffic, there are up to four 10/100 fast Ethernet
where n can be 1 to 16 ports. For heavy traffic or larger network, there are three
● Encapsulation protocol: LCAS, GFP, LAPS and PPP options of fixed daughter cards available: one optical
(without LCP) FE, one optical FE (SFP housing), or 2 combo GbE with
● Differential delay, up to 256ms for E1 and 384 ms for switch functions.
T1
● VLAN packet transparency Several power options exist including dual DC, front/back
- Packet size up to 12,000 bytes; IEEE 802.1ad AC and hybrid AC/DC. The Loop-IP6416 has a console
Q-in-Q port which allows users to execute in-service diagnostics
● Timing sources for primary and secondary clocks can and fault isolation from a local or remote terminal. The
be E1/T1, internal, external (manufacturing option) Loop-IP6416 also allows remote site connection to Telnet
● Alarm relay via the Ethernet port. An Alarm Cut-Off (ACO) button is
● Firmware download to local unit and remote unit located on the panel.
- LCD with keypad on ANSI front panel
- SNMP port
- SNMPv1
- Telnet via SNMP port
- Inband management in traffic bandwidth
● RoHS compliant

Point to Point Application
Tributary ports WAN ports WAN ports Tributary ports
FE, FE,
Optical FE, Optical FE,
E1/T1 #1 E1/T1 #1
Optical FE (SFP), Optical FE(SFP),
Combo GbE Combo GbE
IP Network E1/T1 WAN
Network
E1/T1 #16 E1/T1 #16
Loop-IP6416 Loop-IP6416 IP DSLAM
Point to Multipoint Application (VCAT disabled)

If all of the packets from four Loop-IP6416 LANs are untagged, then one Loop-IP6416 can be connected to a maximum
of four Loop-IP6610 devices.
E1/T1
LAN1
E1/T1
LAN2
LAN3 E1/T1
LAN4
E1/T1
Loop-IP6416
Loop-IP6610
Point to Multipoint Application (VCAT disabled)

If all of the packets from four Loop-IP6416 LANs have different VLAN tags, then one Loop-IP6416 can be connected to a
maximum of sixteen Loop-IP6610 devices.
#1
E1/T1
LAN1
E1/T1 #2
LAN2
LAN3
LAN4
Loop-IP6416 E1/T1
#15
E1/T1
#16
Loop-IP6610
194
Loop-IP6510 L2/L3 Multiple WAN Router/Bridge
Description
The Loop-IP6510 L2/L3 Router/Bridge provides remote

bridge connectivity from 4 Ethernet ports to 2 fixed
WAN ports and also to 2 optional WAN slots. Whereas
Features
the 2 fixed WAN ports are always Ethernet, choices
● Supports 10/100 BaseT speed auto-sensing, half/ are available for the 2 optional WAN slots. Each of the
full duplex auto-negotiation and auto MDI/MDI-X 2 optional slots can accept one of 4 choices of plug-in
crossover cards, which are
● WAN interfaces
- 2 built-in 10/100BaseT WAN interfaces for uplink (a) a card with dual T1 port
- 2 cold plug-in slots supporting any 2 of the (b) a card with dual E1 port
following cards: (c) a card with one 10/100 BaseT fast Ethernet port
● E1 card: 2 ports per card, up to 4 ports (d) a card with one SFP (mini-GBIC) housing for
per system 100M-FX fast Ethernet port
● T1 card: 2 ports per card, up to 4 ports
per system Using the optional dual E1/T1 card, up to 4 E1/T1 lines
● Electrical RJ45 Ethernet card: 1 port can be used for WAN connectivity, either separately or in
● per card, up to 2 ports per system a single bundle.
● Optical SFP Ethernet card: 1 port per
● card, up to 2 ports per system All Ethernet, WAN, and LAN ports have speed auto-
● LAN interfaces sensing, half/full duplex auto-negotiation, and auto
- Four 10/100BaseT LAN interfaces for downlink MDI/MDI-X crossover features. All serial (E1/T1) WAN
● RS232 console port interfaces support PPP, MLPPP, Frame Relay, Cisco-
● Supports SNMP management compatible HDLC and HDLC protocols.
● Supports Telnet and SSH remote management
● Supports remote software upgrade The Loop-IP6510 L2/L3 Router/Bridge has a DB9S
● Supports 802.1a, 802.1w, 802.1q and 802.1ad console port, which allows users to execute in-service
● Supports remote bridges diagnostics and fault isolation from a local terminal. It
also allows users to manage remotely via Telnet, SSH
● Supports router
and SNMP through Ethernet or WAN ports. Multicolor
LED indicators and an ACO (Alarm Cut Off) button are
provided on the front panel.

E1/T1
LAN LAN
Network
IP6510 IP6510
Multiple WANs
E1/T1
IP6510 IP6510
MLPPP Bundle
Backup
Network
DSL DSL
Ethernet Ethernet
E1/T1
Network
IP6510 IP6510
Ethernet as a backup link
196
Loop IP6510-LN L3 Multiple WAN Router
Description
The IP6510-LN L3 Multiple WAN Edge Router has IPv4/IPv6

dual stack functionality and Level 3 Routing in a single unified
device. It is suitable for large deployments that require only
moderate bandwidth and a small port density but a very competitive CapEx. The LN stands for Linux, which backs up the
Loop-OS architecture inside the IP6510-LN. The new Loop-OS includes many advanced features with more functionality
to help you improve your network.
These features inside the Loop-OS include IPv4/IPv6 dual stack routing capability, software bridging*, serial-to-IP/UDP
terminal services*, and network security features. With RIPng, OSPFv3 and BGP-4, the IP6510-LN is able to build a
reliable IPv6 routed network.
All WAN ports and LAN ports can be configured into bridge mode*, router mode, or combinations of both. WAN interfaces
including Ethernet, E1/T1 and Serial RS232/RS485 provide flexibility for any access network.
Using VPN connectivity over IPSec included in the Loop-OS software suite allows a highly secure and reliable connection
over an IP-based network to any location.
Features - Traffic Classification based on

● Outbound direction
● Mechanical and Electrical ● IPv4 or IPv6
- 2 Tributary Slots for WAN interfaces ● Source/Destination IP Address Range
- Power Module ● TCP/UDP Port Number
● AC and DC coexist ● (DSCP+ENC) 1byte field / ToS 1 byte field
● AC power: 100 to 240 Vac, 0.8 A ● Any Protocol Type
● DC power: -36 to -72 Vdc, 1.2 A ● Layer 3
- Commercial unit: 0°C to 50°C; Industrial unit: - IPv4/IPv6 dual stack
-20°C to 70°C - Routing Protocols: Static Route, RIPv1/v2, RIPng,
● WAN Interface OSPFv2/v3, BGP4.
- Tributary Slots - Multicast protocols: IGMPv1/v2/v3
● 2 ports - VLAN Routing based on Static Route, RIPv1/v2,
● Cold-swappable RIPng, OSPFv2/v3.
● Plug-in card types: - Address Translation
- E1 card: 2 ports per card, Nx64k ● NAT
- T1 card: 2 ports per card, Nx64k ● Port Forwarding Table for NAPT (Virtual
- Ethernet card: 1 port per card, electrical RJ45 Service)
- Ethernet card: 1 port per card, optical SFP - IP-VPN connectivity over IPSec
- Built-in 2 Ethernet ports ● Security
- Multiple WANs per fractional E1/T1 interface is - IPSec
supported, up to 64 WAN per system (maximum ● Encryption: DES, 3-DES, AES-128/AES-256
16 WAN supports PPP encapsulation) ● Authentication: MD5, SHA-1
● LAN Interface ● Key Management
- 4 Ethernet ports - IKEv1/v2 (pre-shared key or RSA certificate)
● All Ethernet Interfaces ● Up to 64 concurrent tunnels per interface
- 10/100BaseT - IP-VPN connectivity over IPSec
- Speed and duplex-mode auto-negotiation - Access Control
- Auto MDI/MDI-X cross-over ● Packet-Filtering based on policy type:
● Layer 2 Encapsulation Protocols - Inbound/Outbound direction
- PPP, MLPPP, Cisco HDLC, raw HDLC - Source/Destination IP Address Range
● Management - Any Protocol Types (ICMP, TCP, UDP, etc.)
- Telnet and SSHv1/v2 (up to 4 concurrent sessions)
- TCP/UDP Port Number Range
- SNMPv3
- Multilevel login privilege control ● 1 control list per interface
- Syslog ● Up to 100 rules per control list
- NTP Client for IPv4, up to 4 NTP server - 802.1x port-based authentication*
● QoS - Multilevel login privilege control
- Policy based Egress Rate Limiting - Radius Client is supported, up to 3 Radius servers
available for addressing.

- SSHv1/v2 - User-configurable MAC aging time*

- SNMPv3 - Ethernet FCS padding/unpadding*
● DHCP - 802.1x port-based authentication*
- DHCP Server/Relay for IPv4/IPv6 - VLAN*
- BOOTP compatible for IPv4 ● Support up to 4094 VLANs*
● Software Bridging ● VLAN ID mapping*
- Frame size up to 1916 bytes* ● Support Q-in-Q *
- IEEE 802.2x Flow Control* ● Support VLAN Routing
- STP(802.1d) *, RSTP(802.1w)*, MSTP(802.1s)*
- Up to 16K MAC Table* * Future option
(up to 4 E1/T1 links)
MLPPP Bundle
LAN LAN
IP6510-LN IP6510-LN
Multilink PPP
IPv4 and IPv6 Interworking
198
Loop-IP6610 L2/L3
E1/DS1/DTE/DCE/ Router/Bridge Box
Features
● Supports 1 or 4 Ethernet LAN ports

● Supports 1 WAN port for multiple interfaces: E1,
DS1, and DTE (V.35, V.36, EIA530, RS449, RS232,
X.21, RS422)
● Supports 1 DCE (V.35) port
Description
● Supports 10/100 BaseT speed auto-sensing and half/
full duplex auto-negotiation The Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 Router/Bridge provides
● Supports Router or Bridge mode connectivity from 10/100 BaseT to E1, DS1, DTE or DCE
● Multicolor LED indicators in a small metal box.
● Local control and diagnostic via DB9S console port
● Local/remote management through local console, The Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 Router/Bridge contains a DB9S
LAN, or WAN console port, which allows users to execute in-service
● Supports CLI (command line interface) diagnostics and fault isolation from a local or remote
● Supports SNMP management terminal. The Loop-IP6610 L2/L3 Router/Bridge also
● Industrial series: -40°C to 70°C; Commercial series: allows remote access to Telnet via Ethernet or WAN port.
0°C to 50°C. The IP6610 L2/L3 Router/Bridge series also provides
multicolor LED indicators on the front panel and an ACO
(Alarm Cut Off) button.
Basic Use
10/100 BaseT E1/DS1/DTE

WAN
LAN
Loop-IP6610
Ethernet to Data Transmission Application
DCE (V.35) Ethernet IP

Network
Customer
Router Loop-IP6610
Mobile ATM Solution

Loop-IP6808 L2
Unmanaged 8-Port Industrial Secure Gigabit Switch
Description
Secure the information flowing through your Local Area

Network! IP6808 Smart Secure Gigabit Switch uses
MACsec technology to Encrypt all data flowing from the
secure ports to any other MACsec-capable device. This
will protect your network also from Insider’s Threats,
such as information gathering through wiretapping, or
unintentional commands sent by impersonation.
IP6808 provides Standard 6-Gigabit RJ45 ports and
additional 2-Secure Gigabit RJ45 ports or 2-Secure
Gigabit SFP uplink slots. Being Encryption hardware-
Features based, there is no additional latency and 99% of the
Gigabit throughput is guaranteed.
● 6 x 10/100/1000 BASE-T(X) RJ45 ports
● Additional 2x 10/100/1000M BASE-T(X) RJ45 ports This Smart Secure Switch is the simplest Local Area
or 2x1000 BASE-X SFP slots supporting MACsec Network solution and the only “Plug-n-Play” solution
encryption. available! IP6808 will autonomously negotiate the
● 99% of throughput guaranteed, no additional latency encryption key with any other MACsec device
● Ideal for a plug-and-play local area network Its modern, small and compact design makes the
protection. Embedded MACsec Key Agreement device installation possible on virtually any surface. It
allows high-protection with no configuration. provides an Advanced level of EMC protection as well
● IP30 aluminum housing, DIN-Rail or Wall mount as MIL-STD-810F shock, drop, vibration protection.
● Works from -20°C~70°C IP6808 is hence suitable for the majority of the industrial
● Prioritizes Profinet Packets according to 802.1q applications. Its operating temperature ranges from
-20°C to 70°C.
IP6808 Unmanaged MACSec Gigabit Ethernet Switch

is compliant with the essential sections of EN 60950,
UL/IEC 60950 , MIL-STD- 810F covering operating
temperature, power input voltage and vibration.
200
Loop-IP6810
L2 FE Switch Self-Healing Ring NTU
Features
5 Years
● Full frontal access (ETSI) unit complies with IP30 Warranty
standard
● Desktop, wall, or DIN Rail mounting
● Compact intelligent FX packet optical ring with Layer
2 switching capabilities
● WAN port with OA&M functionality
- Dual SFP optical housing interfaces
- Dual RJ45
● Tributary ports
Description
- 3 ports 10/100 BaseT Ethernet
(with PoE option available in DC 48 only)
The Loop-IP6810 is a self-healing ring network
- 2 ports RS232/485 interfaces, user selectable via
termination unit (NTU) with a built-in L2 FE switch. It can
2-port DIP switch
be desktop, wall or DIN rail mounted. LEAPS, RSTP,
- 2 dry contact for input and 2 dry contact for output;
or MSTP* Ethernet Ring protection or point-to-point
support point-to-point and point-to-multi-point
protection is made possible in 100 Base-FX networks
● Power modules
with the IP6810.
- On-board fixed single AC supply
- On-board fixed single/dual DC modules with dual
All end equipment can be either in packet format via
feed
Ethernet ports or serial data via RS232/485 interfaces
● Auto-discovery topology, auto-diagnostic and remote-
which will be converted into packet format within the
configure for easy plug-and-install (up to 64 units)
IP6810. The IP6810 has two WAN optical and electrical
● Supports SNTP
interfaces, two RS232/485 DTE interfaces, three
● Ethernet Functionality
Ethernet LAN interfaces, two sets of dry contact IN/OUT
- Loop Ethernet Automatic Protection Switching
interfaces, and one alarm relay connector. The IP6810
(LEAPS)
comes in an industrial hardening mode to support
● Fault recovery time: less than 50 ms
temperatures from -20°C to 70°C (-4°F to 158°F).
● Point-to point: fault recovery time less than 8 ms
● Up to 15 units: fault recovery time less than 25
The IP6810 supports auto-discovery to locate all units on
ms
the ring, and also supports remote configuration for ease
- IEEE 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP*
of installation.
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control, 802.1q Port Base
VLAN / Port Isolation
Single AC, single DC or dual DC is supported based on
● Up to 1024 MAC addresses
field requirements. Power over Ethernet (PoE) option is
● Built-in BERT
also available.
● High speed, asynchronous RS232/RS485 for
point-to-point, point-to-multi-point, or omnibus-like
The IP6810 facilitates automation systems, SCADA
applications
systems, surveillance systems, traffic control systems,
● Master/Slave units setting by using DIP switch
transportation systems and IP networking with robust
● Auto-negotiating or forced speed for speed and full/
protection in ring, point-to-point, or omnibus-like topology.
half duplex for Ethernet ports
Easy installation and configuration make maintenance
● Full/half duplex for tributary Ethernet ports
and further expansion more efficient and cost-effective.
● Alarm relay and ACO (Alarm Cut Off) button
● Remote firmware download via TFTP & Z modem
● Remote configuration upload & download via TFTP
- In-band management
- RS232 console via DB9 connector
- SNMP v1, v3
- SSH v2
- Telnet
● IEEE 1613, IEC61850-3 (for DC -48 Vdc only)
● RoHS compliant

RS232/
10/100 BaseT RS485
IP6810 RTU
10/100 10/100 BaseT RS232/
IP Network RS485
IP6810
IP6810 RTU
RS232/
10/100 BaseT RS485
IP6810 RTU
Master Slave
Point-to-Multi-Point Application
RS232/
RS232/
RS485
RS485
SNMP
IP6810 IP6810
Optical Fast Ethernet Ring

IP6810 RS232/
With LEAPS Protection RS485
IP6810
RS232/
IP6810 IP6810
RS485
RS232/ RS232/
RS485 RS485
Local SCADA
Traffic Control Center
Video Server IP6810
Ethernet
Zone 1 Zone 2
...
RS232 RS232
Traffic Light Management
202
Surveillance
Control Center
Control
Device
Video Server RS232/
RS485 Ethernet
IP6810 IP6810
IP6810
Optical Fast Ethernet Ring With LEAPS
RS232/ (Loop Ethernet Automatic Protection Switching)
RS485
Ethernet
IP6810 RS232/
Ethernet
RS485
RS232/
RS485
RTU
Video Surveillance
Central Control
IP
Network
RTU IP6810
IP6810
RS232/
RS485 Optical Fast Ethernet Ring
IP6810 RS232/ RTU
With LEAPS Protection RS485
IP6810
IP6810 IP6810
RTU
RS232/ RS232/
RS485 RS485
RTU RTU
Remote SCADA

(1)
UpUp
to 64 remote
to 64 units
remote units
(2)
Master
Same installation as Site #1
(4)
Site #5
(3)
Site #1 (5)
No Configuration
Necessary in Advance for
Installation
Site #4
Site #2
Same installation as Site #1 Site #3
Master-to-slave Message Broadcast
Optical Fast Ethernet Ring
No Configuration
Auto-Configure (Plug-and-Play)
Setup Procedure: Necessary in Advance for Installation

(1)Set DIP switch to Master, connect both WAN ports and power up the unit
(2)On VT100, set the master unit’s Auto-Discovery function to ENABLE
(3)On remote site, set the unit’s DIP switch to Slave, connect both WAN ports and power up the unit
(4)The master unit will automatically detect the slave unit and show the information on VT100 screen
(5)BC LED will turn GREEN, which indicates the Link between Master and Site 1 is ON
204
Loop-IP6820 L2 GbE
Switch Self-Healing Ring NTU
5 Years
Description
Warranty
The Loop-IP6820 is a gigabit Ethernet self-healing ring network termination unit (NTU). An
important protocol supported is G.8032 Ethernet Ring Protection on its WAN ports. For ring
topologies the IP6820 supports auto-discovery to discover up to 128 units on the ring as well
as remote configuration for easy installation.
All end devices can be in packet format via Ethernet ports or serial data via RS232/422/485
interfaces, which are converted into packets within the IP6820. The device has two WAN
optical interfaces, two LAN optical interfaces, four electrical LAN interfaces, and one alarm
relay interface. Manufacturing options include four additional electrical LAN interfaces, four or
eight RS232/422/485 interfaces, and two sets of Dry Contact in/out interfaces
With an embedded GbE L2 switch chip, the IP6820 also supports RSTP and MSTP for all
Ethernet ports. It can be powered by a single or dual DC power supply, depending on field
requirements. PoE (Power over Ethernet) and PoE+* are available as manufacturing options.
Physical DIN rail mounting is also supported.
The IP6820 can be used in automation, SCADA, surveillance, traffic control, transportation,
and IP networking. Network topologies include ring protection, point-to-point, and point-to-
multipoint. Easy installation and configuration simplifies the IP6820’s maintenance and expansion.
Features ● Ethernet Functionality

- G.8032 Ethernet Ring for WAN ports
● Mechanical, Electrical, Environmental - IEEE 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP
- Full frontal access (ETSI) unit complies with IP30 - IEEE 802.3x Flow Control, 802.1q port based
standard VLAN and port isolation, 802.1p QoS
- DIN Rail mounting - IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol
- Alarm relay and ACO (alarm cutoff) button (LACP), also known as port trunking
- Power: Single/dual DC modules with dual feed - IEEE 802.1X Radius Client
- Input voltage monitoring, instant voltage - Auto-discovery, auto-diagnostic, and remote
monitoring, and temperature monitoring configuration for easy installation (up to 128 units)
- RoHS Compliant - Master/Slave units setting via DIP switch
- IEEE 1613, IEC61850-3 (for DC -48 Vdc only) - Loop Ethernet Automatic Protection Switching
● Interface Ports (LEAPS)* for WAN ports
- WAN port with OA&M functionality - IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q)
● Dual SFP optical housing interfaces - IGMP snooping v1 and v2
- Tributary ports ● OAM Protocols
● Up to Eight ports 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet - IEEE 802.3ah OAM Ethernet in First Mile (EFM)
● Two SFP housing ports ● Supports dying gasp functionality
● PoE and PoE+* options available in DC48 only - IEEE 802.1ag OAM
for LAN ports 3-10 (RJ45) ● Connectivity Fault Management (CFM)
● Up to 8 RS232/RS422/RS485 interface ports - Y.1731 OAM (available on WAN ports only)
supporting full or half duplex mode ● Management
● Auto-negotiating or forced speed for speed and - SSH v2, Telnet
full/half duplex for tributary Ethernet ports - SNMP v1/v2/v3
● Other Features - Web-based management via Loop-iNET
- Jumbo frame: Up to 9600 bytes - Remote configuration upload/download via TFTP
- Synchronization - Download firmware upgrades via TFTP
● NTP V4 client
● PTP IEEE 1588v2* * Future option
● Synchronous Ethernet
- Dry contact interface
● Two alarm inputs and two relay outputs
● Supports point-to-point and point-to-multipoint
applications

Industrial Automation at Semiconductor Factory
SCADA in Nuclear Power Plant
206
Server Rack in a Cluster
Railroad Automation and Monitoring

Security Monitoring at an Airport
208
Loop-IP6818 8-port Industrial L2/L3 Managed

Gigabit PoE/PoE+ Switch
Description
Loop-IP6818 is an Industrial Grade L2/L3 Managed

Gigabit Ethernet PoE/PoE+ Switch, specifically designed
to provide a highly reliable, fault-tolerant, extremely fast
network connection in harsh environments.
Within its compact DIN-Rail housing design, the Loop-

IP6808A allows you to choose between different port
combinations: 10/100/1000 BASE-T(X) RJ45 port, 1000
BASE-X SFP port and IEEE 802.3af/at complaint PoE/
PoE+ RJ45. Layer-3 routing version supports IPv4 static
routing, RIP v1/v2 and OSPFv2.
Features
This is the right choice if you want to set up a Reliable
● 4 10/100/1000 BASE-T(X) RJ45 ports and 4 1000 network environment with its intelligent features and
BASE-X SFP slots. keep equipment connected all the time, even in case of
● Up to 4 802.3af/ 802.3at Power over Ethernet ports, temporary network breakdowns through RSTP, ERPS
with maximum 30W Rings redundancy. MAC-based Black List/White List,
● PoE/PoE+ power per port and maximum 120 W IEEE 802.1x, RADIUS, TACACS+, etc., and keep your
device power budget. network safe.
● Powerful Layer-3 Switching, supporting IPv4 Static,
RIPv1/v2 and OSPFv2
● Layer-2 Redundancy, with ERPS, RSTP, MSTP*.
● EN50121-4 Certified for Railway applications
● Operational between -20°C~70°C
G.8032
1G Main
Ring
Loop- Loop-
IP6818 IP6818
G.8032
1G Sub-
ring
L3 IP6320A
Layer 3 or IP6828
PoE CCTV
VRRP
L3 IP6320A
or IP6828
Loop-
IP6818 G.8032
1G Sub-
ring
SCADA Server
End Devices

Loop-IP6828 L2/L3 Industrial Rack-Mount Managed

Modular Gigabit Ethernet PoE Switch
Features
● Maximum 64Gbps switching capacity, 95.24Mpps

throughput
● Rugged industrial design for -40~75°C harsh
environment operation
● Flexible modular configuration, 3 Module-
dedicated slots
● Up to 24 PoE/PoE+ ports, with maximum 720W
of PoE/PoE+ power budget
● 4 x 1 Gigabit or 4 x 10 Gigabit SFP Uplink slots
● ITU-T G.8032 ERPS Ring, RSTP redundancy
● RIP, OSPF, Static Routing, PIM supported Layer-3 switching
Description
This high-density IP6828 Managed Rack-mount switch will provide you the flexibility your application needs. You will be
able to choose among 6 different Layer-3 Routing Core versions (based on power supply and uplink port configurations)
and five different 4/8-Port modules and customize your device in a very simple way.
IP6828 supports up to 24 Gigabit ports in any 8 or 4-port multiple configuration. Specifically designed for bringing power
through Ethernet cable virtually anywhere, a maximum output Power over Ethernet of 720W over the 24 ports is allowed
(PoE/PoE+ configuration - 802.3af/at). Available in 3 power input variants, it is EN 60950-1:2006 certified and designed
to handle the harshest environments. Its fanless design and EMC Level 3 protection guarantee operations within -40 and
+75°C, with 24 PoE/PoE+ ports running full power and makes it suitable to be used for almost every application.
IP6828 supports IPv4 Static Routing, RIPv1/v2, OSPFv2, IGMP, IGMP Snooping, PIM Dense Mode* and Sparse Mode*
and VRRP for Routing Redundancy. Then, it is allowing (through ERPS) network self-recovery down to 50ms on full load.
Almost any redundant ring topology is supported, such as ITU-T G.8032 ERPS Ring, IEEE802.1D-2004 RSTP, STP,
MSTP and many compatible rings. Endless additional features are provided.
The first Industrial Managed Secure Switch ! Protect your LAN from Eavesdropping and impesronation through 802.1AE
MACsec. With no additional latency and 100% Gigabit Throughput guarantee, dedicated modules can provide you the
internal ultimate security solution.
*Future Option
210

Loop-IP7925 L2 Carrier Ethernet Transport

with CFM & ERPS
Description
The Loop-IP7925 is a L2 Carrier Ethernet Transport

with CFM & ERPS. G.8032 standard for Ethernet ring
protection is supported for its two SFP WAN interfaces.
Six GbE LAN interfaces are provided, 2 SFP and 4 RJ45
LAN. STP, RSTP, and MSTP for all Ethernet ports on the
IP7925. Ring auto-discovery and coexistent AC/DC are
additional features.
The IP7925 facilitates automation systems, SCADA systems, surveillance systems, traffic control systems, transportation
systems, and IP networking. Network topologies include robust ring protection, point-to-point, and point-to-multipoint
applications. Quick, easy installation and configuration make maintenance and further expansion efficient and cost-
effective.
Features - IEEE 802.3x Flow Control, 802.1q port based

VLAN and port isolation, 802.1p QoS
● Mechanical, Electrical, Environmental - IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol
- ANSI unit complies with IP30 standard (LACP), also known as port trunking
- Alarm relay and ACO (alarm cutoff) button - IEEE 802.1X Radius Client
- Power: AC and DC module coexistent - Auto-discovery, auto-diagnostic, and remote
- Input voltage monitoring, instant voltage configuration for easy installation (up to 128 units)
monitoring, and temperature monitoring - Master/Slave units setting via DIP switch
- RoHS Compliant - Loop Ethernet Automatic Protection Switching
● Interface Ports (LEAPS)* for WAN ports
- WAN port with OA&M functionality - VLAN Q-in-Q 802.1ad
● Dual SFP optical housing interfaces ● Other Features
- Tributary ports - Jumbo frame: Up to 9600 bytes
● Four ports 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet - IGMP (256 groups) Snooping
● Two SFP housing ports - Synchronization
● Auto-negotiating or forced speed for speed and ● NTP v4
full/half duplex for tributary Ethernet ports ● PTP IEEE 1588v2*
● OAM Protocols ● Synchronous Ethernet
- IEEE 802.3ah OAM, Ethernet in first mile (EFM) ● Management
● Supports dying gasp functionality - SSH v2, Telnet
- IEEE 802.1ag OAM - SNMP v1/v2/v3
● Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) - Web-based management via Loop-iNET
- Y.1731 OAM (available on WAN ports only) - Download firmware upgrades, remote configuration
● Ethernet Functionality upload/download via TFTP
- G.8032 Ethernet Ring for WAN ports
- IEEE 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP *Future Option
212
Customer Carrier
Premises Network
Two WAN ports IP Network

Six LANs Carrier Ethernet
10/100/1000TX 1000SX / LX
IP7925
Service OAM ( IEEE 802.1ag / Y.1731 )
Link OAM
Link OAM (IEEE 802.3ah) (802.3ah)
Customer Customer
Premises Premises
GbE Access Node GbE

Gigabit Ethernet
PSN,
LAN
IP7925 Ethernet, or
IP7925 LAN
IP Network
Access
Service Coverage

Loop-IP7930-B/F/S/T L2
Ethernet Demarcation Device
Description
The Loop-IP7930 is an L2 Ethernet Demarcation Device

at the Customer Premises to enforce the Ethernet traffic
policing policies, such as rate limiting*, QoS, and VLAN
tagging functions. Advanced features for Bonding and Tapping
applications are also available on IP7930.
Loop-IP7930-B/S/T
Loop-IP7930 EDD is capable of Ethernet demarcation, Bonding, Loop-IP7930-F*

and Tapping; it assures the service provider having a clean and
well-organized traffic from customer into the network. With optional 100/1000M-SX/LX optical uplink interface, the IP7930
EDD can be located far away from the central access device.
Supported Link OAM per IEEE 802.3ah and End-2-end OAM per ITU Y.1731 /IEEE802.1ag, the IP7930 EDD is capable
of supporting Carrier grade Ethernet Service realtime monitoring. In addition, Loop-IP7930 supports advanced functions,
included Bonding and Tapping.
*Future Option
Features ● Diagnosis Management

- BERT
● Mechanical, Electrical, Environmental ● Built-in Ethernet BERT Generation/Detection
- Complies with ANSI/ETSI units ● OOS (Out-of-Service) Ethernet E2E Diagnosis
- Power: AC and DC module coexistent - Loopback
- Temperature Sensor and overheat alarm ● Auto-Loopback for ETH-TEST
- RoHS Compliant ● Support ACL (Access Control List) Loopback
● Interface Ports ● Support definable Loopback Mac swapping
- IP7930-S ● Support IP swapping
● Support rich functions of ECFM Ethernet, OAM, ● MAC Capacity Test
and Electrical bypass ● MTU Measurement
● Multiple user ports configurable by user ● Bonding (For IP7930-B)
- 2 GbE WAN ports with 1 Combo GbE (RJ45+SFP - Agg ports can be bonded and combined to
housing) and 1 SFP optical housing (WAN2 is increase effective Bandwidth for a specific service
future option) - Packet sequence reordering timeout: 100ms ~
- 1 GbE LAN port with Combo (RJ45+SFP housing) 500ms
interface - Discard or forward for out of sequence packets
- Electrical Ethernet bypass during power outage - differential delay between two Aggregate Ports <
● 1 SNMP port 500ms
- IP7930-T - Support Ethernet CFM Connectivity Check (CC)
● Support Tapping/monitoring function ● Tapping (For IP7930-T)
● Management (For IP7930-B/S/T/F*) - Monitor WAN/LAN data
- CLI through SSH v2, Telnet ● Loop-iNet eCFM Management
- SNMP v1/v2/v3 - Well organized measurement result support export
- Web-based management via Loop-iNet to Excel
- Download firmware upgrades, remote configuration - User-friendly GUI
upload/download via TFTP ● Drag-and-drop operation
● Ethernet Functionality (For IP7930-B/S/F*) ● Create/configure end-to-end Service CC
- IEEE 802.1q VLAN Tagging, 802.1p QoS ● Hierarchical multi-layer folders for EDD
- Support 256 configurable VLAN tags classification
● TM (Throughput Measurement) ● Right click on the service CC connection to do:
- OOS Throughput Measurement CFM ping, Throughout measurement, Delay
- IS (In-Service) Throughput Measurement measurement, MTU size measurement, Max
- Round-trip Throughput Measurement Mac number measurement, BERT generation &
- One-way Throughput Measurement detection, Loopback operation
214
● CoS/QoS ● Link Trace (Trace Route)

- 8 Priority queues ● CFM Ping
- Strictly Priority or Weighted Round-Robin (WRR) ● Support 128 (<1sec) / 512 (1sec) MEPs for
- 802.1P CoS bits, IPV4 ToS (DiffServ) bits IP7930-S & IP7930-F
- IP7930-B ● Support 16 (<1sec) / 512 (1sec) MEPs for
● Support Bonding feature IP7930-B & IP7930-T
● Bonding Agg1 and Bonding Agg 2, both with - Y.1731 OAM (CFM+)
Combo GbE (RJ45+SFP housing) interface ● Fault management
● 1 Bonding User port ● LM (Loss Measurement)
- IP7930-F* - Y.1731 LM of user data
● Support all optical interface for link aggregation - Synthetic LM using CCM statistics
applications ● Performance Monitoring
● 2 WAN ports with SFP (mini-GBIC) GbE optical ● DM (Delay Measurement)
housing - Round-trip Delay Measurement
● 2 LAN ports with SFP (mini-GBIC) GbE optical - One-way Delay Measurement
housing ● Other Features
● Optical by-pass function during power outage - DHCP Client
● 1 SNMP port - ACL (Access Control List) Loopback
● 1 Monitor port - Jumbo frame: Up to 9600 bytes
● Protection (For IP7930-S/F*) - Synchronous Ethernet
- WAN Port - Synchronization
● 802.3ad Link Aggregation* ● IETF NTP v3
● ITU G8031* 1:1 or 1+1 Linear protection - Ping to the user domain PCs
● OAM Protocols (For IP7930-B/S/F*) ● IETF RFC792 ICMP (Internet Control Message
- IEEE 802.3ah OAM, Ethernet in First Mile (EFM) Protocol)
● Support Active & Passive modes *Future Option
● EFM Dying Gasp Alarm
● EFM diagnosis (OOS Link Diagnosis)
● EFM In-service performance monitoring
- RFC1757 RMON (Remote Network Monitoring
MIB)
- Per port or per VLAN (up to 128 VLANs)
- 64-bit counter used for performance parameter
- IEEE 802.1ag OAM, (CFM)
● CCM -- Connectivity (heartbeat) Check
The Application for IP-7930-S
Loop
EDD
Carrier Ethernet/
IP Network
1 * LAN
2 * WAN
(WAN2 is future option)
EDD to support carrier-grade Ethernet services
802.3ah
EDD
EDD
Operator A Operator B
Customer Premises Customer Premises
802.1ag/ Y.1731 OAM

802.3ad Link Aggregation Redundancy
EDD 2 * WAN
(WAN2 is future option)
1 * LAN NE PSN
802.3ad
Link Aggregation Mode
ITU G.8031 1+1 Redundancy
EDD
1+1 WAN port
1* LAN NE PSN
G.8031
The Link Bonding Application Using IP-7930-B
Pause Frame Pause Frame

Pause Frame
Pause Frame Agg1
User Port

IP7930-B
Agg2
Pause Frame Pause Frame IP7930-B
802.3ah 802.3ah
802.1ag/ Y.1731 Service OAM
Dual-homing Redundancy Using G.8031
EDD
2 * WAN
1 * LAN NE1
Dual Homing mode
PSN
NE2
The Tapping Monitor Using IP-7930-T Optical

Splitter
IP7930-T
IP7930-T
WireShark/ WireShark/
Packet Sniffer Packet Sniffer
216
Loop-G7820-L2/L2.5/L3 Intelligent Switch
Description
The Loop-G7820 is a high performance Ethernet

switch to meet next generation Metro, Data Center and
Enterprise Ethernet network requirements designed
based on high-end scalable chipset with integration
of Layer 2 to Layer 4 packet processing engine, traffic
management and fabric interface.
The G7820 switch provides a total of 48 GbE RJ45 ports. The switch capability of G7820 supports 120Gbps non-blocking
switching for full line speed traffic.
The G7820 provides advanced L2/L3* features to meet the requirements in Carrier Ethernet and Enterprise network
application. G7820 main features including full IPv4/IPv6 stack*, On-chip OAM (802.1ag/CFM/EFM), and Protocol
Independent APS (<50ms protect switching).
* Future option
Features ● Ethernet Services

- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF
● Capacity 9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS
- 8 x 10GbE ports - Native Ethernet packets supported
- 48 GbE ports - Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN
- 120 Gbps Wire-Speed Bi-dir Switching Capacity tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q)
● MPLS-TP ● VPLS
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI - VPLS bridging
(MPLS port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) - H-VPLS bridging
- Bi-directional LSP - 32K MAC addresses
- Static LSP/PW provisioning via NMS - 2K VPLS instances per device
- MPLS-TP OAM per ITU G.8113.2 - Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
● Carrier Ethernet ● CoS/QoS
- Ethernet OAM – 802.3ah, 802.1ag/Y.1731 - 8 Priority Queues
- IEEE 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP - Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control, 802.1q port based - Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service
VLAN and port isolation, 802.1p QoS - CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color
- IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol - MPLS: TC/EXP-Inferred-PSC (Per Hop Behavior
(LACP) Scheduling Class) LSP
- IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q) ● Timing
● Network Protection – IEEE 1588 v2*
- LSP 1+1 protection (send two, pick one) per ● PTP Clocks: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
RFC6378, based on TP OAM as fault detection ● ToD (Time of day)
- LSP 1:1 protection (RFC6378) ● PPS (Pulse per second) output interface
- ERPS (G.8032) Ring Protection based on Ethernet - SyncE*
OAM as fault detection ● Synchronous Ethernet from all GbE ports (not
- End to end protection switching within sub 50ms on FET ports)
● Management ● ESMC per ITU-T (Ethernet Synchronous
- Fully manageable via SNMP (v1, v2, v3) Message Channel)
- Fully manageable via CLI
● Serial port * Future option
● SSH, Telnet via Ethernet
- Account Security
● Two types of privileges: Operator (read only)
and Administrator (read and write)
● Radius Client Authentication
- Upload/Download NE configuration
- Syslog, NTP

218
7
TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6702 TDMoEthernet 220
Loop-IP6702A TDMoEthernet 222
Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet 224
Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device 226
Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator 229
TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6702 TDMoEthernet
Description
The Loop-IP6702 device allows operators to transport Unframed 1

or 2 E1 (1 or 2 Unframed T1) data stream with timing information
over PSN (Packet Switched Network) via Pseudowire Protocol -
SAToP. Another IP6702 converts the received packet stream back
to original E1 or T1 data stream with original timing information. This
allows cost-effective migration from existing legacy TDM networks to
Packet Switched Network.
On the Network side, the WAN interface can be either 10/100M BaseT Electric or 100 BaseFX Optical. On the TDM
Service side, the TDM ports can be one or two Unframed E1 and one or two Unframed T1. Two Ethernet LAN ports are
also available for Ethernet data traffic.
For transport of TDM E1/T1 signals the Jitter and Wander performance adheres to G.823 Traffic Interface (+/- 1ppm).
* Future Option
Features - PDV Compensation Depth: up to 512 ms
- Jitter Buffer Size: up to 1024 frames
● Mechanics and Electrics - Excel calculator is provided
- ANSI shelf ● Pseudowire Diagnostic Function
- Power: - Built-in BERT for E1/T1 to Line or WAN direction
● Fixed AC - ARP, Ping and Trace Route
● Fixed DC - IP – MAC Table Display
● Combined AC and DC (AoD) - Pseudowire Information
● WAN Interface ● Packet Creation Time (ms)
- On-board 10/100 BaseT Electrical Ethernet ● Jitter-Tolerance Delay (ms)
- On-board 100 BaseFX Optical Ethernet ● Single-Trip Delay (ms)
● User Tributary Interface ● Total Frame Length (bytes)
- TDM Tributary interfaces: up to 2 E1 or 2 T1 ● Packet per second
Unframed mode ● Required Bandwidth (Mbps)
- Ethernet Tributary interfaces: 1 x 10/100 BaseT ● Header Overhead (%)
Ethernet port plus 1 user-selectable 10/100 BaseT ● Jitter & Wander
Ethernet/SNMP port - PPM version: conforms to G.823 Traffic Interface
● L2 Switching (+/- 1ppm)
- Jumbo frame size up to 2048 bytes ● Timing Reference
- VLAN: - Internal (20 ppm)
● Maximum 4K VLAN ID - Line (E1/T1)
● Maximum 16 con-current VLAN Groups - Adaptive Clock Recovery: All Pseudowires can
● Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and apply ACR
removing on Pseudowire ● OAM Capability
● Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet/ - Support 1 SNTP timing reference
SNMP Port - Alarm propagation between E1 or T1 to line and
● Support Q-in-Q WAN port
- Support Multiple Bridge Groups - Multi-color LED indicators
- Support 802.1d MAC Learning - Alarm relay
- Support 803.3x Flow control on input ports - ACO (Alarm Cutoff) button
- Packet Transparency ● Management Interfaces
● QoS - 1 user-selectable Ethernet/SNMP port
- IP Network Level: - SNMP v1/v3* with 5 SNMP trap IP
- 6-bit DiffServ Code Point -DSCP field – ToS - DB-9 Console port with VT-100 menu
● Pseudowire Capability - Telnet and SSHv1*/SSHv2*
- Support SAToP - C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag on management traffic
- Support E1/T1 traffic emulation over UDP/IP ● Standards Compliance
Network - SAToP
- Maximum 2 Pseudowires * Future Option
220
TDM over Ethernet
Point
Pointtoto
Point Application
Point Application
IP6702 IP6702
E1/T1 E1/T1
WAN IP
Network
10/100 BaseT
or 100 FX
LAN LAN2 LAN2 / SNMP LAN

10/100 BaseT 10/100 BaseT
Management
Point to Multipoint Application

Point to Multipoint Application
IP6702 E1/T1
LAN1
IP6702 Pseudowire #1
E1/T1 LAN2
IP Network
E1/T1
Pseudowire #2
IP6702 E1/T1
LAN LAN2 / SNMP
10/100 BaseT LAN1
LAN2
Management
E1/LAN Ethernet Radio Application
Ethernet Ethernet
IP6702 IP6702
E1 LAN1 LAN2 / SNMP E1 LAN1 LAN2 / SNMP

TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6702A TDMoEthernet
Description
The Loop-IP6702A device allows operators to transport Unframed/

Framed 1 E1 (1 Unframed/Framed T1) data stream with timing
information over PSN (Packet Switched Network) via Pseudowire
Protocol – SAToP or CESoPSN . Another IP6702A converts the received
packet stream back to original E1 or T1 data stream with original timing
information. This allows cost-effective migration from existing legacy
TDM networks to Packet Switched Network.
* Future Option
Features - Maximum 16 Pseudowires

- 1 E1/T1 can support up to 16 pseudowires
● Mechanics and Electrics - PDV Compensation Depth: up to 256 ms
- ANSI shelf - Jitter Buffer Size: up to 256 frames
- Power: ● Pseudowire Diagnostic Function
● Fixed AC - Built-in BERT for E1/T1 to Line or WAN direction
● Fixed DC - IP – MAC Table Display
● Combined AC and DC (AoD) ● Jitter & Wander
● Ethernet Interface - PPM version: conforms to G.823 Traffic Interface
- Four Ethernet ports for WAN or LAN port (+/- 1ppm)
assignment ● Timing Reference
● One Fast Ethernet with 1 SFP housing - Internal (4.6 ppm)
● Three 10/100 BaseT Ethernet - Line (E1/T1)
● User Tributary Interface - Adaptive Clock Recovery: 4 ACR clock servos can
- TDM Tributary interfaces: up to 1 E1 or 1 T1 recovery clock from any 4 Pseudowires
Unframed mode/Framed mode ● OAM Capability
- DTE interface: 1 RS422/V.11 - Support 1 SNTP timing reference
● L2 Switching - LOS, LOF, LCV*, RAI, AIS, FEBE*, BES, DM*, ES,
- Jumbo frame size up to 2048 bytes SES, UAS and LOMF*
- VLAN: - Multi-color LED indicators
● Maximum 4K VLAN ID - Alarm relay
● Maximum 16 con-current VLAN Groups - ACO (Alarm Cutoff) button
● Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and ● Management Interfaces
removing on Pseudowire - 1 user-selectable Ethernet/SNMP port
● Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet/ - SNMP v1/v3 with 5 SNMP trap IP
SNMP Port - DB-9 Console port with VT-100 menu
- Support 802.1d MAC Learning - Telnet and SSH v2
- Support 803.3x Flow control on input ports - C-VLAN tag on management traffic
- Packet Transparency ● Standards Compliance
● Pseudowire Capability - SAToP and CESoPSN
- Support SAToP and CESoPSN - MEF8*
- Support E1/T1 traffic emulation over UDP/IP * Future option
Network
222
TDM over Ethernet
Pointtoto
Point Point
Point Application
Application
IP6702A IP6702A
E1/T1 E1/T1
ETH IP
Network
10/100 BaseT
or 100 FX
ETH ETH ETH ETH

10/100 BaseT 10/100 BaseT
Management
Fractional E1 Point to Multipoint Application

IP6702A FE1/T1
ETH
IP6702A 64K, Pseudowire #1
FE1/T1 ETH
IP Network
RS422
64K, Pseudowire #2
IP6702A RS422
ETH ETH
10/100 BaseT ETH
ETH
Management
E1/LAN Ethernet Radio Application
Ethernet Ethernet
IP6702A IP6702A
E1 ETH ETH E1 ETH ETH

TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6704A TDMoEthernet
Description
The Loop-IP6320B is a high performance Ethernet switch

scalable chipset with integration of Layer 2 to Layer 4 packet
processing engine, traffic management and fabric interface.
The IP6320B switch provides total 48 GbE ports with RJ45 ports. The switch capability of IP6320B supports 120Gbps
The IP6320B provides advanced L2/L3 features to meet the requirements in Carrier Ethernet and Enterprise network
application. IP6320B main features including full IPv4/IPv6 stack, On-chip OAM (802.1ag/CFM/EFM), and Protocol
Independent APS (<50ms protect switching)..
Features ● Tributary Interface
- Up to four T1 ports or four E1 ports.
● Mechanical and Electrical - Up to two single port DTE modules:
- 1U height,1/2 19” rack width. ANSI shelf. ● X.21 or RS232/V.24 or V.35 or EIA530
- Power module - Up to 2 voice modules:
- Up to two DC plug-in modules or Hybrid 100 to ● Four ports E&M
240 Vac and -48 Vdc (-36 to -72 Vdc) coexist fixed ● Four ports FXS
power supply ● Four ports FXO
- Temperature range from 0° to 55°C ● OAM
● Ethernet Interface - E1/T1 OAM
- Four Ethernet ports for WAN port assignment ● RFC-2495: LOS, LOF, LCV*, RAI, AIS, FEBE*,
● Two Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) with 2 SFP housing BES, DM*, ES, SES, UAS and LOMF*
● Two 10/100/1000 BaseT Ethernet ● QoS
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation* - Ingress Rate Limiting* per Ethernet port with
● Timing 64kbps/1Mbps/10Mbps granularity
- Internal/Line - Ethernet Network Level:
- Four Adaptive Clock Recovery (ACR) for TDM ● 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within
Pseudowires 802.1P/802.1Q Ethernet frame – CoS
● Jitter and Wander conforms to G.823/824 for ● 4 priority queues per port
Traffic Interface - IP Network Level:
- SyncE ● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point -DSCP field – ToS
● Management - Scheduling Algorithm
- SNMPv1/v3 ● Strict Priority (SP)
- DB-9 Console port with VT-100 menu ● Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
- Telnet and SSH v2 ● Pseudowires
- iNET GUI - TDM Pseudowires
● L2 Switching ● Up to 16 concurrent pseudowires
- VLAN ● 1 E1/T1 can support up to 16 pseudowires.
● Maximum 4094 concurrent VLAN Groups ● Pseudowire protocols
● Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and - SAToP
removing on Pseudowire - CESoPSN
● Support 802.1q Port-Based VLAN on Ethernet/ - MEF-8 (CESoETH)
SNMP Port ● Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up
● Support Q-in-Q to 256 ms
- Support 802.1d MAC Learning ● Diagnostics
- Support 803.3x Flow control* on input ports - E1/T1 BERT & Loopback
- Support 802.1D STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s * Future option
MSTP*
- Support IGMP Snoopingv2 (RFC 2236)*
- Jumbo frame up to 10k bytes
224
TDM over Ethernet
Tributary ports IP6704A Electrical Ethernet IP6704A

or
TDMoEthernet Optical Ethernet
TDMoEthernet
E1/T1 E1/T1
E1/T1 (GbE) E1/T1
IP
DTE Network DTE
DTE DTE
(10/ (10/
100/1000 SNMP 100/1000
BaseT) BaseT)
(10/100/1000
BaseT)
Management
IP6704A Point-to-Point Application.
X.21 X.21
Building A
Building A
E1 WAN/VPN
E1
Network
Building B
Building B
4E&M 10/100/1000 BaseT 4E&M

100/1000 BaseFx
Building C
Building C
IP6704A on VPN Network

TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device
ANSI Front View ETSI Front View

Description
The Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device is an effective way for service providers to build their network
and achieve a fast return on investment. Currently providers need to transport both TDM and Packet traffic. These can be
achieved using the E1/T1 and Gigabit Ethernet tributary ports of the IP6750.
In addition to working now, service providers also have to build the network to meet future requirements.
The IP6750 can handle temperature ranges of 0° to 65°C. It supports many protocols such as MEF-8 CESoETH,
SyncE and IEEE1588v2 Precision Timing, G.8031 Ethernet Linear Protection Switching, and a RFC2544 built-in traffic
generator.
The IP6750’s durability and capabilities make it an important device for your network to meet the requirements of a
carrier-grade Service Level Agreement (SLA).
Features - 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP*

- IGMP Snooping v2 RFC 2236 and v3 RFC4604*
● Mechanical and Electrical ● L3 Routing for Management
- 1U height, 19” width ANSI/ETSI - OSPFv2/OSPFv3*
- Power module - Static Routing
- AC/DC dual feed slots ● Management
- Hot swappable - SNMPv1/v2c/v3
- Industrial series with temperature range from 0° to - CLI command line interface
60°C - Telnet and SSHv1/v2
● WAN Aggregate Interface - 802.1x (port access protocol) *
- 2 GbE ports with SFP housing - RADIUS Client (User Authentication)
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation ● Tributary Interface
- G.8032 v1/v2 – Ethernet Ring Protection Switching - 4 hot-swappable slots for the following cards:
(ERPS) ● CGbE: Combo Gigabit Ethernet card
- G.8031 Ethernet Linear Protection Switching - 2 port groups per card, (1 SFP optical, 1 electric)
(ELPS)* up to 8 port groups per system
- Compliant with MEF 9, 10.2, 14, 18, and 19* ● E1 / T1 card
● Timing - 4 ports per card, up to 16 ports per system
- Internal/Line - E1/T1 software configurable per card
- External BITS I/O with RJ connector: 2 Mbps, 2 ● OAM
MHz composite clock - Ethernet OAM
- Adaptive Clock Recovery for TDM Pseudowires ● 802.1ag / Y.1731
● Jitter and Wander conforms to MEF 18, ITU-T ● 802.3ah
G.8261, and G.823/824 for Traffic Interface - Syslog and Dying Gasp alarm
- SNTPv4 ● QoS
- SyncE (ITUT-G.8261) GE interfaces - Ingress Rate Limiting per port
- IEEE 1588v2 slave/boundary/transparent clock - Ethernet Network Level
- Internal stratum 3 clock (hold-over state) ● 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within
- TOD interface 802.1p / 802.1q Ethernet frames – CoS
- 1PPS interface ● 8 priority queues per port
● L2 Switching - IP Network Level
- 5G non-blocking switching capacity ● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point – DSCP field – ToS
- Jumbo frame size up to 10K bytes - Scheduling Algorithms
- Maximum 4K VLANs ● Strict Priority (SP)
- 802.1d MAC Table Learning (maximum 32K)* ● Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
226
TDM over Ethernet
- Congestion Avoidance ● Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up

● Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED) * to 256 ms
- Policing algorithm - Ethernet Pseudowires (MPLS-TP)
● Two-Rate Three-Color ● Port-based and VLAN based*
● Token Bucket ● Supports Q-in-Q*
● Pseudowires ● Native Ethernet packets supported*
- TDM Pseudowires ● Diagnostics
● Up to 64 concurrent pseudowires (256 - Built-in traffic generator to support RFC2544/
concurrent pseudowires* ) Y.1564 and Y.1731 testing
● Pseudowire protocols - E1/T1 BERT & Loopback
- SAToP - Ethernet loopback
- CESoPSN
- MEF-8 (CESoETH) * Future option
IP6750 Aggregation Protection Pair

IP6750
16 E1/T1 16 E1/T1
or or
8 GbE 8 GbE
IP6750
IP6750
IP6750
8 E1/T1
or
2 GbE
Metro 16 E1/T1
or
Ethernet Network 4 GbE
16 E1/T1
or
4 GbE
8 E1/T1
or
2 GbE
16 E1/T1
or
4 GbE
Multistage Multiplexer Application

TDM over Ethernet
IP6750
IP6750
Metro 8 E1/T1
Or
16 E1/T1
or
8 GbE
8 E1/T1
or
4 GbE
Single Stage Multiplexer Application
Core Network
Video
IP/MPLS, ATM, Headend
SDH/SONET
Switch Mainframe
Video
Hub Office
Hosted
ASP/CSP Content
Metro
Ethernet
Video Serving / Central Office
DSLAM
O9340
Media Gateway BRAS Fiber

DSL
PSTN ISP DSLAM

O9340
Museum
Access Devices Offices Bridge
Metro Ethernet Application
228
TDM over Ethernet
Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator
Description
As the core communications network migrates from legacy

TDM to Metro Ethernet to leverage CapEx and OpEx efficiently,
the Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator provides a cost-
effective solution which allows operators to transport up to 32
E1/T1, 4 STM-1/OC-3 or 1 STM-4/OC-12 along with 4 Giga
LAN traffic over existing Metro Ethernet network. The E1/T1
SCSI interface is fixed on main board while there are two hot-
swappable tributary slots for STM-1/OC-3 or STM-4/OC-12
plug-in card types.
Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator converts the TDM data stream and timing information from both PDH and SDH/
SONET ports into packets and transmits to the connected Metro Ethernet network via dual combo Gigabit Ethernet WAN
ports with 802.3ad Link Aggregation capability. Another Pseudowire device converts the received packet stream back to
original PDH and SDH/SONET data stream along with the original timing information.
Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator employs various Pseudowire Encapsulation protocols such as SAToP, SONET/
SDH CEP, CESoPSN, MEF-8. To compensate the inherent Packet Delay Variation (PDV) of Metro Ethernet network,
Loop-IP6763 TDMoEthernet Aggregator utilizes Jitter Buffer Control and can compensate up to 128 ms with G.823/G.824
Traffic Interface conformance (+/- 1ppm).
Security is highly ensured via SSHv1/SSHv2 function and SNMPv1/v3 management.
Features removing on Pseudowire

● 802.1q Port-based VLAN on Ethernet port
● Mechanics and Electrics ● VLAN-based packet filtering
- 1U height, ETSI shelf ● Support Q-in-Q
- Replaceable FAN and Air Filter - Support 802.1d MAC Learning (max. 26K)
- Power Module: -48Vdc - Support 803.3x Flow control on input ports
(Over-voltage protection and Load sharing) - Support 802.1D STP, 802.1s MSTP, 802.1w RSTP
● WAN Aggregate Interface - Support IGMP Snoopingv2 (RFC 2236)
- 2 Combo GbE with SFP housing and RJ45 ● QoS
Connector - Ingress Rate Limiting per Ethernet port with
- 802.3ad Link Aggregation 100kbps granularity
- STP/RSTP/MSTP - Ethernet Network Level:
● User Tributary Interface ● 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within
- 2 slots for hot-swappable plug-in cards: 802.1P/802.1Q Ethernet frame – CoS
● Up to 2 Dual STM-1/OC-3 cards with ● 8 priority queues per port
● MSP(1+1)/cross-card MSP(1+1) - IP Network Level:
● Up to 1 Dual STM-4/OC-12 card ● 8 priority queues per port
- Ethernet Tributary interface: ● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point -DSCP field – ToS
● 3 x 10/100/1000 BASE-T Ethernet ports plus 1 - Scheduling Algorithm
user-selectable Ethernet/SNMP port ● Strict Priority (SP)
● Speed/Duplex Auto-negotiation ● Weighted Round Robin (WRR)
● 802.3ad Link Aggregation ● Deficit Weighted Round Robin (DWRR)
- On-board E1/ T1 Interface: - Congestion Avoidance
● 32 E1/T1 with SCSI connector ● Random Early Detection (RED)
● L2 Switching ● Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED)
- 10G non-blocking switching capacity ● Pseudowire Capability
- Jumbo frame size up to 13K bytes - Support SAToP, SONET/SDH CEP, CESoPSN,
- IS-IS packet transparency* MEF-8
- VLAN - Support framed/unframed E1/T1
● Maximum 4094 VLAN ID - Support VC4 transparent/channelized STM-1 and
● Support C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag adding and STS3C transparent/channelized OC-3

TDM over Ethernet
- Support TDM traffic emulation over, UDP/IP and ● Jitter and Wander
Metro Ethernet Network - PPM version: conforms to G.823/G.824 Traffic
- Support Timeslot Grooming Interface (+/- 1ppm)
- Support VC4-4C STM4 and STS12C OC12 ● Timing Reference
- Backplane capacity: up to 252xVT11/VT12 - Internal
bandwidth - External
- Maximum 512 Pseudowires - Line(both PDH and SDH)
- Up to 32 Pseudowires can apply Adaptive Clock - Adaptive Clock Recovery
Recovery (ACR) mechanism ● OAM Capability
- PDV Compensation Depth: up to 128 ms - Support 2 SNTP Timing References
- Jitter Buffer Size: up to 256 ms - Multi-color LED indicators
- Supports IPv4 addressing - Alarm Relay
- Excel calculator is provided* - ACO (Alarm Cutoff) button
● Pseudowire Diagnostics Function* ● Management Interface
- ARP, Ping and Trace Route - 1 user-selectable Ethernet/SNMP Port
- IP – MAC Table Display - SNMP v1/ v3
- Pseudowire Information - DB9 Console port with VT100 menu
● Packet Creation Time (ms) - Telnet and SSHv1/SSHv2
● Jitter-Tolerance Delay (ms) - C-VLAN tag on management traffic
● Single-Trip Delay (ms) - C-VLAN/S-VLAN tag on pseudowire traffic
● Total Frame Length (bytes) - Support IPv4 Routing over DCC channel on SDH/
● Packet per second SONET interface
● Required Bandwidth (Mbps) ● Static Route, RIP I/II,
● Header Overhead (%) ● Standards Compliance
● Remaining WAN Bandwidth (Mbps) - SAToP, SONET/SDH CEP, CESoPSN, MEF-8
● Remaining Memory ● Support Heart Beating Protection
Transport of E1/T1 & LAN through IP/MPLS
IP6704A
4 E1
FE (Fast Ethernet)
FE (Fast Ethernet)
IP6763 STM-1 (N x E1)
IP6750 GbE IP
GbE
16 E1
MPLS GbE
GbE/ FE (Fast Ethernet)
IP6702 FE (Fast Ethernet)
2 E1
FE (Fast Ethernet)
230
TDM over Ethernet
Extension of SDH/SONET Trunks through IP/MPLS

Corporate
Headquarters
STM-1 STM-1 SDH STM-1

Modem SONET
GbE
IP6763
IP
MPLS
Branch Office
GbE
STM-1 STM-1
Modem
IP6763
Heart Beating Protection

Secondary HB Sec BP Wan
(Mac12/IP12)
GW2 L3 PSN GW12
NE-A NE-B
cpu cpu
Sec BP Wan
(Mac2/IP2)
L2 Secondary Bundle L2
E1 E1
Switch Switch
(AC) Primary Bundle (AC)
PWE3 PWE3
GW1
GW11
Pri BP Wan TDMoE/ TDMoE/
(Mac1/IP1) TDMoIP TDMoIP
L3 PSN
Primary HB
Pri BP Wan
(Mac11/IP11)

TDM over Ethernet
232
8
Fiber Optical Multiplexer (FOM)
Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux 234
Loop-O9310 4E1 or 4T1 Fiber Optical Mux 235
Loop-O9340R Multi-Services FOM Rack Card 236
Loop-O9340S Multi-Services Gigabit FOM 238
Fiber Optical Multiplexer(FOM)
Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux

Description
Loop-O9210S is a point-to-point optical transmission

device developed from VLSI that provides not only a
choice of fixed 4E1 or 4E1 plus 100M Ethernet bridge,
but also the expansion of another 4 E1 links for multiplex
Features
transmission over an optical fiber. It provides longer
reach without repeaters and superior performance
● 19“ unit (1U), standalone, wall mount, and rack
compared to copper media.
mount
● Aggregate port
Loop-O9210S has a strong alarm monitoring system,
- One optical interface
and also local/remote loopbacks controlled by the
● Tributary ports:
console or DIP switch. With its high integration, low
- Fixed on main board
power consumption, stability, and desktop-mount design,
- One 4E1 or
installation and operation is easy and convenient.
- One 4E1 with 100M bps Ethernet
- Optional daughter card fixed on panel
- One 4E1
● Supports multiple optical fiber transmission distances
● Single/dual pair optical fiber modules selectable
● Optical line rate: 150Mbps
● BNC/RJ48C connectors for E1s
● LED indicators for alarms and loopbacks
● RS-232 (DB9) Console port
● Local and remote loopbacks
● Power
- AC or DC (not available at the same time)
Note: Only non-RoHS compliant and non-CE certified

model available.
Combination of Combination of
Aggregate port
Tributary ports Tributary ports
4E1 4E1
8E1
.. .. 8E1
4E1 + 1 Ethernet . . 4E1 + 1 Ethernet
8E1 + 1 Ethernet 8E1 + 1 Ethernet
Optical Link
Loop Tech O9210S Loop Tech O9210S
234
Loop-O9310 4E1 or 4T1 Fiber Optical Mux

● Up to 4 E1 or 4 T1 links on one fiber Loop Telecom's Loop-O Fiber Optical Mux product family
● Optical 1+1 protection provides ideal solutions for building fiber-based E1 or
● 10/100 BaseT Ethernet: Bridge mode, maximum T1 networks. The Loop-O9310 can multiplex up to 4 E1
transmission bandwidth 22Mbps (optional) or 4 T1 signals for transmission over an optical fiber,
● One V.35, X.21, RS449/V.36, RS232/V.28, resulting in longer reach without repeaters and superior
EIA530, or EIA530(A) interface performance compared to copper media.
● Console and Ethernet port for SNMP
management The E1 model supports an optional 1+1 protection, an
● Management via SNMP optional 10/100 BaseT Ethernet port, an optional V.35,
● Remote slave unit can be managed through X.21, RS449/V.36, RS232/V.28, or EIA530 or EIA530(A).
Embedded Operation Channel (EOC) It is available in two versions: (1) SNMP manageable and
● Non-manageable model configurable via DIP (2) non-manageable. The SNMP manageable model has
switches a master unit with CPU for managing a slave unit, and
● LED indicators a slave unit without CPU that is managed by the master
● Alarm relay and alarm cut off unit through EOC. A basic non-manageable model
● BNC or RJ45 connectors for 4 E1s without CPU provides system setup and loopback by DIP
(manufacturing option) switches setting. Applications include interconnections
● RJ45 connectors for 4 T1s (manufacturing for LAN, WAN, SONET/SDH, ATM, and DLC.
option)
● Multiple optical fiber transmission distances The T1 model is a basic non-manageable model without
● Single mode and multi-mode fiber modules CPU. DIP switches are used for system setup and
loopback settings. Applications include interconnections
for ATM and DLC.
E1 E1
1 Optional Protection Pair 1
: :
: :
4 4
10 / 100 M Bridge 10/ 100 M Bridge
O9310 O9310
E1 E1
1 1
: :
: :
4 4
10 / 100 M Bridge 10/ 100 M Bridge
DTE O9310 O9310 DTE
T1 T1
1 1
: :
: :
4 4
O9310 O9310

Loop-O9340R Multi-Services FOM Rack Card

Features
● Hot pluggable interface card for C5600 Multi-Service

shelf
● Aggregate port
- 2 Gigabit Optical Interface with SFP housing
- Protection
● Aggregate Line (1+1) protection
- Switch
● Switching time within 50 ms
● Manual and automatic switch modes
- Proprietary optical aggregate throughput is at least
860 Mbps
● Tributary port
- Up to 2 or 4 general purpose tributary slots
supporting any of the following cards:
● 4-port E1/T1 tributary card
- Up to 4/8/12/16 E1/T1 for dual slot
- E1/T1 software configurable per card
● 8-port E1 tributary card
- Up to 8/16/24/32 E1 for dual slot
● 2 Combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) (2 RJ45 and 2
Description
SFP housing) tributary card
- Supported GbE functions: The Loop-O9340R Multi-Services FOM is a flexible, cost-
● Packet Transparency: BPDU packet
effective plug-in card which provides an ideal solution
transparency; IEEE 802.1q VLAN, 802.1ad
for 2G/3G BTS and buildings with fiber-based E1/T1 and
(Q-in-Q)
● QoS: 4 priority queues for packet classification; Ethernet networks. The Loop-O9340R can transparently
256K bytes of packet buffer per priority queue, carry up to 16 E1/T1, 32E1 and 8 Combo Gigabit
IEEE 802.1p CoS Ethernet (GbE) or mix with both interfaces signals over
● Traffic Rate Control: Rate limited with 256Kbps proprietary Gigabit optical pipe.
granularity; support pause frames according to
IEEE 802.3X standard. The Loop-O9340R is a powerful device for data signal
● Support dual slots: extension. It provides a high performance solution to
- Up to 7 cards for C5600 shelf transmit E1/T1 plus Combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE)
● Diagnostics: Loopback and BERT functions signals and broadband connectivity for enterprise and
● Performance: Line and path performance carrier network services in point-to-point applications.
● Firmware download to local unit and remote unit The bandwidth supports for full configuration of the
● Configuration upload and download speeds for each channel/service and allows service
● RoHS compliant providers to offer combinations according to field
application network requirement.
The Loop-O9340R provides two proprietary aggregate

Gigabit Optical fiber links interface for 1+1 auto
protection switch to protect data transmission over the
fiber path. The Loop-O9340R supports configuration
and diagnostics by using a local terminal or a remote
Telnet or SNMP management. This allows execution of
diagnostics and fault isolation.
236
Point-to-point application
O9340 Dual Slot of Rack Card
Tributary ports Aggregate ports Tributary ports

C5600 Proprietary GbE (1+1) Up to 4 cards, combination of
Dual slot card: Chassis protection 4E1/T1, 8E1, or
Choice of E1/T1 or Combo GbE ports
2 Combo GbE plug-in card
O9340R O9340S
Rack Card Standalone
Protection Line
(optional)
Rack Application
The C5600 shelf supports up to 7 O9340R dual plug-in cards:

● Combination of 4/8/12/16 ports of E1/T1 or 2/4/6/8 ports of Combo GbE
Site 1
T1/E1 or
Combo
GbE
O9340S
T1/E1 or C. O. Site 2
Combo GbE T1/E1 or
Combo
GbE
O9340R O9340S
in C5600 Shelf
Site N
T1/E1 or
Combo
GbE
VT100
SNMP O9340S
EMS-GUI (LoopView)

Loop-O9340S Multi-Services Gigabit FOM
Features
● 1U height, ETSI shelf (full frontal access) or ANSI

shelf (front and rear access)
● Rack mount, wall mount, and standalone
● Aggregate ports
- 2 Gigabit Optical Interface with SFP housing Description
- (1+1) protection
- Protection Switching time within 50 ms The Loop-O9340S Multi-Services Gigabit FOM is a
- Manual or automatic protection switch flexible, cost-effective fiber optical modulator (standalone)
● Proprietary Optical Aggregate throughput: at least which provides an ideal solution for 2G/3G BTS and
860 Mbps buildings with fiber-based E1/T1 and Ethernet networks.
● Tributary ports: With a hot-pluggable platform, it allows service providers
- Hot-swappable to carry up to 16 E1/T1, 32 E1, 8 Combo Gigabit
- 4 slots Ethernet (GbE) or a mix with both interface signals over
- E1/T1 card a proprietary Gigabit optical pipe.
● 4 or 8 E1/T1 ports
● Up to 16 E1/T1 ports per system
To select the protection level, users can choose dual pair
● E1/T1 per card software configurable
- GbE card fiber for the line (1+1) in the point-to-point application
● 2 Combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) port groups and dual power supplies for power protection.
(RJ45 or SFP housing)
● Up to 8 Combo Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports per The Loop-O9340S can be managed through a console
system port, Ethernet port, Telnet, and SNMP agents. It supports
● Diagnostics (Loopback and BERT) local control and diagnostics using console port. The
● L2 Functions: unit also supports local and remote monitoring and
- Packet Transparency: BPDU packet diagnostics. Contacts for office alarms are available.
transparency; IEEE 802.1q VLAN, 802.1ad
(Q-in-Q)
Applications for Loop-O9340S include interconnections
- QoS: 4 priority queues for packet
for LAN, WAN, SONET/SDH, ATM and DLC.
classification; 256K bytes of packet buffer per
priority queue, IEEE 802.1p CoS
- Traffic Rate Control: Rate limited with 256K
bps granularity; pause frame according to
IEEE 802.3X standard.
● Power modules (hot swappable)
- DC -48V (-36 to -75 Vdc), dual for redundancy
- AC 100 to 240 Vac, dual for redundancy
● Alarm relay
● Firmware download to the local and remote unit
● Configuration upload and download
- LCD with keypad on ANSI-shelf
- Console port (RS232, DB9), VT100 menu-driven
- SNMP Ethernet port
- SNMP v1, v2c
- Telnet via SNMP port
- In-band management in traffic bandwidth
● RoHS compliant
Point-to-point application
238
9
mPTN MPLS/Carrier Ethernet
Loop-G7860 Packet Transport Network MPLS/CE 240
Loop-G7860A Packet Transport Network MPLS/CE 242
Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device 244
Loop-O9400R PTN/SDH/SONET ADM/TM 247
Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP 252
Loop-G7860 Packet Transport Network MPLS/CE
Description
The Loop-G7860 mPTN (MPLS/CE

Packet Transport Network) is a new and
cost-effective solution for transmitting
various data service types, including traditional TDM circuit-based traffic, over a packet-based transportation network.
By adopting MPLS-TP (Multi-Protocol Label Switching Transport Profile) and Carrier Ethernet technologies,
the G7860 can transport Ethernet (EPL, EVPL, ELAN, EVC defined in MEF), and E1/T1 TDMoE.
The unit is also equipped with OAM tools to perform diagnosis on the LSPs (Label Switched Paths), pseudowires as well
as Ethernet CFM. The Loop-G7860 series is a perfect packet transport platform for IP-Mobile and lease-line applications
containing hub, ring and mesh topologies.
Features - Upload/Download NE configuration

- Performance management
● Mechanical and Electrical - Syslog, NTP
- 1U height, 19” width ETSI unit (front access) ● TDM Services
- Power supply: hot swappable DC/AC, dual for - E1/T1 Circuit Emulation per IETF-PW3 SAToP and
redundancy CESoP
- Harden environment option (-20 ºC to 55 ºC)* - Timing recovery: ACR/DCR/System
● System capacity - SDH Circuit Emulation over Packet (CEP), per
- Up to 4 x 10GbE SFP+ ports RFC 4842
- Up to 16 x 1GbE Base-T - Encapsulation: PW/LSP (over MPLS-TP), “Dry
- Up to 22 x 1GbE SFP martini”, MEF 8 (TDM over Ethernet), TDM over IP
- Up to 80 x E1/T1 ports - Support PDH cross-connection to SDH/SONET*
- Up to 8 x STM-1 ports or 2 x STM-4 port ● Ethernet Services
● MPLS-TP - E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI (MPLS 9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS
port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) - Native Ethernet packets supported
- Bi-directional LSP - Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN tagging
- Static LSP/PW provisioning via NMS (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q)
- Any Ethernet and PDH (CESoP and SAToP) ● VPLS
service over MPLS-TP - VPLS bridging
- MPLS-TP OAM per ITU G.8113.2 - H-VPLS bridging
● Carrier Ethernet - 32K MAC addresses
- Ethernet OAM – 802.3ah, 802.1ag/Y.1731 - 2K VPLS instances per device
- IEEE 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP - Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops
- IEEE 802.3x Flow Control, 802.1q port based ● CoS/QoS
VLAN and port isolation, 802.1p QoS - 8 Priority Queues
- IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol - Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy
(LACP) - Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service
- IEEE 802.1ad VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q) - CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color
● Network Protection - MPLS: TC/EXP-Inferred-PSC (Per Hop Behavior
- LSP 1+1 protection (send two, pick one) per Scheduling Class) LSP
RFC6378, based on TP OAM as fault detection ● Timing
- LSP 1:1 protection per RFC6378 - IEEE 1588 v2 PTP
- ERPS (G.8032) Ring Protection based on Ethernet ● Clock modes: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
OAM as fault detection ● ToD (Time of day)
- End to end protection switching within sub 50ms ● PPS (Pulse per second) output interface
● Management - SyncE
- Fully manageable via SNMP (v1, v2, v3) ● Synchronous Ethernet from all GbE ports (not
- Fully manageable via CLI on FET ports)
- Security ● ESMC per ITU-T (Ethernet Synchronous
● Two types of privileges: Operator (read only) Message Channel)
and Administrator (read and write) - Stratum 3 timing
● Radius Client Authentication - External clock input and output* (2 Mbps / 2 MHz)
● SSH, Telnet * Future option
240
MPLS-TP Ring Application

Loop-G7860A Packet Transport Network MPLS/CE
ETSI Front View of G7860-A
Description
G7860A supports both MPLS-TP and Carrier Ethernet (EPL, EVPL, EPLAN, EVC defined in MEF) for packet
transportation. In addition to native Ethernet transport, G7860A can be used as the gateway for PDH and SDH/SONET
networks to enter PSNs using Circuit Emulation and Encapsulation technologies. TDM encapsulation technologies of
G7860A support TDMoE, TDMoIP, and TDMoMPLS, while Circuit Emulation technologies supported by G7860A are
CESoPSN (Nx64K), SAToP (Unframed E1/T1), and CEP (SDH/SONET paths).
One G7860A with up to 85G packet switching capacity supports six 10GbE SFP+ and four 1GbE SFP built-in interfaces
along with 32 E1/T1 built-in ports. With the two hot-swappable plug-in slots, the system capacity can be scaled up with
additional E1/T1 ports, STM-n/OC-n, or GbE interfaces.
G7860A provides high availability and reliability required by Carrier, Power Utility, Military, Government and Transportation
applications by supporting MPLS-TP LSP 1:1/1+1 protection with protection switching time smaller than 50ms, with
section and end-to-end OAM for monitoring. The compact G7860A is only 1U height, but its powerful functions enable
customers to construct a hub, ring, or mesh 10G packet network with ultimate ease.
Features ● EFM: Ethernet Link OAM (802.3ah)

- Flow Control
● Mechanical and Electrical - Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)
- 1U height, 19” width ETSI unit (front access) ● Network Protection
- Power supply: hot swappable DC/AC, dual for - MPLS-TP
redundancy ● LSP 1+1/1:1
- Operating Temperature: -20 ºC to 65 ºC ● LSP E2E protection switching < 50ms
● System capacity ● Based on TP OAM for fault detection
- Up to 6 x 10GbE SFP+ ports - CE
- Up to 16 x 1GbE Base-T ● ERPS Ring (G.8032) Protection
- Up to 20 x 1GbE SFP ● ELPS (G.8031) Linear Protection
- Up to 80 x E1/T1 ports - SDH/SONET
- Up to 8 x STM-1/OC-3 ports or 2 x STM-4/OC-12 ● STM-n/OC-n MSP 1+1 Protection
ports ● Management
- Up to 4 x STM-1/OC-3 MSP pairs or 2 x STM-4/ - Fully manageable via SNMP (v1, v2, v3)
OC-12 pairs - Fully manageable via CLI
- 8*/16 x E1/T1 ports with SCSI interface ● Serial port
● MPLS-TP ● SSH, Telnet via Ethernet
- Any Ethernet port can be configured as NNI (MPLS - Account Security
port) or UNI (Ethernet service port) ● Two types of privileges: Operator (read only)
- Bi-directional LSP and Administrator (read and write)
- Static LSP/PW provisioning via NMS ● Radius Client Authentication
- Ethernet (VPWS, VPLS, H-VPLS) and TDM - Upload/Download NE configuration
(CESoPSN, CEP, and SAToP) services - Syslog, NTP
- MPLS-TP OAM and QoS ● TDM Services
● Carrier Ethernet - Circuit Emulation
- L2 Switching/Bridging ● Fractional E1/T1 (64K timeslots): CES PW
- STP, RSTP, MSTP ● Unframed E1/T1: SAToP PW
- Port based VLAN and port isolation ● VCn/TU-n/VT-n/STS-n: CEP PW
- VLAN Stacking (Q-in-Q) - PDH Timing recovery: ACR/DCR/System
- CE OAM - SDH Circuit Emulation over Packet (CEP)
● CFM: Ethernet Service OAM (802.1ag/Y1731) - Encapsulation
242
● PW/LSP (TDM over MPLS-TP), - Ingress Policing & Egress Shaping per service
● “Dry martini”, MEF 8 (TDM over Ethernet), - CIR / PIR (EIR) 2-rate-3-color
● TDM over IP - MPLS: TC/EXP-Inferred-PSC (Per Hop Behavior
- PDH cross-connection to SDH/SONET* Scheduling Class) LSP
● Ethernet Services ● Timing
- E-Line, E-LAN, E-Tree services as defined by MEF - IEEE 1588 v2
9 and 14 and using VPWS/VPLS ● PTP Clocks: Ordinary/Boundary/Transparent
- Native Ethernet packets supported ● ToD (Time of day)
- Encapsulation: PW/LSP (MPLS-TP), VLAN ● 1-PPS (One Pulse per second) output interface
tagging (1Q), VLAN double tagging (Q-in-Q) - SyncE
● VPLS ● Synchronous Ethernet from all GbE ports (not
- VPLS bridging on FET ports)
- H-VPLS bridging ● ITU-T Ethernet Synchronous Message Channel
- 32K MAC addresses (ESMC)
- 2K VPLS instances per device - Stratum 3 timing
- Split horizon to prevent forwarding loops - TDM line clock: E1/T1 and STM/OC ports*
● CoS/QoS - External clock input and output (2 Mbps / 2 MHz)
- 8 Priority Queues
- Scheduling: Strict Priority, WRR with Hierarchy * Future option
Application
10 GbE 10 GbE 10 GbE

MPLS-TP Carrier Ethernet IP Network
10G
Ports
`
G7860A
Circuit Emulation
For N x E1/T1, N x 64k,
N x VC-n/VT-n
PDH SDH/SONET
Network Network

Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device
ANSI Front View ETSI Front View
Description
The Loop-IP6750 Service Aggregation & Access Device is an effective way for service providers to build their network
and achieve a fast return on investment. Currently providers need to transport both TDM and Packet traffic. These can be
achieved using the E1/T1 and Gigabit Ethernet tributary ports of the IP6750.
In addition to working now, service providers also have to build the network to meet future requirements.
The IP6750 can handle temperature ranges of 0° to 65°C. It supports many protocols such as MEF-8 CESoETH,
SyncE and IEEE1588v2 Precision Timing, G.8031 Ethernet Linear Protection Switching, and a RFC2544 built-in traffic
generator.
The IP6750’s durability and capabilities make it an important device for your network to meet the requirements of a
carrier-grade Service Level Agreement (SLA).
* Future option
Features - Maximum 4K VLANs

- 802.1d MAC Table Learning (maximum 32K)*
● Mechanical and Electrical - 802.1d STP, 802.1w RSTP, 802.1s MSTP*
- 1U height, 19” width ANSI/ETSI - IGMP Snooping v2 RFC 2236 and v3 RFC4604*
- Power module ● L3 Routing for Management
● AC/DC dual feed slots - OSPFv2/OSPFv3*
● Hot swappable - Static Routing
- Industrial series with temperature range from 0° to ● Management
60°C - SNMPv1/v2c/v3
● WAN Aggregate Interface - CLI command line interface
- 2 GbE ports with SFP housing - Telnet and SSHv1/v2
- IEEE 802.3ad Ethernet Link Aggregation - 802.1x (port access protocol) *
- G.8032 v1/v2 – Ethernet Ring Protection Switching - RADIUS Client (User Authentication)
(ERPS)* ● Tributary Interface
- G.8031 Ethernet Linear Protection Switching - 4 hot-swappable slots for the following cards:
(ELPS) ● CGbE: Combo Gigabit Ethernet card
- Compliant with MEF 9, 10.2, 14, 18, and 19* - 2 port groups per card, (1 SFP optical, 1
● Timing electric) up to 8 port groups per system
- Internal/Line ● E1 / T1 card
- External BITS I/O with RJ connector: 2 Mbps, 2 - 4 ports per card, up to 16 ports per system
MHz composite clock - E1/T1 software configurable per card
- Adaptive Clock Recovery for TDM Pseudowires ● OAM
● Jitter and Wander conforms to MEF 18, ITU-T - Ethernet OAM
G.8261, and G.823/824 for Traffic Interface ● 802.1ag / Y.1731
- SNTPv4 ● 802.3ah
- SyncE (ITUT-G.8261) GE interfaces - Syslog and Dying Gasp alarm
- IEEE 1588v2 slave/boundary/transparent clock ● QoS
- Internal stratum 3 clock (hold-over state) - Ingress Rate Limiting per port
- TOD interface - Ethernet Network Level
- 1PPS interface ● 3-bit Priority Code Point – PCP field within
● L2 Switching 802.1p / 802.1q Ethernet frames – CoS
- 5G non-blocking switching capacity ● 8 priority queues per port
- Jumbo frame size up to 10K bytes - IP Network Level
244
● 6-bit DiffServ Code Point – DSCP field – ToS - CESoPSN

- Scheduling Algorithms - MEF-8 (CESoETH)
● Strict Priority (SP) ● Packet Delay Variation Compensation Depth up
● Weighted Round Robin (WRR) to 256 ms
- Congestion Avoidance - Ethernet Pseudowires (MPLS-TP)
● Weighted Random Early Detection (WRED) * ● Port-based and VLAN based*
- Policing algorithm ● Supports Q-in-Q*
● Two-Rate Three-Color ● Native Ethernet packets supported*
● Token Bucket ● Diagnostics
● Pseudowires - Built-in traffic generator to support RFC2544/
- TDM Pseudowires Y.1564 and Y.1731 testing
● Up to 64 concurrent pseudowires(256 - E1/T1 BERT & Loopback
concurrent pseudowires* ) - Ethernet loopback
● Pseudowire protocols
- SAToP * Future option
IP6750 Aggregation Protection Pair

IP6750
16 E1/T1 16 E1/T1
or or
8 GbE 8 GbE
IP6750
IP6750
IP6750
8 E1/T1
or
2 GbE
Metro 16 E1/T1
or
16 E1/T1
or
4 GbE
8 E1/T1
or
2 GbE
16 E1/T1
or
4 GbE
Multistage Multiplexer Application

IP6750
IP6750
Metro 8 E1/T1
Or
16 E1/T1
or
8 GbE
8 E1/T1
or
4 GbE
Single Stage Multiplexer Application
Core Network
Video
IP/MPLS, ATM, Headend
SDH/SONET
Switch Mainframe
Video
Hub Office
Hosted
ASP/CSP Content
Metro
Ethernet
Video Serving / Central Office
DSLAM
O9340
Media Gateway BRAS Fiber

DSL
PSTN ISP DSLAM

O9340
Museum
Access Devices Offices Bridge
Metro Ethernet Application
246
Loop-O9400R PTN/SDH/SONET ADM/TM

Supporting PTN, SDH & PDH ● Power Modules
- DC module (-36 to -72 Vdc)
- AC/DC hybrid module (90 to 240 Vac; -36 to -72
Vdc)
- Dual power (1+ 1) protection
● Protection
- Controller cross-connect unit (CCPA) protection,
● E1/T1: Card/Port (1:1) using Y-box, Line (1+1)
● E3/T3: Line (1+1)
● B155/622: MSP, SNCP/UPSR
● Ethernet
● FOM: Line (1+1)
● 4GEoSDH: Card
● TDMoG: Card
● PTN Switch Fabric 1:1
Features
- Network Protection
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf support up to ● MSP 1+1
2.5G Mbps backplane ● SNCP/UPSR
● SDH/SONET VCn/VTn Cross-Connect Capacity: ● Ethernet Ring Protection (ERPS G.8032)
15Gbps bidirectional non-blocking ● Link Aggregation (Inter and Intra board)
● PTN (CE and MPLS-TP) Switching Capacity: ● LSP Linear Protection (1+1/1:1) sub 50ms
100Gbps bidirectional non-blocking ● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary - SyncE
modules and power modules - IEEE 1588
● Temperature-controlled fan tray - TDM clocks
● Aggregate cross-connect modules (controller ● TM, ADM, and cross-connect
modules) ● Full cross-connect at VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 levels
- Up to STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines ● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM
with software configuration (CCPA) ● Ethernet supports GFP, LAPS, VCAT, BCP, LCAS
● Tributary modules: 8 tributary slots and non-LCAS
- Two ports STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) or One port STM-4 ● Management
(OC-12) module - Console port, VT100 menu-driven
- Three ports E3/T3 module - SNMP port: Both v1 and v3 supported
- 16/32/63 ports E1/T1 tributary module - Telnet and SSH
- 1 GbE and 8 FE tributary module with L2 switch - Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/iNMS
- 1 GbE or 8 FE tributary module without L2 switch over DCC channel
- 7 FOM tributary module - Loop-iNET GUI Element Management System
- 4 GEoSDH with L2 switch tributary module - TMN management (Loop-iNMS) with full FCAPS
- TDMoG tributary module and end-to-end circuit management
- Three 10G/Eight 1G ports PTN10G module ● RoHS compliant
Description
The Loop-O9400R is a standards-compliant high density SDH/SONET/PTN ADM/TM with a full T1/E1 cross-connect
rack system.
With up to 4 STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate interfaces on cross-connect modules and 16 STM-1 (OC-3) interfaces
on tributaries, the Loop-O9400R offers the service provider a versatile protection scheme including SNCP (UPSR), and
MSP (1+1) protection for network topology.
With a PTN10G interface card mounted, the O9400R transports SDH/SONET over PSN network. With O9400R as a
gateway between SDH/SONET and PTN, existing SDH/SONET network users will be able to migrate from SDH/SONET/
PDH to PTN network smoothly and seamlessly.

All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ETSI standards and ITU recommendations. The Loop-O9400R
provides powerful Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality, including fault
management, performance monitoring, configuration management, and network security management. Through a
console port, LAN port and DCC channel, OAM&P can be achieved both locally and remotely via SNMP or menu-driven
interfaces.
The Loop-O9400R provides a complete set of operation interfaces that are consistent with the Telecommunication
Management Network (TMN) concept (ITU Recommendation M.30, G.784) for SDH/SONET Network Element/
Operations System (NE/OS), NE/NE, and NE/Craft communications. Users can easily operate the Loop-O9400R locally
or remotely for centralized management.
O9400R Tributary Module Description and Capacity

Module Description Maximum Capacity
PTN10G 3 x 10GbE + 8 x 1GbE MPLS-TP plug-in module

PTN10G
1 x 10GbE + 10 x 1GbE MPLS-TP plug-in module
Extension*
2 STM-4 MSP 1+1 or
B155/622 1 x STM-16
4 STM-1 MSP 1+1 or
4 x STM-4
16 x STM-1
24 x E3/T3
STM-16 (OC-48) software configurable interface plug-in module without SFP (mini-GBIC)
B2G5 504 x E1/T1
optical modules
64 x 10/100M BT
8 x GbE EoS
E1/T1 32 port E1/T1 tributaries 56 x FOM
4 x TDMoG
6 x 10GbE
63 E1(75 ohm) plug-in card 16 x 1GbE
Ethernet 8 GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch (8GES4SWA*/8GES16SWA*)
4GEoSDH 4GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch
Loop-O9400R Front Panel
248
O9400R Tributary Modules

Controller Cards
Channel XCU-CC16
4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A

Global 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2x 2x
payload
4 x 155M N/A 16 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 4 x 155M N/A 2.5G 2.5G
SDH
2 x 155M 2 x 155M 16 x 155M N/A 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M 2 x 155M
2xSTM- 2xSTM-
Link 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1 2xSTM-1
1/4/16 1/4/16
without
2xSTM- 2xSTM-
protection STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A STM-4 N/A
1/4/16 1/4/16
E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 63 E1 N/A N/A
E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 N/A N/A
Ethernet
10/100/ 8x10/100/1000BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT 8x10/100BT N/A N/A
1000BT
FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM 7 FOM N/A N/A
4GEoSDH
Note 2
N/A N/A 2.5GbE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
TDMoG
Note 3
622M N/A 622M N/A 622M N/A 622M N/A N/A N/A
PTN10G 3 x 10G+ 3 x 10G+

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Note 2
8 x 1G 8 x 1G
PTN Ext* 10 x 1G 10 x 1G N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
PTN Ext* 1 x 10G 1 x 10G N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

Controller Cards
XCU-CC16
Channel
Link 2xSTM-1 (B) 2xSTM-1 (B) 2xSTM-1 (B) 2xSTM-1 (B)

2 x STM-1/4/16
with
STM-4/16 Ring
protection STM-4 (B) Note 2
(B) STM-4 (B) STM-4 (B)
E1 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) 63 E1 (B) N/A N/A
E3 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B) N/A N/A
Ethernet
10/100/ 8x10/100BT (B) 8x10/100BT (B) 8x10/100BT (B) 8x10/100BT (B) N/A N/A
1000BT*
FOM 7 FOM (B) 7 FOM 7 FOM (B) 7 FOM 7 FOM (B) 7 FOM 7 FOM (B) N/A N/A
4GEoSDH (B)
N/A N/A 2.5GbE N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Note 2 2.5GbE
TDMoG 622M (B) 622M (B) 622M (B) 622M (B) N/A N/A
Note 3
PTN10G 3 x 10G/
N/A N/A (B) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Note 2 8 x 1G
*Future Option
Note 1: With MSP (1+1) protection, the protection pairs on XCU (W) and XCU (E) are as follows:
XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(E) port 1 XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(W) port 2
XCU(W) port 2 and XCU(E) port 2 XCU(E) port 1 and XCU(E) port 2
P2 P2 P2 P2
P1 P1 P1 P1
Note 2: 4GEoSDH, B2G5, and PTN10G modules can only be mounted in tributary slot 3 and 4 on CHAA Chassis with
XCU-CC16, the backplane of which supports up to 2.5G Mbps mapping bandwidth.
Note 3: The backplane bandwidth for the TDMoG card is 622M. When TDMoG module is mounted to on tributary slots 1,
3, 5, or 7 without protection, slot 2, 4, 6, or 8 will be blocked from use.
250
O9400R and O9500R

as a node in PTN
network
O9400R
O9500R
PTN (MPLS/CE)
10 GbE
Network
G7860 G7860
10G 10G
O9400R and
O9500R as an
Emulation Gateway
O9400R
O9500R
SDH/SONET SDH/SONET
STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16
OC-3/12/48 OC-3/12/48
Network Network
O9500R
VC12/VC11 XC fabric
to replace old
SDH Network
PDH, T1/E1,DS3,
O9500R STM-n(OC-n), GbE O9500R
PTN 10G Ring and SDH/SONET Ring Application

Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP

(CHPA chassis & CCPA Controller)
● Protection Scheme
- Controller cross-connect unit (CCPA) protection,
● E1/T1: Card/Port (1:1) using Y-box, Line (1+1)
● E3/T3: Line (1+1)
● B155/622: MSP, SNCP/UPSR
● Ethernet
● FOM: Line (1+1)
● 4GEoSDH: Card
● PTN Swtich Fabric 1:1
- Network Protection
● MSP 1+1
● SNCP/UPSR
● Ethernet Ring Protection (ERPS G.8032)
Features ● Link Aggregation (Inter and Intra board)
● LSP Linear Protection (1+1/1:1) sub 50ms
● 6U height, full front access (ETSI) shelf ● External/Internal/Line timing source with SSM
● SDH/SONET VCn/VTn Cross-Connect Capacity: - SyncE
14Gbps bidirectional non-blocking - IEEE 1588
● PTN (CE and MPLS-TP) Switching Capacity: - TDM clocks
100Gbps bidirectional non-blocking ● Ethernet over SDH/SONET supports GFP, LAPS,
● Aggregate cross-connect modules (controller VCAT, LCAS and non-LCAS
modules) ● Alarm suppression, masking and reports
- Up to STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate lines ● Management
with software configuration - Console port, VT100 menu-driven
● Hot-swappable cross-connect modules, tributary - SNMP Port
modules and power modules - Telnet and SSH
● Tributary Modules - Centralized management with Loop’s EMS/NMS
- High-Speed (High Density) access tributary over DCC channel
modules (HS) - Loop-iNET GUI EMS
- Low-Speed access tributary modules (LS) - Loop-iNMS with full FCAPS and end-to-end circuit
● Power Modules management and diagnosis
- DC Module (-48/-125 Vdc) ● RoHS compliant
- Dual Power (1+1) Protection
Description
The Loop-O9500R PTN/SDH/SONET/PDH IMAP (Integrated Multi-Services Access Platform) is an economical integrated
solution supporting PTN/SDH/ SONET/PDH simultaneously on the same platform. It’s designed to support DS0 access
and PDH interfaces to be freely carried over SDH/SONET or/and PTN (MPLS/CE).
SDH/SONET capability includes either STM-1/4/16 or OC-3/12/48. Connectivity of an O9500R is achieved non-blocking
cross-connection between HS tributary modules (VCn/VTn fabric) and LS tributary modules (DS0 fabric).
With the PTN10G interface card, O9500R is then able to transport PDH/SDH/SONET over Packet Transport Network
(PTN). With O9500R serving as a gateway, existing TDM devices will be able to migrate from SDH/SONET/PDH to PTN
smoothly and seamlessly.
With up to 4 STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48) aggregate interfaces on cross-connect modules and 8 STM-1 (OC-3) or 2 STM-
4 (OC-12) interfaces on tributaries, Loop-O9500R offers service providers a versatile protection schemes including
SNCP(UPSR) and MSP(1+1) protection for both ring and linear network topologies.
The non-blocking VC11/VC12/VC3/VC4 (VT1.5/VT2/ STS-1/STS-3) cross-connect capability of HS modules is up to 20

VC4. The HS tributary modules include optical STM-1/4 (OC-3/12), E3/T3, E1/T1 interfaces, FOM and Fast Ethernet/
Gigabit Ethernet over STM-1/4/16 (OC-3/12/48). Ethernet signals are mapped onto STM payload through standard
252
techniques such as GFP, LAPS, VCAT, LCAS, and non-LCAS. These HS modules are identical to those used in Loop-
O9400R.
Up to 21 E1 or 28 T1 bandwidth of DS0 can be mapped to HS interfaces via the VC-n/VT-n fabric. The non-blocking DS0
cross-connect capability on LS interfaces is up to 768 DS0 to act as a mini DACS. The modules include a variety of TDM,
DTE, IP, and voice interfaces. All LS modules are identical to those used in Loop-AM3440.
All interfaces are fully compliant with the relevant ETSI standards and ITU recommendations. O9500R provides full
Operation, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning (OAM&P) functionality. Users can easily operate O9500R
locally or remotely for centralized management with Loop-iNET (EMS) and Loop-iNMS (Integrated NMS) or other SNMP-
based management.
.
* Future Option
O9500R (CCPA) Compatible Tributary Modules

Type Module Description
PTN10G 3 x 10GbE + 8 x 1GbE PTN plug-in module
PTN Ext* 10 x 1GbE PTN plug-in module
2-channel STM-1 (OC-3) tributaries with or without MSP 1+1
B155/622
1-channel STM-4 (OC-12) tributaries with or without MSP 1+1
B2G5 1-channel STM-16 (OC-48) tributaries with or without MSP 1+1
E1/T1 32 port E1/T1 tributaries
High-speed/
High Density
(HS)
8 GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch
Ethernet
(8GES4SWA/8GES16SWA*)
4GEoSDH 4GbE Ethernet over SDH card with L2 switch
RTB 8-port Bridge/Router
8CD 8-channel G.703 card at 64 Kbps data rate
1C37/4C37 1 or 4 channel C37.94 (low-speed optical)
8RS232 8-channel RS232/V.24
8DC 8-channel Dry Contact I/O
8DCB 8-channel Dry Contact I/O type B
Low-speed (LS)
8E&MA 8-channel 2W/4W E&M
Single slot
12FXSA 12-channel FXS
12FXOA 12-channel FXO
Conference 2 RS232, 2 FXS, and 2 E&M ports
12MAGA* 12-channel Magneto
TDMoEA 4 GbE for TDM signal over Ethernet
8DBRA 8-channel Data Bridge
1FOMB* 1 port FOM (1FOMB)
OCUDPA* 8-channel OCU/DP
Low-speed (LS)
TTA Four ports for DTT input and output.
Dual slot
*Future Option

Tributary Module: Maximum Capacity without Protection

High-speed System Max.
Channel TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
Module Channels
E1/T1 E1/T1 63 63 63 63 252
E3/T3 E3/T3 3 3 3 3 12
8GESW GbE 8 8 8 8 32
4GEoSDH GbE N/A N/A 4 4 8
STM-1 2 2 2 2 8
B155/622
STM-4 1 1 1 1 4
B2G5 STM-16 N/A N/A 1 N/A 1
10GE N/A N/A 3 3 6
PTN10G
1GE N/A N/A 8 8 16
7FOM FOM 7 7 7 7 28
Maximum Channels
Low-speed Module Channel
TRIB 11~16 each System
1FOMB* FOM 1 6
RTB FE bridge and router 8 48
2/4 channel G.SHDSL G.SHDSL 2/4 12/24
4E1/T1 E1/T1 4E1/4T1 21E1/28T1
3E1/T1 E1/T1 3 18
8CD G.703 8 48
1C37/4C37 C37.94 1/4 4/24
8DC Dry Contact 8 48
8DCB Dry Contact 8 48
8RS232 RS232 8 48
Conference Card 2 x FXS, 2 x E&M, 2 x RS232 6 36
12FXS FXS 12 72
12FXOA FXO 12 72
12MAGA* Magneto 12 72
8E&MA E&M 8 48
TDMoEA TDMoE 4 24
8DBRA RS232 8 48
8UDTEA RS232/RS422/RS449 8 48
OCUDPA* OCU/DP 8 48
6UDTEA RS232/X.21/V.35/V.36/EIA530 6 36
254
Tributary Module: SDH/SONET Channel and Protection

HS Module Channel TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
STM-1 2 2 2 2
STM-1 MSP (1+1) 2 2
B155/622
STM-4 1 1 1 1
STM-4 MSP (1+1) 1 1
STM-16 N/A N/A 1 N/A
B2G5 N/A N/A 1 N/A
STM-16 MSP (1+1)
N/A N/A 1
Controller Card: SDH/SONET Channel and Protection

Channel XCU 1 XCU 2 System
2 2 4
STM-1/4/16 1 MSP (1+1) 1 MSP (1+1) 2
2 MSP (1+1) 2
Note MSP (1+1) chains on XCU (W) and XCU (E) can be paired as follows:
XCU(W) XCU(E) XCU(W) XCU(E)
P2 P2
Card-level protection (horizontal): P2 P2 Port-level protection (vertical):
XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(E) port 1 XCU(W) port 1 and XCU(W) port 2
P1 P1
XCU(W) port 2 and XCU(E) port 2 P1 P1
XCU(E) port 1 and XCU(E) port 2
Tributary Module: Non-SDH/SONET High-speed Channel and Protection
HS Module Channel Protection

Number of channels
TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4
X 16/32/63 16/32/63 16/32/63 16/32/63
16/32/63TE E1/T1
O 16/32/63 (B) 16/32/63 (B)
X 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3 3 E3
3TE E3/T3
O 3 E3 (B) 3 E3 (B)
Ethernet X 8 ports 8 ports 8 ports 8 ports
8GESW
10/100/1000BT Note 2 O 8 ports (B) 8 ports (B)
switch O N/A N/A 1 (B)
PTN10G 10GbE Note 2 X N/A N/A 3 3
1GbE Note 2
X N/A N/A 8 8
PTN Ext* 1GbE X 10 10 N/A N/A
X 7 optical ports 7 optical ports 7 optical ports 7 optical ports
7FOM Fiber Optical
O 7 optical ports (B) 7 optical ports (B)
Note 1 Protection Group on O9500R shall always be neighboring Tributary cards. Two cards of identical
model shall be mounted on TRIB1 and TRIB2, or TRIB 3 and TRIB 4 to form a protection group. TRIB
1 and TRIB 3 serve as the primary cards while TRIB 2 and TRIB 4 serve for protection.
Note 2 PTN10G, 4GESW, 8GES16SWA*, and B2G5 cards that use the 2.5G backplane are only compatible
with TRIB 3 and TRIB 4.
*Future Option

PTN and SDH/SONET Ring Application
O9500R acts as a node in a PTN 10G Network ring or as an Emulation Gateway to merge SDH/SONET
traffic onto PTN (MPLS/CE) stream. Distinct from O9400R, O9500R is also capable of cross-connecting PDH
and SDH/SONET traffic within the same enclosure, acting as both a Terminal Multiplexer (TM) and a Cross-
connect system (DACS).
O9400R and O9500R

as a node in PTN
network
O9400R
O9500R
PTN (MPLS/CE)
10 GbE
Network
G7860 G7860
10G 10G
O9400R and
O9500R as an
Emulation Gateway
O9400R
O9500R
SDH/SONET SDH/SONET
STM-1/4/16 STM-1/4/16
OC-3/12/48 OC-3/12/48
Network Network
O9500R
VC12/VC11 XC fabric
to replace old
SDH Network
PDH, T1/E1,DS3,
O9500R STM-n(OC-n), GbE O9500R
256
Dual Ring and Triple Role
One O9500R can be simultaneously connected to PTN and SDH/SONET backbone rings. PTN10G module
and STM-16(OC-48) interface can be simultaneously mounted in O9500R and form a dual ring (PTN and
SDH/SONET rings). The roles of an O9500R can be a deluxe combination of an SDH/SONET ADM, a PTN
MPLS Label Edge Router (LER), and a PDH Multiplexer.
= + +
O9500R SDH/SONET ADM MPLS LER/LSR, PDH MUX/DCS
CE Switch, IP router
O9500R
as MPLS LER/LSR,
Switch and router
PTN (MPLS/CE) or IP
10 GbE
+`
SDH/SONTET
STM-16(OC-48)
O9500R O9500R
=ADM =PDH MUX/DCS
Voice, DTE
DS1, DS3
E1/T1, E3/T3
Eth, FE, GbE
O9500R
as MPLS LER/LSR,
Switch and router
AM3440 Server Voice Radio RTU PBX

258
10
Wavelength Division Multiplexer
WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing Platform 260
WDM1800
Wavelength Division Multiplexing Platform
Features
● Full frontal access (ETSI) Shelf

● Two Chassis types, CHAA and CHBA, are available:
- CHAA (5U):
● 2 x Controller Slots
● 2 x Power Module Slots
● 1 x FAN Module Slot
● 15 x Plug-in Module Slots
- CHBA (2U):
● 2 x Controller Slots
● 2 x Power Module Slots
● 1 x FAN Module Slot
● 6 x Plug-in Module Slots
● Dual controller, dual power with load sharing
● Support console (RS232/USB) and Ethernet (RJ45/SFP) for local and remote management
● Support Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3
● Compatible with SNMP-based GUI network management systems and supported by Loop-iNET and Loop-iNMS
● Plug-in Module Types (all are hot-pluggable)
- Transponder Modules
- Muxponder Modules*
- Wavelength Division Multiplexing Modules
- Optical Link Protection Modules
- Amplifier Modules*
*Future Option
Description
The Loop-WDM1800 Wavelength Division Multiplexing Multi-Service Platform is designed to deliver a number of client
data channels by multiplexing/demultiplexing several different wavelengths into/from an optical fiber. The WDM1800
platform provides up to 15 universal plug-in slots for various types of modules including Transponder, Muxponder, WDM
filters, OLP modules and amplifier modules. Modular design of the WDM1800 platform makes it easier for customers to
select suitable modules for current needs, and upgradable for future requirements.
System common module redundancy, available with dual controller modules and dual power modules installed in the
chassis, makes the WDM1800 an excellent fit for critical applications.
The WDM1800 supports local control and diagnostics by using a VT-100 terminal connected to the console port, and
Ethernet port for Telnet, SSH, and SNMP v1/v3 management as well. Furthermore, optical supervisory channel can be
accessed via Transponder and/or Muxponder modules through the backplane for remote management.
260
Transponder Module
Rate tunable Color tunable
CPRI SFP SFP

10G
CPRI SFP SFP
10G
OBSAI SFP SFP
SFP
10G
OBSAI SFP SFP
SFP
10G
The signal type and the bit rate of the Client Interface shall be configured manually
(1) 1.25G
(2) CPRI Option 3 (2.4576 Gbps) signal;
(3) CPRI Option 7 (9.8304 Gbps) signal;
(4) OBSAI 3.072 Gbps signal;
(5) OBSAI 6.144 Gbps signal.
(6) 10.3125G
- Built-in 3R: amplification, digital reshaping and clock recovery/retiming

- Support Client/Network interface monitoring
WDM Module with OLP

262
11
Line Extender Converter
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300-3S Series G.SHDSL Standalone 264
Loop-H3300R G.SHDSL Rack Card 265
Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card 266
Loop-H3308 Ethernet over Bonded G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card 268
Loop-H3308 Ethernet over Bonded G.SHDSL.bis Standalone 270
Loop-H3310-S G.SHDSL Standalone 272
E1 CSU DSU
Loop-E1500-IR FE1 CSU/DSU Series Rack Card 275
Loop-E1500-2S CSU/DSU Series Standalone 276
Loop-E1510 E1oDTE Standalone 279
Loop-E1510 FE1 Series Interface Converter Rack Card 280
Loop-E1510 Series Interface Converter Standalone 281
Loop-E1590 Series Interface Converter Rack Card 282
Loop-E1590 Interface Converter Standalone 283
T1 CSU DSU
Loop-T2500-2S FT1 CSU/DSU Series Standalone 284
Loop-C5400 Integral Access Shelf 286
Loop-C5500 Integral Access Shelf 287
Loop-C5600 Multi-Services Shelf 288
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300-3S Series G.SHDSL Standalone
Features
● 1-pair/2-pair/1+1 G.SHDSL mode selectable

● 1 pair G.SHDSL.bis
● Dying Gasp report function on 2-pair G.SHDSL Mode Description
(manufacturing option)
● STU-C(master) or STU-R(slave) mode selectable The Loop-H3300-3S is part of the H3300 family of CPE
● E1 (120 ohm) /T1 software configurable products based on the G.SHDSL transmission standard.
● Supports router or bridge mode It uses the standard 16/32-TCPAM line format over
● Built in self-test, loopback and QRSS functions twisted copper pairs to provide digital transport for a
interface hybrid co-existence in one chassis variety of data formats and data rates.
● Local/remote management through console port,
LAN, or WAN The distances that this technology can span without
● Log-in and password security protection repeaters are dependent on the data rate. The Loop-
● VT100 firmware download H3300-3S provides high speed transport for a T1/E1 link
● Supports configuration upload/download plus an additional Ethernet bridge, V.35 data transport
● SNMP and Telnet are supported over one (1) or two (2) twisted copper pairs.
● Optional front panel keys and 2-line by 16-character The H3300-3S works as a pair (master and slave unit)
LCD display or as a slave unit to the one of the three master units:
● Standard compliance: AM3440’s G.SHDSL card, H3300 rack and H3300-3S
- G.SHDSL: ITU-T G.991.2 Annex A,B standalone. The master unit is usually a rack-mounted
- G.SHDSL.bis: ITU-T G.991.2 Annex F model located in the central office. The slave unit is
usually a standalone model located at the customer’s
premises.
A One-Loop (For G.shdsl.bis)
Line Rate: 200 - 5704 Kbps
E1/T1 E1/T1
DTE Loop - H3300-3S DTE
Ethernet Master Ethernet
Data Rate :
H3300-3S Master H3300-3S Slave E1 : 2048 Kbps
T1 : 1536 Kbps
DTE: 2304K / 5696 Kbps
A One - Loop (For G.shdsl)

Line Rate: 200- 2312 Kbps
E1/T1 E1/T1
DTE Loop-H3300-3S DTE
Data Rate:
H3300-3S Master H3300-3S Slave
E1 : 2048 Kbps
T1 : 1536 Kbps
DTE: 2304K / 5696 Kbps
Two - Loop (For G.shdsl)

Line Rate: 200- 2312 Kbps
E1/T1 E1/T1
DTE Loop-H3300-3S DTE
Data Rate :
H3300-3S Master H3300-3S Slave E1 : 2048 Kbps
T1 : 1536 Kbps
DTE: 4608 Kbps
264
G.SHDSL
Loop-H3300R G.SHDSL Rack Card
Description
The Loop-H3300 provides high speed digital transport

over twisted copper pairs using 16PAM technology.
Versatility of this series comes from a choice of digital
interfaces and a choice of data rates, with the lower
data rates applicable to longer reaches. Repeaters are
available for extending the reach beyond a single span.
This rack version is for central office use, while a

stand-alone version is intended for customer premises
installation. Either version, installed in pairs, can provide
Features
(a) an E1 link, with E1 interfaces, (b) a high speed data
link with DTE interfaces, or (c) a data access to E1/T1
● Hot-pluggable interface card for Loop-C5500 shelf
● E1/ DTE speed of n x 64 Kbps, n=1 to max n, where with DTE interface at one end and E1/T1 at the other, as
max n= 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24, 32 for 1 line, and n= shown in the application illustrations.
3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16 for 2 lines.
● T1 speed of n x 64 Kbps, n=1 to max n, where max From the shared common controller card of the rack
n= 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 18, 24 for 1 line, and n= 3, 4, 6, cage, the H3300 supports configuration and diagnostics
8, 12 for 2 lines. using keypads and LCD display on the front panel, or
● Distances vary by line speeds, wire thickness and from a local/remote terminal. This enables users to
environmental factors, depending on max n. execute in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
● V.35, X.21 DTE interface, E1 interface, or T1 interface.
● Uses industry standard 16PAM line format.
● A pair of Loop-H3300s can be configured as DTE at
one end and E1/T1 at the other in a bridge application.
● Each rack card has 12 LEDs for status, console port
for terminal operation.
● Optional front panel keys and 2-line by 16-character
display.
● Each unit can be set to be either master or slave.
● Standard compliance for G.SHDSL, G.991-2,
G.994-1
Two-Loop
E1/DTE: 1032 - 200 Kbps

T1: 776 - 200 Kbps
E1/T1 Loop-H3300 Loop-H3300 E1/T1
Master Slave
E1/T1 to E1/T1
E1/DTE: 1032 - 200 Kbps

T1: 776 - 200 Kbps
E1/T1 Loop-H3300 Loop-H3300 DTE/
Master Slave Router
E1/T1 to DTE/Router
One-Loop
E1/DTE: 2056 - 200 Kbps

E1/T1 Loop-H3300 T1: 1544 - 200 Kbps Loop-H3300 E1/T1
Master Slave
E1/T1 to E1/T1
E1/DTE: 2056 - 200 Kbps

E1/T1 Loop-H3300 T1: 1544 - 200 Kbps Loop-H3300 DTE/
Master Slave Router
E1/T1 to DTE/Router

G.SHDSL
Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card
Features
● Hot pluggable interface card for C5600 shelf

● Ethernet and E1 over SHDSL application
● WAN port
- 4-port G.SHDSL/G.SHDSL.bis
● Up to four 1-pair G.SHDSL or G.SHDSL.bis
● Up to two 2-pair G.SHDSL or G.SHDSL.bis
● Up to two G.SHDSL/G.SHDSL.bis 1+1 protection
- Line rate
● For 1-pair and 2-pair G.SHDSL, the maximum
line rate per pair is 2.312M bps
● For 1-pair and 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis, the
maximum line rate is 5.704M bps
- Sealing current (optional)
- Using 16/32-TCPAM
- STU-C (master) mode
- Supports auto-adaptive rate
● Tributary port
- Two 10/100M fast Ethernet
● VLAN (IEEE 802.1Q, 802.1p, 802.1ad (Q-in-Q))
● QoS
● RSTP (IEEE 802.1d/802.1w)
● Supports E-Line dedicated connection between
LAN1-WAN1 and LAN2-WAN2
- 4 E1 ports (optional)
● For C5600 shelf with one controller card:
- Up to 14 (2Ethernet + 4E1) and 1 (2Ethernet only)
H3304RA cards
● Diagnostics: Loopback and BERT test pattern
● Standards compliance:
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL Annex A and B for 1-pair/
2-pair), (G.SHDSL.bis Annex F for 1-pair/2-pair)
● ITU-T G.994.1
Description
The Loop-H3304RA G.SHDSL.bis plug-in card provides high-speed digital transport over wire pairs by using 16-TCPAM,
32-TCPAM technology for Ethernet and E1 point to point and point to multipoint applications. H3304RA supports 2 fast
Ethernet ports on the main card and optional 4 E1 ports over 1-pair/2-pair DSL. A choice of line rates is available with
the lower line rates applicable to the longer reaches. The distance that this technology can span without repeaters is
dependent on the data rate. The H3304RA plug-in card can work with the H3310 remote unit.
For WAN ports, the H3304RA has four G.SHDSL/G.SHDSL.bis lines which can be grouped into different combinations.
For example, combinations can be 4 ports of 1-pair line, or 2 ports of the 2-pair line, or 1+1 protection. For tributary
ports, the H3340RA provides 2 fast Ethernet ports and optional 4-port E1 tributary cards.
The rack card is intended to be plugged into the Loop-C5600 multi-services shelf for use in central offices. The H3304RA
supports configuration, diagnostics, and fault isolation by using a local terminal, remote Telnet or SNMP management via
the controller of the C5600 shelf.
266
G.SHDSL
1 pair Ethernet
G.SHDSL.bis
(5.7 Mbps) E1
C5600/H3304RA H3310
2 Ethernet 1 pair Ethernet
(10/100) G.SHDSL.bis
E1
4 E1 1 pair H3310
G.SHDSL.bis Ethernet
E1
H3310
1 pair
E1
H3310
SNMP
Ethernet and E1 Share 1-pair G.SHDSL.bis (5.7 Mbps)
Ethernet
E1
C5600/H3304RA H3310
2 pair
2 Ethernet G.SHDSL.bis
(10/100) (11.4 Mbps)
4 E1
2 pair
G.SHDSL.bis
Ethernet
(11.4 Mbps)
E1
H3310
SNMP

G.SHDSL
Loop-H3308 Ethernet over Bonded

G.SHDSL.bis Rack Card
Features
● For C5600 Multi-Services Shelf

● Ethernet point to point applications
● WAN Ports
- 2, 4, or 8 pairs G.SHDSL.bis
- Line rate: 5.704 Mbps each G.SHDSL pair
- Sealing current
- STU-C (master) or STU-R (slave) mode selectable
- G.SHDSL.bis using 16-TCPAM and 32-TCPAM
- Auto-adaptive rate
● Tributary ports
- Two 10/100M Fast Ethernet
● Single/Dual slot
- Single slot for 2/4 pairs G.SHDSL.bis card, and 15
Loop-H3308-R plug-in cards in each C5600 shelf
- Dual slot for 8 pairs G.SHDSL.bis card, and
7 Loop-H3308-R plug-in cards in each C5600 shelf
● Built-in self-test and BERT functions
● Bonding
- Bonding protocol IEEE 802.3ah 2Base-TL
- Line cut resilience within 50 ms
- Manual addition or removal of pair(s) without
disrupting the service bandwidth
- Ratio between the highest and lowest G.SHDSL.
bis line rates can be up to 4:1
● Remote Ethernet Link Fault Propagation (LFP)
● Standards compliance
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL.bis Annex F) and G.994.1
- IEEE 802.3ah 2Base-TL
● RoHS compliant
Description
The Loop-H3308R plug-in card provides high-speed digital transport for Ethernet and point to point applications. The
rack card converts Ethernet ports over multiple twisted copper pairs by using the 16-TCPAM, 32-TCPAM (G.SHDSL.bis)
technology, and the IEEE 802.3ah 2Base-TL bonding protocol. There are 2, 4, or 8 pairs configuration for the G.SHDSL.
bis interface. The total bonded bandwidth is dependent on the number of copper wires.
The Loop-H3308R works as a pair (master and slave). The rack card is intended to be plugged into Loop’s rack cage
Loop-C5600 for central office use. The distance that this technology can span without repeaters is dependent on the data
rate. The Loop-H3308R supports configuration and diagnostics by using a local terminal or a remote Telnet or SNMP
manager. This allows execution of diagnostics and fault isolation.
The bonding method ensures line cut resilience by removing failed pair(s) from an aggregation group within 50 ms. This
removal decreases service bandwidth. When the failed pair(s) has recovered, the aggregation bandwidth will become
normal without disrupting the service. For user maintenance, the bonding G.SHDSL.bis system supports manual addition
or removal of pair(s) without disrupting the service bandwidth of the remaining pair(s). G. SHDSL.bis supports different
line rates. The ratio between the highest and lowest line rates can be up to 4:1.
268
G.SHDSL
Tributary WAN
Central Office 2/4/ 8 pairs G. SHDSL. bis Remote Site
..
Ethernet #1 Loop-C5600 Shelf Line rate: 5.704 Mbps each pair
with Loop-H3308S Ethernet
Ethernet #2 Loop-H3308 Rack Card (Slave)
(Master)
SNMP Console
(Ethernet) (RS232)
`
- SNMP Manager
- GUI EMS:Loop-iNET*

G.SHDSL
Loop-H3308 Ethernet over Bonded

G.SHDSL.bis Standalone
Features
● 1U height, full frontal access(ETSI) unit or front and

rear access (ANSI) unit
● Point to point application
● WAN ports
- 2, 4, or 8 pairs G.SHDSL.bis
- Line rate: 5.704 Mbps each G.SHDSL pair
Description
- Sealing current
The Loop-H3308 is a standalone device which provides
- STU-C (master) or STU-R (slave) mode
high speed digital transport for Ethernet, V.35 and RS232
selectable
point to point applications. The device converts Ethernet,
- G.SHDSL.bis using 16-TCPAM and 32-TCPAM
V.35, and RS232 ports over multiple twisted copper pairs
- Auto-adaptive rate
by using the 16-TCPAM, 32-TCPAM (G.SHDSL.bis)
● Tributary ports
technology, and the IEEE 802.3ah 2Base-TL bonding
- One 10/100M fast Ethernet, one V.35, and one
protocol.
asynchronous RS232
● Power supply
2, 4, or 8 pairs configuration can be made for the
- Single fixed AC power supply
G.SHDSL.bis interface. The total bonded bandwidth is
- Hot swappable single/dual AC or DC power supply
dependant on the number of copper wires.
● Bonding
- Bonding protocol IEEE 802.3ah 2Base-TL
The Loop-H3308 works as a pair (master and slave
- Line cut resilience within 50 ms
unit). The slave unit is usually located at the customer's
- Manual addition or removal of pair(s) without
premises. The distance that this technology can span
disrupting the service bandwidth
without repeaters is dependent on the data rate.
- Ratio between the highest and lowest G.SHDSL.
bis line rates can be up to 4:1
The Loop-H3308 supports configuration and diagnostics
● Built-in self-test and BERT functions
by using a local terminal or a remote Telnet or SNMP
● Alarm relay
manager. This allows execution of diagnostics and fault
● Log in and password security protection
isolation.
The bonding method ensures line cut resilience by
● Remote Ethernet Link Fault Propagation (LFP)
removing failed pair(s) from an aggregation group within
50 ms. This removal decreases service bandwidth.
- LCD with keypad
When the failed pair(s) has recovered, the aggregation
- RS232 console port with VT-100 menu
bandwidth will become normal without disrupting the
- 10/100M fast Ethernet SNMP port
service.
- SNMP v1 with 5 trap IP
- Telnet with Secure Shell (SSH) protocol
For user maintenance, the bonding G.SHDSL.bis system
- Access Control List (ACL)
supports manual addition or removal of pair(s) without
- GUI EMS: LoopView, LoopView Plus
disrupting the service bandwidth of the remaining pair(s).
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL.bis Annex F)
G.SHDSL.bis supports different line rates. The ratio
and G.994.1
between the highest and lowest line rates can be up to
- IEEE 802.3ah 2Base-TL
4:1.
● RoHS compliant
270
G.SHDSL
Tributary WAN
..
Ethernet Line rate: 5.704 Mbps each pair Ethernet
Loop-H3308
Loop-H3308 Standalone -H S
Loop-H3308 V.35
V.35
Standalone
(Master(Master)
) ( )
Standalone (Slave) Async.RS232
Async.RS232
SNMP Console
(Ethernet) (RS232)
`
- SNMP Manager
- GUI EMS: Loop-iNET*

G.SHDSL
Loop-H3310-S G.SHDSL Standalone
Features
● Point to point application

● WAN port
- 1-pair/2-pair/1+1 G.SHDSL mode selectable
- 1 pair G.SHDSL.bis
- 1-pair/2-pair G.SHDSL.bis with hardware bridge
option only
- STU-C (master) or STU-R (slave) mode selectable
● Tributary port
- Supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL
● One E1 port
● One V.35 DTE port Description
● One X.21 DTE port
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP The Loop-H3310-S provides high-speed digital transport
Mode) over a single copper pair using standard 16 TCPAM/32
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP TCPAM technology. Versatility of this series comes from a
Mode) choice of digital interfaces and a choice of line rates, with
● Two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP Mode) the lower line rates applicable to longer reaches.
● Two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP Mode)
- Supports up to 1-pair G.SHDSL.bis This standalone version is intended for customer
● One E1 port premises installation only. The H3310-S provides a high-
● One V.35 DTE port speed data link with DTE interfaces: E1, V.35, E1 plus 2
● One X.21 DTE port Ethernets (Bridge or Router mode), 2 Ethernets (Bridge
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP or Router mode). With the hardware bridge option, the
Mode) H3310 supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis with QoS. The
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP H3310-S supports configuration and diagnostics from
Mode) a local or remote terminal. This allows execution of in-
● Two Ethernet ports (Bridge/SNMP Mode) service diagnostics and fault isolation.
● Two Ethernet ports (Router/SNMP Mode)
- Supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis
● One E1 and two Ethernet ports (hardware
Bridge/SNMP Mode) with QoS function
● Two Ethernet ports (hardware Bridge/SNMP
Mode) with QoS function
● Power:
- Fixed AC (100 to 240 Vac)
- Fixed DC (-48 Vdc, -42 to -72 Vdc)
- Fixed AC (100 to 240 Vac) and DC (-48 Vdc, -42 to
-72 Vdc)
● Local and remote firmware download
● Local configuration upload/download
● Local/remote management through console port,
LAN, or WAN
- LCD and keypad (optional)
- Console port with VT-100 menu
- SNMP
● Embedded SNMP
● Telnet
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL Annex A, B) and G.994.1
- ITU-T G.991.2 (G.SHDSL.bis Annex F) and G.994.1
272
G.SHDSL
G.SHDSL Solution
Single E1 Option
For 1-pair or 2-pair:
200Kbps - 2056 Kbps
E1 E1
H3310 Master H3310 Slave
Single DTE (V.35 or X.21) Option

200Kbps - 2.3 Mbps (per pair)
DTE DTE

Ethernet Option
E1 200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair) E1
Ethernet/SNMP Ethernet/SNMP
H3310 Master For 1-pair or 2-pair: H3310 Slave

200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair)

Ethernet Hardware Bridge Option
E1 200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair) E1
Bridge/SNMP Bridge/SNMP

H3310 Master 200Kbps – 2.3 Mbps (per pair)
H3310 Slave

G.SHDSL
G.SHDSL.bis Solution
Single DTE (V.35 or X.21) Option

For 1-pair (G.shdsl.bis)
200Kbps - 5704 Kbps
DTE DTE

Ethernet Option
E1 200Kbps - 5704 Kbps E1
H3310 Master For 1-pair (G.shdsl.bis) H3310 Slave

200Kbps - 5704 Kbps Ethernet/SNMP
Ethernet/SNMP
Ethernet/SNMP
Ethernet/SNMP

Ethernet Hardware Bridge Option
E1 200Kbps - 5704 Kbps E1

200Kbps - 5704 Kbps Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP

200Kbps - 5704 Kbps (per pair)
E1 E1
H3310 Master200Kbps - 5704 Kbps (per pair) H3310 Slave
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
Bridge/SNMP
274
E1 CSU/DSU
G.SHDSL
Series
Loop-E1500-IR FE1 CSU/DSU Series Rack Card
Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-E1500 FE1 CSU/DSU product

series provide an economic solution to E1 network
access cost when only some of 31 DS0 channels is
needed. Clear channel (32 DS0 channels) is also
available. This product series provides continuous
error checking, performance polling, and in-service
diagnostics. With a DTE port operating from 56 Kbps to
1984 Kbps, Loop-E1500 FE1 CSU/DSU enables users
to interconnect LANs and WANs, CAD and CAM, video
conference, mainframe hosts, and more.
Features
This FE1 CSU/DSU rack card is intended to be plugged
● DSU functionality integrated with an intelligent CSU in into Loop-C5500 rack cage for central office use. A
a compact package standalone version is also available and is intended for
● Connection to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to E1 installation on the customer’s premises. For central LAN
Network Services to several remote LANs over E1s, a low cost solution is
● Up to 31 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 2.048 also available. The E1500 bridge or router card can work
Mbps with the Loop IP6610, providing end-to-end enterprise
● Remote configuration and diagnostics capabilities internetworking solution with central SNMP capabilities
● 16 cards per rack over E1 or fractional E1.
● Multi-color LED indicators per card.
● Compliances From the shared common controller card of the rack cage,
- ITU G.703, G.704, G.706, G.732, G.736, G.823 the Loop-E supports configuration and diagnostics using
- ETSI ETS 300420, and ETS300419 keypads and the LCD display on the front panel, or with
- EMI/EMC - EN50082-1 EN55022 Class A a local/remote terminal. This enables users to execute
- Safety - EN60950 in-service diagnostics and fault isolation. Ten LEDs on
the front panel provide both line side and DTE side with
status indicators. Using SNMP network management
and a Telnet connection, users can remotely control and
diagnose Loop-E products.

E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1500-2S CSU/DSU Series Standalone
Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-E1500 CSU/DSU product series

provide an economic solution to E1 network access
when not all 31 DS0 channels is needed. Clear channel
(32 DS0 channels) is also available. This product
Features series support High Density Bipolar 3 (HDB3) coding
and provide continuous error checking, performance
● DSU functionality integrated with an intelligent CSU in polling, and in-service diagnostics. Customer equipment
a compact package interfaces include E1 ICSU, serial DTE, Alarm Input,
● Supports up to 2 customer equipment interfaces and routers. With a DTE port operating from 56 Kbps
including E1 ICSU, serial DTE, router, and Alarm Input to 2048 Kbps, Loop-E1500 CSU/DSU allows users to
● Up to 31 WAN ports with aggregate data rate of 2.048 interconnect LANs and WANs, CAD and CAM, video
Mbps conference, mainframe hosts, and more. With a router
● Supports SNMP Network Management Systems interface, users can connect LAN to WAN directly without
● Supports In-band Management an additional bridge/router.
● Connects to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to E1
Network Services The Loop-E1500 CSU/DSU series supports local control
● Local control and diagnostic via RS232 port or 2-line and diagnostics using a 2-line by 16-character LCD
by 16-character LCD & keypad display / keypads or through a RS232 console port. This
● Router - 10/100 BaseT auto selection allows users to execute in-service diagnostics and fault
● Multicolor LED indicators isolation. An in-band management channel with GUI
is available. The Loop-E1500 CSU/ DSU also provides
multicolor LED indicators on the front panel. Using SNMP
network management and a Telnet connection, users
can remotely control and diagnose Loop-E products from
anywhere.
Video
Conference DTE Loop-E1500
DTE E1 WAN
Router
LAN
PBX E1 Loop-E1500
Router E1 WAN
LAN
Loop-E1500
PBX E1 Loop-E1500 Inband Extraction
E1 E1 Network
` Router
Inband Inser tion
Other Loop
LoopView
(SNMP Manager) products
276 LAN
LAN

PBX E1 Loop-E1500
E1 CSU/DSU Series
Router E1 WAN
LAN
Loop-E1500
PBX E1 Loop-E1500 Inband Extraction
E1 E1 Network
` Router
Inband Inser tion
Other Loop
LoopView
(SNMP Manager) products
LAN
Loop-E1500 Loop-E1500
Digital Data
Network E1
D&I DTE1 DTE1 D&I
CLUSTER HOST
Channel CONTROLLER COMPUTER
Channel
Bank Bank
Loop-E1500 Loop-E1500
Digital Data
Network E1
DTE1 DTE2 DTE1 DTE2
Bridge/ Bridge/
Router Router

E1 CSU/DSU Series
Alarm Input Application-SNMP Trap
System
Control
SNMP Trap
Loop-E1500-2S
Alarm Input
Interface
Alarm Alarm
Inputs Inputs
Point to Point Application-SNMP Trap
Control Site
SNMP Trap
E1 SNMP
Loop-E1500-2S Loop-AM3440
Alarm Input
Dry Contact
Interface
Alarm Inputs Dry
Contact
Alarm Control
Panel Outputs
Test Station Application Illustrations
E15002S (Golden Sample) E15002S (Device under Test)
DTE2 X.21
(X.21) Loopback
TX RX Tool
BNC Cable
E1 E1 Plug in
ALM Input
RX TX N2 Test Tool
DTE1 Plug out
(ALM Input) Plug in ALM Input
N1
Test Tool
Plug out
Console Console
COM Port
COM Port
LabView
278
E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1510 E1oDTE Standalone
Description
The Loop-H3310-S provides high-speed digital transport

over a single copper pair using standard 16 TCPAM/32
TCPAM technology. Versatility of this series comes from a
choice of digital interfaces and a choice of line rates, with
the lower line rates applicable to longer reaches.
Features
This standalone version is intended for customer
● 1U height, desktop or rack mount with a tray premises installation only. The H3310-S provides a high-
● WAN port speed data link with DTE interfaces: E1, V.35, E1 plus 2
- Single V.35 (M34, DCE, female) Ethernets (Bridge or Router mode), 2 Ethernets (Bridge
- Rates or Router mode). With the hardware bridge option, the
● Payload rate: N x 64K bps, N=1 to 31 (64K to H3310 supports up to 2-pair G.SHDSL.bis with QoS. The
1984K bps) H3310-S supports configuration and diagnostics from
● Synchronization rate: 64K bps a local or remote terminal. This allows execution of in-
● Bit Rate: (N x 64 K + 64K) bps, N=1 to 31 (128K service diagnostics and fault isolation.
to 2048K bps)
● Tributary port
- Single E1 or fractional E1
● Power
- Single AC or DC power
● AC: 100 to 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
● DC: -48 Vdc (-36 to -72 Vdc)*
● Maintains both E1, fractional E1 and time slot 16
integrity between local E1 and remote E1
● Management
- Multicolor LED indicators
- DIP switch for configuration and loopback
* Future option
64k E1, 10 Timeslots V.35 V.35 E1, 10 Timeslots 64k

A A
192k Data 192k
B Mux Network Mux B
384k 384k
C C
E1510 E1oDTE E1510 E1oDTE
Payload = Nx64 kbps, N = 1 to 31

= 640 kbps for N = 10
Synchronization = 64kbps
Bit Rate = Nx64 kbps, N= 1 to 31
= 704 kbps

E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1510 FE1 Series

Interface Converter Rack Card
Description
Loop Telecom's low-cost Loop-E1510 FE1 Interface

Converter provides a line card solution for use in the
Loop-C5400 platform. Loop-E1510 in C5400 is used as
high-density rack-type E1 CSU/DSU card.
Features
● DSU functionality integrated with a CSU in a compact

package
● Connection to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to E1
Network Services
● Supports single E1 line interface:
- Framed or unframed
- Fractional E1 (31 DS0) or clear channel
● Support single V.35 serial data interface
● Configuration via DIP switches
● Proprietary test pattern generator
● Multicolor LED indicators
280
E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1510 Series Interface Converter Standalone
Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-E1510 E1 Interface Converter

with V.35, X.21, or Ethernet product series provides
an economic solution for E1 network access. The
Loop-E1510 with V.35, X.21, or Ethernet can offer a
partial of 31 DS0 channels and DS0 channels. It also
supports HDB3 (High Density Bipolar 3) coding and
diagnostics.
With V.35 or X.21 port operating from 64 Kbps to 2048

Kbps, the Loop-E1510 allows users to interconnect LANs
and WANs, CAD and CAM, video conference, mainframe
hosts, and perform other functions.
Features
Loop-E1510 supports Ethernet Bridging with a fractional
● DSU functionality integrated with a CSU in a compact or clear channel E1 WAN port and single 10/100 Ethernet
LAN port with bridging functionality.
package
● DTE interface: V.35, X.21, or Ethernet Connection
Loop-E1510 E1 Interface Converter series supports local
to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to E1 Network
control and diagnostics. This allows users to execute
Services
● Supports VLAN frames and the extended frame size diagnostics. LEDs on the front panel provide both line
side and DTE side with status indicators.
of 1532 bytes for bridge functionality
● HDLC encapsulation without Ethernet FCS for Bridge
function

E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1590 Series Interface Converter Rack Card
Description
The Loop-E1590 Interface Converter provides an

economic solution to E1 network access costs when only
a partial of 31 DS0 channels is needed. Clear channel
(2.048 Mbps) clear channel is also available. It supports
conversion from E1 to V.35, E1 to 10/100 Base-T
Ethernet, fiber to E1, fiber to V.35, or fiber to Ethernet. All
E1 interfaces support two modes – framed or unframed.
All Loop-E1590 series work in pairs, with matching

interfaces at both ends. The one exception is that
Loop-E1590-OE series (Standalone/Rack Card) can
interconnect with Loop-E1590-OV series (Standalone/
Rack Card) to allow direct E1 transport to the remote V.35
via fiber. Loop-E1590 series support either single fiber or
Features dual fiber transmission.
● Rack card for the Loop Tech C5400

This Loop-E 1590 rack card is intended to be plugged
● Choice of combination: (manufacturing option)
into Loop’s rack cage of Loop-C5400 for central office
- E1 to V.35
use. A choice of plug-in cards that support SNMP network
- E1 to 10/100 Base-T Ethernet
management or non-SNMP is available.
- Optical to V.35
- Optical to E1 (E75ohm or E120ohm)
- Optical to Ethernet
● E1 Frame and unframed available
● LED indicators
● SNMP or non-SNMP* management (manufacturing
option)
* Future option

model available.
282
E1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-E1590 Interface Converter Standalone
Description
The Loop-E1590 Interface Converter Standalone

provides an economic solution to E1 network access
costs when only a partial of 31 DS0 channels is needed.
Clear channel (2.048 Mbps) clear channel is also
available. It supports conversion from E1 to V.35, E1 to
10/100 Base-T Ethernet, fiber to E1, fiber to V.35, or fiber
to Ethernet. All E1 interfaces support two modes - framed
Features or unframed.
● Standalone
All Loop-E1590 series devices work in pairs with
● Choice of combination (manufacturing option)
matching interfaces at both ends. The one exception is
- E1 to V.35
the Loop-E1590-S-OE, which can interconnect with Loop-
- E1 to 10/100 Base-T Ethernet
E1590-S-OV to allow direct E1 transport to the remote
- Optical to V.35
V.35 via fiber. Loop-E1590 series support either single
- Optical to E1
fiber or dual fiber transmission.
- Optical to Ethernet
This standalone version is intended for customers’
● E1 framed and unframed available
premises installation while the rack version is for central
● LED indicators
office use. Parameters and loopbacks are accessible via
● Single AC (100 to 240 Vac) or DC (-48 Vdc) power
DIP switch.
modules

model available.

T1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-T2500-2S FT1 CSU/DSU Series Standalone
Description
Loop Telecom's Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU series

provides an economic solution to T1 network access cost
when only a partial of 24 DS0 channels is needed. This
product series support Extended Super frame Format
(ESF) which makes possible continuous error checking,
performance polling, and in-service diagnostics.
Customer equipment interfaces include T1, series
Features DTE, and Router. With a DTE port operating from 56 to
1536 Kbps, Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU allows users
● DSU functionality integrated with an intelligent CSU in to interconnect LANs and WANs, CAD and CAM, video
a compact package conference, mainframe hosts, and others.
● Customer equipment interfaces include T1, DTE, and Loop-T2500 FT1 CSU/DSU series supports local control
Router and diagnostics using 2-line by 16-character LCD display
● SNMP network management or terminal console port and keypads or RS232 console port. This allows users
● Supports In-band Management to execute in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
● A GUI management system with Windows based The multicolor LEDs on the front panel provide both line
available side and DTE side with status indicators. An in-band
● Connection to LAN/WAN, CAD/CAM, or Hosts to T1 management channel with GUI is available. Using SNMP
Network Services Network Management Systems or Telnet connection,
● Optional advanced jitter performance users can remotely control and diagnose Loop-T products
● One 2-line by 16-character LCD display from anywhere. A GUI Windows based SNMP manager,
LoopView, is available.
Video
Conference DTE Loop-T2500
T1 WAN
DTE
Router
LAN
PBX T1 Loop-T2500
T1 WAN
Router
LAN
PBX Loop-T2500
T1 Loop-T2500
T1 Inband Extraction
T1 Network
Router
Inband Insertion
` Other Loop
products
LAN
284
T1 CSU/DSU Series
Loop-T2500 Loop-T2500
Digital Data
T1 Network
D&I DTE1 DTE1 D&I
CLUSTER HOST
Channel CONTROLLER COMPUTER
Channel
Bank Bank
Loop-T2500 Loop-T2500
Digital Data
T1 Network
DTE1 DTE2 DTE1 DTE2

Bridge/Router
Bridge/Router

Loop-C5400 Integral Access Shelf
Description
The Loop-C5400 shelf is designed to be used as the card

holder of the point-to-point fiber optical Ethernet media
converters or CSU/DSU devices at the central office. The
plug-in cards can be either low-cost non-manageable
cards or SNMP manageable cards. The C5400 can be
mixed together with plug-in cards with different types.
Features The C5400 serves as a collection of standalone devices

at the central office. Each line card is equivalent to a
● Two type of Chassis: with controller and without standalone media converter O9610-S, O9210S, or CSU/
controller DSU device E1590.
● Up to 15 plug-in cards
● Accepts cards of types By offering a point-to-point leased line service, the C5400
- Loop-O9610 rack card (with or without SNMP) is a perfect solution for LAN-WAN applications such
- Loop-E1590 rack card (with or without SNMP*) as headquarters to several remote branches over fiber
- Loop-O9210 rack card without SNMP optical links or copper links.
● Two power supplies: -48 Vdc (-36 to -72 Vdc) or AC
(100 to 240 Vac), redundant and hot-swappable All line cards for the Loop-C5400 are hot swappable.
● Console port and Ethernet port are supported Some line cards are equipped with DIP switches for
● SNMP (card dependent) is supported parameter settings. Some cards support SNMP network
management. All line cards have LED indicators.
* Future option

model available.
Loop-C5400
O9210 O9610
O9220 E1590-EV/OV/OE E1590-BR/OB
286
Loop-C5500 Integral Access Shelf
Description
The Loop-C5500 is an Integral Access Shelf designed

to accept a mix of Loop series rack cards. This includes
Loop-E fractional E1 products and Loop-H G.shdsl
interfaces.
An innovative power supply solution is implemented

in each C5500 chassis – each card has its own power
adapter from DC to the needed board voltages (12/5
Features Vdc). The chassis has 2 input 48 Vdc power supply
connectors; the backplane has 2 independent power
● Accepts up to 16 plug-in cards supply circuits. For full redundancy, the customer may
● Accepts cards of following types use 2 DC power supplies (48 DC carrier batteries) or 1+1
- Loop-E1500-IR Fractional E1 CSU/DSU external adapters with 230 Vac and 48 Vdc.
- Loop-H3300-R G.shdsl
● Shared common controller card allows front panel The Loop-C5500 Integral Access Shelf supports local
operation configuration and diagnostics using keypads and LCD
● One 2-line by 40-character LCD display display on the front panel, or commands from a local or
● Ethernet port for out-of-band management remote terminal. Each rack position can be individually
● Connection to SNMP and Telnet addressed and the type of plug-in identified. This enables
● Supports SNMP Version 1 users to execute in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
By using Ethernet, SLIP, SNMP, or Telnet connection

on the shared controller card of the rack unit, users can
remotely control and diagnose Loop rack cards from a
centralized location.

Loop-C5600 Multi-Services Shelf
Description
The Loop-C5600 is a high density multi-services shelf

designed to accept a mix of Loop series rack cards.
These include the Loop-H3308R, Loop-H3304R, Loop-
H3304RA, and Loop-O9340R. The C5600 provides one
common controller to manage up to 15 plug-in cards and
C5600 5U chassis a dual controller* to manage up to 14 plug-in cards.
● For 1 controller card C5600 chassis

- 15 single slot H3308R (2/4-pair G.SHDSL.bis)
- 7 dual slot H3308R (8-pair G.SHDSL.bis)
- 14 single slot H3304R
- 14 (2Ethernet + 4E1) and 1 (2Ethernet only)
H3304RA
- 7 dual slot O9340R
● For dual controller card C5600 chassis*

C5600 6U chassis - 14 single slot H3308R (2/4-pair G.SHDSL.bis)
- 7 dual slot H3308R (8-pair G.SHDSL.bis)
- 14 single slot H3304R
Features - 14 (2Ethernet + 4E1) H3304RA
- 7 dual slot O9340R
● Front and back access (ANSI) unit with optional fan
tray and LCD Loop-C5600 Integral Access Shelf supports local
● Supports dual controller cards* configuration and diagnostics by using a local or remote
● Number of plug-in line cards terminal. Users are able to address and identify each rack
- Single controller with 15 slots for plug-in line cards card’s position and its card type. This enables users to
- Each line card is fully independent execute in-service diagnostics and fault isolation.
● Accepts rack card of type:
- Loop-H3308R Ethernet over Bonded G.SHDSL.bis By using SNMP or Telnet connection on the shared
- Loop-H3304R High Density G.SHDSL controller card of the rack unit, users can remotely control
- Loop-H3304RA High Density G.SHDSL.bis and diagnose Loop rack cards from a centralized location.
- Loop-O9340R Multi-Services Gigabit FOM
● Power modules * Future option
- Hot-swappable DC plug-in modules
(-48 Vdc: -36 to -75 Vdc), dual for redundancy
● Alarm relay
● Log in and password security protection
- RS232 console port with VT-100 menu
- Two 10/100M fast Ethernet SNMP ports
- SNMP v1 with 5 trap IP
- Telnet with Secure Shell (SSH) protocol
- Access Control List (ACL)
● RoHS compliant
288
H3308R Application
Tributary WAN
..
Ethernet #1 Loop-C5600 Shelf Line rate: 5.704 Mbps each pair
with Loop-H3308S Ethernet
Ethernet #2 Loop-H3308 Rack Card (Slave)
(Master)
SNMP Console
(Ethernet) (RS232)
`
- SNMP Manager
- GUI EMS: Loop-iNET*
H3304R Application
Remote
Tributary ports WAN ports units
1-pair/2-pair
One or Two 4E1 Ports G.SHDSL H3310 E1
(Slave)
tributary card
Central Office
E1 H3310 E1
E1 H3304R G.SHDSL (Slave)
E1 in C5600 shelf H3300-3S E1
E1 (Master) (Slave)
RS232 / Ethernet
H3300-3S E1
(Slave)
Network
Management
System
H3304RA Applications
1 pair Ethernet
G.SHDSL.bis
(5.7 Mbps) E1
C5600/H3304RA H3310
2 Ethernet 1 pair Ethernet
(10/100) G.SHDSL.bis
E1
4 E1 1 pair H3310
E1
H3310
1 pair
E1
H3310
SNMP

Ethernet
E1
C5600/H3304RA H3310
2 pair
2 Ethernet G.SHDSL.bis
(10/100) (11.4 Mbps)
4 E1
2 pair
G.SHDSL.bis
Ethernet
(11.4 Mbps)
E1
H3310
SNMP
O9340R Applications

Rack Application
The C5600 shelf supports up to 7 O9340R dual plug-in cards:
● Combination of 4/8/12/16 ports of E1/T1 or 2/4/6/8 ports of Combo GbE
Site 1
T1/E1 or
Combo
GbE
O9340S
T1/E1 or C. O. Site 2
Combo GbE T1/E1 or
Combo
GbE
O9340R O9340S
in C5600 Shelf
Site N
T1/E1 or
Combo
GbE
VT100
SNMP O9340S
GUI EMS (Loop-iNET*)
290
12
Test Station
Loop-AM3440-CCA-TSPA 292
Loop-AM3440-CCB-TSPA 294
Loop-O9500R-CC16-TSPA 296
Loop-O9500R-PTN-TSPA 298
Loop-O9400R-PTN-TSPA 300
Loop-E1500-2S-TSPA 302
Test Station
Loop-AM3440-CCA-TSPA
Description
The AM3440-CCA Test Station automates operational

testing on an AM3440-CCA unit and its compatible plug-
in cards. The test station provides a user-friendly UI
where—with a just a few mouse clicks—you can do a
test and view the test report.
AM3440-TSPA Test Station
Features
● Test within the shortest time possible whether your

AM3440-CCA or any of its compatible plug-in cards
is working properly
● Produce straightforward reports with clearly
described test results and/or failure explanation
Components of the Loop-AM3440-CCA-TSPA Test Station
Test Station Main Package (TSPA-Main)
● Main hardware and software components for the Test Station

● Including the Test Station golden sample chassis, controller, interface modules and power Module Note 1, 2
● Including the Test Station Pro. software program running on Windows XP and 7 Note 3
● Including the necessary accessories for automatic test
Test Station Optional Golden Samples
● Optional golden samples used for automatic test on specific AM3440 plug-in cards Note 1, 2
Test Station Software Maintenance Agreement (TSPA-SMA)
● Access to software patches/upgrade, including feature enhancements and major new versions.
● 5x8 (GMT+8) field problem remote diagnosis.
● 5x8 (GMT+8) consulting via e-mail, phone call, Skype, and remote support/online meeting tools
● Remote support for software patching
Note 1: The hardware and firmware of the golden samples have special treatment and with different software for
automatic test. Please do not remove for other use.
Note 2: Some of the AM3440 plug-in cards may require optional golden sample(s) for automatic test. Please see
List of Test Station Supported AM3440 Plug-in Cards in following page for more details.
Note 3: The Test Station Pro. software program only works on golden sample units with license keys.
List of Test Station Supported AM3440 Plug-in Cards

The AM3440 plug-in cards that can be tested by the Test Station are listed in the table below.
● Loop-AM3440-TSPA-Main Note4 is mandatory for testing all the listed plug-in cards.
● The AM3440 Test Station may require optional golden samples to perform automatic test on specific AM3440 plug-in
cards. Please refer to the table below for the required TSPA golden samples for testing each plug-in card.
● Plug-in cards correspond with -- in Required TSPA golden samples for testing the plug-in card row does not
require extra TSPA golden samples for testing them. The golden simples they needed are included in the Test Station
Main Package.
292
Test Station
Required TSPA golden samples

TSPA Supported AM3440 Plug-in Cards
for testing the plug-in card
Controller Controller Unit --
1-channel E1 75ohm --
1-channel T1 --
1-channel X.21 --
Mini-Slot
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-RTB-G
Fiber optical interface --
M1C37 --
Mini Quad E1 --
1FOMA --
1-channel low speed optical (C37.94) --
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power --
4-channel T1 --
4-channel TDMoE 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-TDMoE-PPM-G
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power --
For testing 8EM & 8EMA-PWR module,
Single-Slot 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXO-E-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXS-E-PWR-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8EM-E-G
8-channel 2W/4W E&M Note5
For testing 8EMA-24 module,
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXO-E-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXS-E-24-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8EMA-E-24-G
8-channel Dry Contact I/O 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8DC-G
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8UDTEA-DCE-G
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-RTB-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXS-E-PWR-G or
12-channel FXO
12-channel FXS Note6 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXO-E-G
Dual-Slot 6-channel V.35 --
Note 4: Please specify the Power Adaptor type for the Test Station Main Package (TSPA-Main)
Note 5: The 8EMA module has two power options: 8EMA-PWR works with -48V or 100-240Vac power, and 8EMA-24
works with -24V DC power. Please order corresponding golden samples when testing the 8EMA module.
The 8EM module only works with 100-240Vac or -48Vdc.
Note 6: The 12FXS module has two power options: 12FXS-PWR works with -48V or 100-240Vac power, and 12FXS-24
works with -24V DC power. Please order corresponding golden samples when testing the 12FXS module.
Setup of Loop-AM3440-CCA-TSPA Test Station

Test Station
Loop-AM3440-CCB-TSPA
Description
The AM3440-CCB Test Station automates operational

testing on an AM3440-CCB unit and its compatible plug-
in cards. The test station provides a user-friendly UI
where—with a just a few mouse clicks—you can do a
test and view the test report.
AM3440-TSPA Test Station
Features

AM3440-CCB or any of its compatible plug-in cards
is working properly
● Produce straightforward reports with clearly
described test results and/or failure explanations
Components of the Loop-AM3440-CCB-TSPA Test Station

● Optional golden samples used for automatic test on specific AM3440 plug-in cards Note 1, 2
Note 2: Some of the AM3440 plug-in cards may require optional golden sample(s) for automatic test. Please see
List of Test Station Supported AM3440 Plug-in Cards in following page for more details.
List of Test Station Supported AM3440 Plug-in Cards

The AM3440 plug-in cards that can be tested by the Test Station are listed in the table below.
● Loop-AM3440-TSPA-Main Note4 is mandatory for testing all the listed plug-in cards.
● The AM3440 Test Station may require optional golden samples to perform automatic test on specific AM3440
plug-in cards. Please refer to the table below for the required TSPA golden samples for testing each plug-in card.
● Plug-in cards correspond with -- in Required TSPA golden samples for testing the plug-in card row does not
require extra TSPA golden samples for testing them. The golden simples they needed are included in the Test
Station Main Package.
294
Test Station

TSPA Supported AM3440 Plug-in Cards
Controller Controller Unit --
1-channel T1 --
1-channel X.21 --
Mini-Slot
2-LAN port/64 WAN port Router-A 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-RTB-G
Fiber optical interface --
M1C37 --
Mini Quad E1 --
1FOMA --
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power --
4-channel T1 --
4-channel TDMoE 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-TDMoE-PPM-G
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power --
For testing 8EM & 8EMA-PWR module,
Single-Slot 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXO-E-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXS-E-PWR-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8EM-E-G
8-channel 2W/4W E&M Note5
For testing 8EMA-24 module,
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXO-E-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8EMA-E-24-G
8-channel Dry Contact I/O 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8DC-G
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-8UDTEA-DCE-G
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-RTB-G
1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXS-E-PWR-G or
12-channel FXO
12-channel FXS Note6 1 unit of Loop-AM3440-TSPA-12FXO-E-G
Dual-Slot 6-channel V.35 --
Note 5: The 8EMA module has two power options: 8EMA-PWR works with -48V or 100-240Vac power, and 8EMA-24
works with -24V DC power. Please order corresponding golden samples when testing the 8EMA module.
The 8EM module only works with 100-240Vac or -48Vdc.
Note 6: The 12FXS module has two power options: 12FXS-PWR works with -48V or 100-240Vac power, and 12FXS-24
works with -24V DC power. Please order corresponding golden samples when testing the 12FXS module.
Test Station Pro.
COM
LAN
Device under Test
Setup of Loop-AM3440-CCB-TSPA Test Station

Test Station
Loop-O9500R-CC16-TSPA
Description
The O9500R-CC16 Test Station automates operational testing on an O9400R-CCPA unit and its compatible plug-in
cards. The test station provides a user-friendly UI where—with a just a few mouse clicks—you can do a test and view the
test report.
Features
● Test within the shortest time possible whether your O9500R-CC16 or any of its compatible plug-in cards is working
properly
● Produce straightforward reports with clearly described test results and/or failure explanations
Components of the Loop-O9500R-CC16-TSPA Test Station


● Optional golden samples used for automatic test on specific O9500R plug-in cards Note 1, 2
Note 2: Some of the O9500R plug-in cards may require optional golden sample(s) for automatic test. Please see
List of Test Station Supported O9500R Plug-in Cards in following page for more details.
List of Test Station Supported O9500R Plug-in Cards

The O9500R plug-in cards that can be tested by the Test Station are listed in the table below.
● Loop-O9500-TSPA-Main Note4 is mandatory for testing all the listed plug-in cards.
● The O9500 Test Station may require optional golden samples to perform automatic test on specific O9500R
296
Test Station

Tributary Type TSPA Supported O9500R-CC16 Plug-in Cards
XCU CC16 Controller Module (CC16) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-B16
3 port E3/T3 tributaries (3TE3) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-3TE3
4GbE EoS card with L2 switch 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-4GbE EoS
High-Speed 7 port FOM tributaries (7FOM)* --
(High Density) 8FE+1GbE EoS card with built-in L2 switch (9EoS4SW) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-9EoS4NSW
Access 8FE+1GbE EoS card w/o built-in L2 switch (9EoS4NSW) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-9EoS4NSW
Tributary 16 port E1/T1 tributaries (16TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-16TE
Modules (HS) 32 port E1/T1 tributaries (32TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-32TE
63 port E1/T1 tributaries (63TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-63TE
STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) tributaries (B16) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-B16
1-channel low speed optical (1C37) --
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power (2GH) --
3-channel E1 75/120 ohm (3E1) --
4-channel E1 75/120 ohm (4E1) --
4-channel T1 (4T1) --
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power (4GH) --
Low-Speed 4-channel low speed optical (4C37) --
Access 4-channel TDMoE (TDMoE)* 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-TDMoE-G
Tributary 6-channel V.35 (6V35) --
Modules 8-channel Dry Contact I/O (8DC) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-8DC-G
(LS)
8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate (8RS232) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-8UDTEA-G
1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-FXO-E-G
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8EM) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-FXS-E-G
1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-8EM-E-G
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B (RTB) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-RTB-G
12-channel FXO (12FXO) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-FXS-E-G
12-channel FXS (12FXS) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-TSPA-FXO-E-G
*Future Option
Setup of Loop-O9500R-CC16-TSPA Test Station

Test Station
Loop-O9500R-PTN-TSPA
Description
The O9500R-CCPA Test Station automates operational testing on an O9500R-CCPA unit and its compatible plug-in
test report.
Features
● Test within the shortest time possible whether your O9500R-CCPA or any of its compatible plug-in cards is working
properly
Components of the Loop-O9500R-PTN-TSPA Test Station


● Optional golden samples used for automatic test on specific O9500R-PTN plug-in cards Note 1, 2
Note 2: Some of the O9500R-PTN plug-in cards may require optional golden sample(s) for automatic test. Please
see List of Test Station Supported O9500R-PTN Plug-in Cards in following page for more details.
List of Test Station Supported O9500R-PTN Plug-in Cards

The O9500 plug-in cards that can be tested by the Test Station are listed in the table below.
● Loop-O9500R-PTN-TSPA-Main Note4 is mandatory for testing all the listed plug-in cards.
● The O9500 Test Station may require optional golden samples to perform automatic test on specific O9500R-PTN
298
Test Station

Tributary Type TSPA Supported O9500R-PTN-CCPA Plug-in Cards
XCU CCPA Controller Module (CCPA) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-B16
3 port E3/T3 tributaries (3TE3) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R- PTN TSPA-3TE3
4GbE EoS card with L2 switch* --
High-Speed 7 port FOM tributaries (7FOM)* --
(High Density) 8FE+1GbE EoS card with built-in L2 switch (9EoS4SW) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-9EoS4NSW
Access 8FE+1GbE EoS card w/o built-in L2 switch (9EoS4NSW) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R- PTN TSPA-9EoS4NSW
Tributary 16 port E1/T1 tributaries (16TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-16TE
Modules (HS) 32 port E1/T1 tributaries (32TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-32TE
63 port E1/T1 tributaries (63TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-63TE
STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) tributaries (B16) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-B16
1-channel low speed optical (1C37) --
2-channel G.SHDSL (2 pairs) w/o line power (2GH) --
3-channel E1 75/120 ohm (3E1) --
4-channel E1 75/120 ohm (4E1) --
4-channel T1 (4T1) --
4-channel G.SHDSL (1 pair) w/o line power (4GH) --
Low-Speed 4-channel low speed optical (4C37) --
Access 4-channel TDMoE (TDMoE)* 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-TDMoE-G
Tributary 6-channel V.35 (6V35) --
Modules 8-channel Dry Contact I/O (8DC) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-8DC-G
(LS) 8-channel RS232 with X.50 subrate (8RS232)* 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-8UDTEA-G
1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-FXO-E-G
8-channel 2W/4W E&M (8EM)* 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-FXS-E-G
1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-8EM-E-G
8-LAN-port/ 64-WAN-port Router-B (RTB) 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-RTB-G
12-channel FXO (12FXO)* 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-FXS-E-G
12-channel FXS (12FXS)* 1 unit of Loop-O9500-R-PTN TSPA-FXO-E-G
*Future Option
Setup of Loop-O9500R-PTN-TSPA Test Station

Test Station
Loop-O9400R-PTN-TSPA
Description
The O9400R-CCPA Test Station automates operational testing on an O9400R-CCPA unit and its compatible plug-in
test report.
Features
● Test within the shortest time possible whether your O9400R-CCPA or any of its compatible plug-in cards is working
properly
Components of the Loop-O9400R-PTN-TSPA Test Station


● Optional golden samples used for automatic test on specific O9400R-PTN plug-in cards Note 1, 2
Note 2: Some of the O9400R-PTN plug-in cards may require optional golden sample(s) for automatic test. Please see
List of Test Station Supported O9400R-PTN Plug-in Cards in following page for more details.
List of Test Station Supported O9400R-PTN Plug-in Cards

The O9400 plug-in cards that can be tested by the Test Station are listed in the table below.
● Loop-O9400R-PTN-TSPA-Main Note4 is mandatory for testing all the listed plug-in cards.
● The O9400 Test Station may require optional golden samples to perform automatic test on specific O9400R-PTN
300
Test Station

Tributary Type TSPA Supported O9400R-PTN-CCPA Plug-in Cards
XCU CCPA Controller Module (CCPA) 1 unit of Loop-O9400-R-PTN TSPA-B16
3 port E3/T3 tributaries (3TE3) 1 unit of Loop-O9400-R- PTN TSPA-3TE3
4GbE EoS card with L2 switch* --
7 port FOM tributaries (7FOM)* --
High-Speed
(High Density) 8FE+1GbE EoS card with built-in L2 switch (9EoS4SW) 1 unit of Loop-O9400-R-PTN TSPA-9EoS4NSW
Access 8FE+1GbE EoS card w/o built-in L2 switch (9EoS4NSW) 1 unit of Loop-O9400-R- PTN TSPA-9EoS4NSW
Tributary 16 port E1/T1 tributaries (16TE) 1 unit of Loop-O9400-R-PTN TSPA-16TE
Modules (HS)
STM-1/4 (OC-3/12) tributaries (B16) 1 unit of Loop-O9400-R-PTN TSPA-B16
*Future Option
Test Station Pro.
LAN
COM
Device under Test

PWR 1 PWR 2 TRIB 1 TRIB 2 TRIB 3 TRIB 4 XCU(W) 1 CONN XCU(W) 2 TRIB 5 TRIB 6 TRIB 7 TRIB 8
C C
H H
P P
A A
DC PWR
C C
H H
P P
A A
C
POWER C
H H
.
P P
A A
C C
H H
P
48V P
Optical Cable
A +V A
7A -V
(TX to RX)
C C
H H
P P
A A
Setup of Loop-O9400R-PTN-TSPA Test Station

Test Station
Loop-E1500-2S-TSPA
Description
The E1500-2S Test Station automates operational

testing on an E1500-2S unit and its components. The
test station provides a user-friendly UI where—with a just
a few mouse clicks—you can do a test and view the test
report.
E1500-2S Test Station
Features

O9400R-CCPA or any of its compatible plug-in cards
is working properly
● Produce straightforward reports with clearly described
test results and/or failure explanations
E15002S (Golden Sample) E15002S (Device under Test)
DTE2 X.21
(X.21) Loopback
TX RX Tool
BNC Cable
E1 E1 Plug in
ALM Input
RX TX N2 Test Tool
DTE1 Plug out
(ALM Input) Plug in ALM Input
N1
Test Tool
Plug out
Console Console
COM Port
COM Port
Test Station Pro.
302
13
IIOT
Loop-IOT0510 Environmental Security Monitoring 304
Loop-CCTV0710 Video Surveillance Solution for Substation or Campus 308
IIOT
Loop-IOT0510 Environmental Security Monitoring

In Development
Description
The IOT0510 Environmental Monitoring is specifically designed and developed for Data Center/IT Room /Confidential
Lab operators to meet the demands for environmental security, energy conservation, and remote management for the
next decade.
Figure 1 Architecture of IOT0510
Features
The IOT0510 System has the following functions and features:

● Simple and easy-to-use user interface. With a simple training session, users can operate the entire system through its
cloud-based GUI either locally or remotely, with a secure communication link or via Internet.
● 3D virtual graphic showing temperature, humidity, airflow speed, power consumption, rack access, IT assets and
other mission critical profile.
● Computer room air conditioning (CRAC), analysis, data center’s Power Utilization Efficiency (PUE), AC load
percentage, rack load percentage, airflow index, cooling index (overheat or overcool) and air quality (i.e., airborne
particle counts, PM1.0, PM2.5, PM10, etc.) and other parameters.
● Monitored data and alarms in real time in table and graphic formats.
● Historic data and alarms in table and graphic formats.
● Multiple levels of user privileges (configuration, set points, search, warning trigger points, data export, user
notification, etc.).
● Historic data and alarm search, export and print in table or graphic formats.
304
IIOT
● Data export to back up storage devices for compliance audits, AI performance analysis and improvement.
● User-defined warning threshold for every monitoring point.
● Warning signals can be sent to audible alarms, mobile devices, or email addresses through text messages from
unmanned data centers.
● Automatic and semi-automatic CRAC group control.
● Web-based system for multi-user and multi-location access via cloud service.
● User accounts and privileges.
Sensors
Wireless Sensor Specifications
Parameter Nominal Range
One built-in and two optional external sensors with custom cable
Maximum number of sensors lengths (temperature and humidity, water leak, door open/close
status, AC current/power consumption) for Wireless Sensor
Cable length for external probes Standard 0.5 meter or custom cable length
Ultra low power proprietary wireless network with meshed
Sensor data transmission
network redundancy
Battery type Two AA Lithium batteries, included
Battery operational life About 10 years
One built-in and two optional external sensors for -40°C to
Number of wireless sensors +100°C measurements, door open/close status. Water leak, AC
current/power consumption
User interface Cloud or private server base GUI with 3D visualization
Data storage Cloud based service or private server
Sensor size 75 x 75 x 19.5 (mm)
Weight 120 g
Gateway WiFi or Ethernet data based
Wireless(433Hz) Temperature Measurement Specification

Parameter Test condition Min. Typ. Max. Unit
System operating temperature
-20 – +50 °C
range
Temperature measurement
With external probes -40 +100 °C
range for external probes
Temperature measurement
0.1 °C
resolution
Data refresh rate Change > 0.5°C 30 Sec
15 to 40 °C ±0.5
Temperature accuracy 0 to 15°C and °C
±1
40 to 60°C
Temperature response time 30 Sec
Temperature long term drift 0 to 50 °C 0.05 °C/yr
Wireless(433 Hz) Humidity Measurement Specifications

Parameter Test condition Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Operating humidity range 0 – 100 % rH
Humidity measurement
1 % rH
resolution
20 to 80 % rH ±4.5
Humidity accuracy % rH
Otherwise ±6
Humidity hysteresis ±1 % rH
Data refresh rate Change > 5% 30 Sec

IIOT
Door open/close sensor (used on both wireless sensor and controller)

Parameter Type Min. Max. Accuracy Unit
Open/
Door open/close detection Door status Closed Open N/A
Close
Water leak sensor (used on both wireless sensor and controller)

15 mm
DIA x
Water leak detection Sensor rope length 1 1,000 2.5 mm Ft
water
puddle
AC power consumption sensor (used on both wireless sensor and controller)

+5% / A
AC current 0 60/200
+10% A/KW
AC power consumption
AC power +5% /
0 10 KW
consumption +10%
Dry Relay for controlling auto dialer, facility alarm, flash light, etc. Used on
Controller only.
Switching
Operating
Parameter Type V On V Off Voltage/
Temperature
Current
TTL driven reed 200V AC
>2.25V <0.5V -40°C to +85°C
relay or DC
Dry relay Non-polarized
SPST Normal open 250mA on both TTL
and relay sides
Controller
Air quality Sensor Specifications:
Parameter Nominal Range Unit
Measured Air Particle Size 0.3, 0.5, 1.0, 2.5, 5.0, 10 / PM1.0, PM2.5, PM10 um / PM
Response Time 2 min
Operating Temperature 0 to 50 °C
H2, LPG, CH4, CO, propane
Detection range: 200 – 10,000
Flammable Gas ppm
Resolution: 10
Accuracy: +/- 10%
Operating Humidity 0 to 99 %
Airflow Speed Specifications:

Measurement range 0 to 10m/s
Accuracy (at 25°C) ±5% of full scale
Response time Reach 90% of ultimate value within 1 sec.
Media Air
Recommended operating temperature 15 to 35°C
Working environment, relative humidity 10 to 90%
Storage temperature -10 to 60°C
306
IIOT
Air Pressure Specifications:

Measurement range 30,000 Pa - 126,000 Pa (absolute)
Accuracy ±200 Pa
Response time Reach 90% of ultimate value within 1 sec.
Recommended operating temperature 0 to 50°C
Working environment, relative humidity 10 to 90%
Storage temperature -10 to 60°C
General Purpose IO Ports Specifications:

Number of GPIOs Three digital GPIOs and one analog input
Configuration Cloud configurable
Types of GPIO IO1 to IO3:
- Digital input active low (DIAL):
- Digital input active high (DIAH);
- Digital output active low (DOAL);
- Digital output active high (DOAH);
IO4:
- Analog input: (0.0V to 10.0VDC)
Analog measurement accuracy + 0.05V
Analog measurement resolution 0.01V
Measurement frequency Every 30 sec
Input impedance >3.9K
Output sink or source current >10 mA
Cloud Server
This Cloud Server manages all system data, records and analytics in local as well as cloud-
based storage for user sharing, remote monitoring, and management. Its WEB based
architecture allows multi-user and multi-location access, both locally and remotely. The data
center operator can log in through a secured VPN to view, control, and manage every aspect
of the data center’s environmental conditions.
Application Diagram
Figure 2 IOT0510 Application Diagram at IT Room

IIOT
Loop-CCTV0710
Video Surveillance Solution for Substation or Campus
Description
Nowadays, global terrorism and crimes are increasing rapidly. To meet your security requirements for the substation
or campus, Loop Telecom provides our total security solution and video surveillance system. Loop Telecom’s video
surveillance system includes easy-to-install IP cameras, bullet ones and dome ones, as well as sufficient management
tools: NVR, CMS, TV Wall, IVS and EMS.
SECURITY CENTER Video mobile Display
TV wall
Video Display
CMS(VMS) Server:
Video management
L3SW IP6320 IP NETWORK

L2SW
IP6820/IP6810
Bullet
Encoder IPCAM
IVS Server SL16
Video analytics NVR:
PTZ
video record
IPCAM
iNET can manage
network device and CCTV
BNC Analog cam
DATA CENTER JOBSITE
Architecture of CCTV, Network and iNET
Architecture of CCTV, Network w/ Encryption and iNET
308
IIOT
Features
● The Core Network can deploy L3SW IP6320. Access Switch can deploy L2SW IP6820/IP6810.
● The Core Network w/ Encryption can deploy L3SW IP6828*. Access Switch can deploy L2SW IP6808*.
● At Job Site, there are IP cameras connect to IP6820 via POE. Analog camera can connect to Encoder SL16 which
converts analog video signal to be IP packets.
● At Data Center, there are NVRs which are to do video record. There are IVSs which are to do video analytics.
● EMS iNET can manage network device and CCTV simultaneously.
● At Security Center, there is CMS server which is to do video management. There is TV Wall which is to do video
display.
IPCAMs
IPCAM Q2V6-E. The application is for Parking Lot and Main
exit.
• Fixed Bullet IPCAM
• 3 Megapixel with 1080p
• Day & Night
• PoE
• 30 fps at 1920 x 1080p
• Waterproof IP66
IPCAM Z4SF-F . The application is for Dangerous Zone.

• 8 Megapixel with 4k2k(3840x2160)
• Day & Night
• PoE
• 30 fps at 4k2k
• Waterproof IP66 and Vandal Proof(IK10)
IPCAM Z4SA-D. The application is for Conference Room.

• Mini Fish-Eye IPCAM
• Day & Night
• PoE
• 30 fps at 1920 x 1080p
• Waterproof IP66
IPCAM 820Z2-G4. The application is capable of remote

directional and zoom in/out control.
• PTZ (Pan/Tilt/Zoom) Speed Dome IPCAM
• Day & Night
• 30x Optical Zoom Lens WDR, PoE
• 30 fps at 1920 x 1080
• Pan & Tilt
• Waterproof (IP66)
Analog Encoder L8. The application is to convert analog

camera signal to be IP packets.
• Video input :8 BNC
• Video Standard : NTSC/PAL
• Video Compression: Dual H.264+MJPEG
• RS485 for PELCO D,PELCO P

IIOT
Management
NVR 5464(Network Video Recorder)
• Manage up to 64 cameras or video encoders
• Recording up to 64 channels
• Live view local up to 64 channels, remote up to 64 channels
• Synchronized playback local up to 64 channels
• Export video with RAW & AVI formats
• Event trigger, response, and notification
• Mobile Client, Web Client, Workstation
• Location-based management with eMap
CMS CC5404 (Central Management System) CMS CC5404

(Central Management System)
• Live view local up to 64 channels
• Synchronized playback local up to 64 channels
• Export video with RAW & AVI formats
• Event trigger, response, and notification
• TV wall support
TV-Wall NC5406
• 76 video streams up to D1@30fps
• Layout: 1x1,2x2,3x3,4x4,3x2,4x3,5x3,5x5,6x6,8x6,8x8 and custom
layout
• Flexible TV wall server layout management, adjustable size and
position.
IVS 5400(Intelligent Video Surveillance Server)

• Operating System: Win7 Pro 64bit
• Supported Channels/Rules: 16/1
• Resolution: CIF
• Frame Rate:10
• Streaming Protocol: RTSP/ONVIF
• Video Input: Camera
IVS Function
INTRUSION (Virtual Fence)
Detection and signaling of the intrusion within virtual areas of the
crossing of virtual lines in a certain direction (tripwire) by subjects of
interest.
GATE FLOW(People Counting)

Counting and collection of the number of persons crossing virtual gates
in a certain direction
310
IIOT
OCCUPANCY RATE
Estimation and collection of the percentage of occupancy of virtual
areas by subjects of interest, and for each area signaling of an
occupancy percentage higher than a defined threshold
LEFT OBJECT
Detection and signaling of objects left unattended within virtual areas
for longer than a defined time
STOLEN OBJECT
Detection and signaling of objects removed from virtual areas
LOITERING
Detection and signaling of subjects of interest that remain within virtual
areas for longer than a defined time
SLIP FALL
Detection and notification a person falling and remaining on the ground
for longer than a defined time
LPR
Detection and reading of vehicles license plates for access control
management
Parking LOT
Detection and notification of the status (free/occupied) of configured
parking areas

IIOT
iNET EMS
• Integrated networking system with complete solution for CCTV Video Surveillance application
• Centralized or distributed system architecture includes CMS, NVR, TV Wall, and NMS
• Event-driven video playback & snapshot, remote I/O control and PTZ control for selected IP CAM model.
• Please refer to iNET brochure and manual for details.
Applications
VLAN20 iNET,
Vlan Routing two Eth link
AM3440
OCC
L3SW IP6320A
VRRP
Alarm !
Somebody open
NVR Call up Lobby door
1G G.8032 Ring VLAN10
SubStation#3 NVR CMS IVS

SubStation#2
L2SW IP6820
TV-WALL
Bullet camera
at Main Entry/Exit
PTZ dome Rugged Dome

Zoom in/out at dangerous zone
VLAN 10
Optical Fiber Cable
Total 50 cameras
LAN Cable
10 cameras run People Counting
10 cameras run Object Left
Application Diagram for Substation

Step1. Create G.8032 ring by IP6320A and IP6820
Step2. IP6820 connects to IPCAM.
Bullet Cameras are deployed at Main Entry/Exit.
Rugged Dome cameras are deployed at dangerous zone.
PTZ Dome cameras are deployed for Zoom in/out.
Step3. L3SW IP6320A connects to NVR, CMS/IVS
Step4. L3SW IP6320A connects to iNET
Step5. IPCAM Vlan10 to NVR Vlan10
Step6. INET VLan20 to NVR Vlan10
Step7. When INET receives alarm, it will call up NVR
Step8. NVR triggers TV-WALL for Lobby video
Step9. NVR will show eMAP on lobby location
312
IIOT
VLAN20
iNET with local language
VLAN Routing
OCC,L3SW IP6320A
VRRP
VLAN10
Wall Station3 1G G.8032
Ring NVR CMS IVS
Wall Main Gate Station4

Wall
Station2, Station1
L2SW
IP6820
25 meters between
each cameras
TV Wall
VLAN10
Total 23 fixed cameras

Optical Cable
22 fixed cameras run Virtual Fence
LAN Cable
1 fixed camera runs LPR
Application Diagram for Campus

• The total length of Campus wall is 535 meters.
• Each bullet camera is allocated with Virtual Fence every 25 meters. So there are 535/25=22 cameras.
• Then there’s a bullet camera with LPR allocated at Main gate.
• Totally 22+1=23 bullet cameras.
Sub STATION
– Fire/Smoke Detection in Station
SNMP SNMP
– Intrusion Detector (Door Sensor) Alarm Substation
– CCTV Surveillance Monitoring/Video Analytics NBI Monitoring Signal
& Control System
I/O
– SCADA RTU SNMP
EVENT FILTER
-- Temperature Sensor
-- Humidity Sensor
Loop
iNET NVR
CCTV Call-Up TV-Wall
Servers Controllers
COMMUNICATIONS
– Ethernet Transmission SNMP
– Microwave Backhaul
TV Wall Pop-Up
OTHERS
– Card Reader
NON- DB
SNMP
Application Diagram of iNET at Substation

Step1 Substation got intrusion detection, it will send SNMP trap to LOOP iNET.
Step2. Card reader maybe be power failure, LOOP iNET can PING(NON-SNMP) this card reader.
Step3. iNET send SNMP trap to Alarm Monitoring &Control via NBI(North Bound Interface)
Step4. iNET will call up NVR server.
Step5. NVR will trigger TV WALL.

IIOT
314
14
Accessories
Loop Airflow Guide Rack Applicable to O9400R/V4150 316
Cable Management with Air Filter Applicable to O9400R/V4150 317
Conversion Panels, Y-Boxes, Y-Box Panels 318
SFP/SFP+ Optical Modules 323
Accessories
Loop Airflow Guide Rack

Applicable to O9400R/V4150
Description
The Loop Air Flow Guide is an easy to use supporting

module for the V4150/O9400R units. You can install it on
the top or bottom of the V4150/O9400R depending on
your heating requirements.
Installing the Airflow Guide both at the top and bottom

of the unit creates perfect air circulation, which guides

the relatively cold air into the rack and hot air out of the
rack, thus keeping the temperature down and preventing
damage due to overheating.
To see how the Airflow Guide functions to guide the cold

air in and hot air out, refer to the application illustration
section on the following page.
The following drawing shows the front and side view of two units that are equipped with two Airflow Guides at
the top and bottom.
Note that the Airflow Guide can also be flipped and installed in reverse so that cold air can enter from the
back and hot air can exit from the front of the rack. Proper installation depends on the site’s air conditioning
requirements.
Front View Side View
316
Accessories
Cable Management with Air Filter

Applicable to O9400R/V4150
Side View Front View

Description
The Loop Cable Management with Air Filter accessory is an easy to use supporting module for the V4150/O9400R unit.
It is the best solution for mounting an Air Filter without interference from the cables.
With the help of Cable Management, engineers no longer need to trace through messy cables, better heat dispersion can
be expected, and simplified troubleshooting and rack card expansion are assured.
Accumulated dust on the surface of the unit will keep heat inside the operating unit, which could damage the internal
circuitry. The Air Filter on the bottom of the Cable Management can help to keep the dust away from the machine,
providing a clean and safe operating environment.
The Cable Management can be installed together with Loop Telecom’s Airflow Guide. To understand what the Cable
Management can do with the Airflow Guide Rack, refer to the Application Illustration section on the following page.
Installing Cable Management together with the Airflow Guide
Front View Side View

Accessories
Conversion Panels, Y-Boxes, Y-Box Panels
Description
Loop Telecom offers conversion panels, Y-boxes, and Y-box panels available to E1/T1 cards in AM3440, O9400S,
O9400R, and O9500R products.
The conversion panel is one SCSI to 16 BNC, 16 RJ, or 16 Wire-Wrap connectors which available for O9400S, O9400R,
and O9500R. The Conversion Panels is for high density E1/T1 cards in O9400S, O9400R and O9500R.
The Y-Box is used for protection switching of terminal equipment, but not the transmission line connecting the terminal
equipment. There are two types of Y-Boxes: the Y-Box for Quad E1/T1 cards in O9500R and Quad E1/T1 and Mini Quad
E1 AM3440 series; the Y-Box Panels for high density E1/T1 cards in O9400R and O9500R.
Ordering Information
Conversion Panels: Applicable to O9500R, O9400R , and O9400S
Unit Model Description
One SCSI to sixteen RJ (1u height)
Loop-ACC-P-1SCSI-16RJ-G
without cable; 432x44x23mm (WxHxD)
Loop-ACC-P-1SCSI- One SCSI to sixteen BNC (1.5u height)
16BNC-G without cable; 432x66x53mm (WxHxD)
One SCSI to sixteen Wire Wrap (1u

Loop-ACC-P-1SCSI-
height) without cable; 432x44x40mm
16WW-G
(WxHxD)
Y-Box: Applicable to O9500R, AM3440

Loop-VV-B-G 1 for 1 protection Y-Box with BNC
connectors (4-E1)
Loop-VV-R-G 1 for 1 protection Y-Box with RJ48C

connectors (16-E1)
Loop-VV-T-G 1 for 1 protection Y-Box with RJ48C
connectors (16-T1)
Y-Box Panels : Applicable to O9500R, O9400R

1u height: 432x44x100mm (WxHxD)
E1 (120 ohm) or T1
(SCSI) E1 (120 ohm) or T1
Y-Box (RJ, Wire Wrap, TELCO 50, or TELCO 64)
(120/100 ohm)
E1 (120 ohm) or T1
(SCSI)
E1 (120 ohm)
(SCSI) E1 (75 ohm)
Y-Box (TELCO 50, or TELCO 64)
(75 ohm)
E1 (120 ohm)
(SCSI)
318
Accessories

Loop-ACC-Y-2SCSI-16RJ-G 1u Y-box 16-port panel for two SCSI (E1(120
ohm) or T1) to 16 RJ (E1(120 ohm) or T1)
connectors without cable
Loop-ACC-Y-2SCSI– 16WW-G 1u Y-box 16-port panel for two SCSI (E1(120
ohm) or T1) to 16 Wire Wrap (E1(120 ohm) or
T1) without cable
Loop-ACC-Y-2SCSI- 1T64P16- 1u 16-port Y-box panel for two SCSI (E1(120
16E75-G ohm)) to one TELCO 64 (E1(75 ohm))
connectors (16 ports per TELCO connector)
straight without cable
Loop-ACC-Y-2SCSI- 2T50P8- 1u 16-port Y-box panel in (E1(120 ohm) or
16TE-G T1) for two SCSI to two TELCO 50 (E1(120
ohm) or T1) connectors (8 ports per TELCO
connector) without cable
Loop-ACC-Y-2SCSI- 2T50P8- 1u 16-port Y-box panel for two SCSI
16E75-G (E1(120 ohm)) to two TELCO 50 (E1(75
ohm)) connectors (8 ports per TELCO
Loop-ACC-Y-4SCSI- 2T64P16- 1u 32-port Y-box panel in E1 120 ohm or
32TE-G T1 for four SCSI to two TELCO 64 (E1(120
Loop-ACC-Y-4SCSI- 2T64P16- 1u 32-port Y-box panel for four SCSI(E1(120
32E75-G ohm)) to two TELCO 64 (E1(75 ohm))
without cable
Loop-ACC-Y-4SCSI- 3T50P12- 1u 32-port Y-box panel in (E1(120 ohm) or T1)
32TE-G for four SCSI to three TELCO 50 (E1(120 ohm)
or T1) connectors (12 ports to the first TELCO
connector, 12 ports to the second TELCO
connector and 8 ports to the third TELCO
Loop-ACC-Y-4SCSI- 3T50P12- 1u 32-port Y-box panel for four SCSI (E1(120
32E75-G ohm)) to three TELCO 50 (E1(75 ohm))
connectors (12 ports to the first TELCO
connector, 12 ports to the second TELCO
connector and 8 ports to the third TELCO
Loop-ACC-Y-4SCSI- 4T50P8- 1u 32-port Y-box panel in (E1(120 ohm) or

32TE-G T1) for four SCSI to four TELCO 50 (E1(120
Loop-ACC-Y-4SCSI- 4T50P8- 1u 32-port Y-box panel for four SCSI (E1(120
32E75-G ohm)) to four TELCO 50 (E1(75 ohm))
without cable

Accessories
Conversion Panel Applications

E1/T1 Connector Conversion Panel Illustration
One conversion panel supports up to sixteen ports. For 16E1/T1 cards, one conversion panel is required; for 32E1/T1
cards, two conversion panels are required; for 63E1/T1 cards, three conversion panels are required.
16 x RJ Connectors
E1/T1 Card 16 x BNC Connectors

SCSI
Cable
Conversion Panel 16 x Wire Wrap
Y-Box Applications
A Y-Box is used for protection switching of terminal equipment, but not the transmission line connecting the terminal
equipment. In a conventional protection-switching scheme, both the terminal equipment and the line connecting the
terminals are protected.
Line 1
West 1 East 1
Line 2
West 2 East 2
In the above example, the signal normally traverses from Terminal West 1 — Line1 — Terminal East 1. The protection
path is West 2 — Line 2 — East 2. In case of a fault either in West 1 or East 1, or Line 1, protection switching takes place
and the path will become as follows.
Line 1
West 1 East 1
Line 2
West 2 East 2
There will be situations where, due to cost, the line is not protected, only the terminal equipment is protected. In such
cases, the Y-box is used.
West 1 East 1
Line 1
Y Y
West 2 East 2
In the above example, the line is not protected, but the terminal equipments are.
In summary, the Y-box is used when terminal equipment needs to be protected but the transmission line is not.
320
Accessories
Y-Box for QE1/T1 cards of AM3440 or O9500R illustration
If you are using the BNC type Y BOX, use BNC cables to connect it to the AM3440 or O9500R. Using AM3440 as an example shown
in the figure below. For illustration purposes, only Port 1 is protected in this sample diagram. To protect other ports you must connect
them in a similar manner.
POWER E1(A) E1(B) CPU-1 CPU-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
QUAD QUAD
E1 E1
R R
x x
C C Port 4 Port 4
AM 3440 P P Tx Tx
U U R R
x x
Port 3 Port 3
1 2 Tx Tx
E1(C) E1(D)
R R
x x
Port 2 Port 2
Tx Tx
R R
x x
AM 3440 Port 1 Port 1
Tx Tx
Loop
Y-BOX 1 A-Tx Line-Tx B-Tx1 2 A-Tx Line-Tx B-Tx 2 3 A-Tx Line-Tx B-Tx3 4 A-Tx Line-Tx B-Tx 4
A-Rx Line-Rx B-Rx A-Rx Line-Rx B-Rx A-Rx Line-Rx B-Rx A-Rx Line-Rx B-Rx
DDN
Network
If you are using the RJ48C type Y BOX, connect it to the AM3440 or O9500R. Using AM3440 as an example shown in
the figure below. For illustration purposes, only Port 9 is protected in this sample diagram. To protect other ports you
must connect them in a similar manner.
POWER E1(A) E1(B) CPU-1 CPU-2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
QUAD QUAD
E1 E1
C C
AM 3440 P P Port 4 Port 4
U U
Port 3 Port 3
1 2
E1(C) E1(D)
Port 2 Port 2
Port 1 Port 1
AM 3440
Loop A LINE 9 B A LINE 10 B A LINE 11 B A LINE 12 B A LINE 13 B A LINE 14 B A LINE 15 B A LINE 16 B

Y-BOX
A LINE 1 B A LINE 2 B A LINE 3 B A LINE 4 B A LINE 5 B A LINE 6 B A LINE 7 B A LINE 8 B
DDN
Network

Accessories
Y-Box for E1/T1 cards of O9400R, or O9500R illustration

In below the wire connection from 16/32/63E1/T1 card, to Y-BOX, and to connector are illustrated respectively.
Y-Boxes provide protection over terminal equipment. In the below example, RJ, Wire Wrap, TELCO 50, and TELCO 64
connectors are available for E1 (120 ohm) or T1; TELCO 50 and TELCO 64 are available for E1 (75 ohm).
Port 1-16
RJ Connector
TELCO Connector
SCSI
Cable Wire Wrap
16E1/T1
16E1/T1
Backup
Port 1-16
Port 17-32
Port 1-16
Port 17-32
32E1/T1
32E1/T1
Backup
Port 49-63 Port 33-48
Port 33-48
Port 49-63
63E1/T1
63E1/T1 Two Y-Boxes
Backup
322
Accessories
SFP/SFP+ Optical Modules
SFP / SFP+ modules: Description
1 10G SFP+ Ordering Info For all Loop products, a SFP port requires an additional
2 2.5G SFP Ordering Info SFP optical module for wire connection. Loop products
3 1.25G SFP Ordering Info compatible with each SFP model are listed under
4 622M SFP Ordering Info section titles. For optical modules that are not listed in
5 125M/155M SFP Ordering Info this chapter, please contact your nearest Loop sales
6 1x9 155M/125M/1~100M Ordering Info representative.
7 1x8 155M Ordering Info
8 2M SFP Ordering Info NOTE: It is strongly recommended against purchasing
non-Loop branded SFP modules in use with Loop
products as compatibility is not proven.
Ordering Info Guideline of SFP/SFP+ modules for SFP/SFP+ housing

The code for each module contains 5 characters for specification as listed below, specifying the options for Mode, Data
Rate, Wave Length, Distance, and Connector in the exact order. An example for the code GNB1D would have the
specifications of SFP+ Single-mode, 10G BASE (9.95 - 10.5 Gbps), 1310 nm Commercial, 10 KM, and LC connector with
DDM. See the next sections for available combinations.
Mode Data Rate Wave Length Distance Connector

D SFP CWDM Single-Mode (see R 1~100M A 850 nm Commercial (0~+70°C) A 100 m D LC connector
table below) with DDM
E SFP Electrical Transceiver (EE) E 10/100M P 850nm Industrial (-40~+85°C) B 300 m W LC connector
without DDM
G SFP+ Single- mode F 125M B 120~1310nm~1430 nm Commercial F 500 m S SC connector
(0~+70°C)
M SFP Multi-Mode G 125M to 1.25G T 1310nm Industrial(-40~+85C) T 2 KM F FC connector
P SFP Single-Mode H 155M D TX1310nm / RX1490~1550nm D 5 KM C Coaxial
Commercial (0~+70°C) connector
T SFP+ Multi-Mode J 155-622M F TX1310nm / RX1550nm Industrial 1 10 KM T ST connector
(-40C~+85°C)
N 1*9 Single-mode(SM) & CWDM C 622M only C 1450nm~1550(nm) ~1610nm 2 15-20 KM R RJ45 connector
Single-Mode Commercial (0~+70°C) including 1550
EML(nm)
Q 1*9 Multi-Mode K 622M to 1.25G E TX1490~1550nm / RX1310nm 3 30 KM
Commercial (0~+70°C)
W 1*9 WDM mode Single Fiber for T 1.25G K 1490nm Commercial (-0~+70°C) 4 40 KM
Bi-direction(BD)
X XFP Single- Mode(SM) Dual S 2.5G single rate Q TX1510~ 1490nm / RX1570~1590nm 5 50 KM
fiber and Single Fiber for Bi- Commercial (0~+70°C)
direction(BD)
Z 1*8 Multi-Mode L 2.5G multi rate L 1550nm Industrial(-40~+85°C) 6 60 KM
Q 2.5G &10G multi- G TX1550nm / RX1310nm Industrial 7 70 KM
data rate (-40C~+85°C)
N 10G BASE (9.95 - S 1550nm (0~+70°C) SONET link 8 80 KM
10.5 Gbps)
R TX1570~1590nm / RX1490~1510nm 9 90 KM
Commercial (0~+70°C)
H 10G TX to RX (0~+70°C) U 100 KM
J 10G RX to TX (0~+70°C) V 110 KM
X 120 KM
W 140 KM
R 160 KM
S 180 KM
Y 200 KM
Z 240 KM

Accessories
Note 1: DDM: digital diagnostic monitoring

Note 2: Commercial (0 to 70°C); Industrial (-40 to 85°C) unless otherwise noted.
For DWDM SFP+ Optical Modules

■ A special defined -Dxx ordering code is used to select frequency and wavelength:
Code Channel Frequency(THz) Center Wavelength(nm)
-D17 17 191.7 1563.86
-D18 18 191.8 1563.05
-D19 19 191.9 1562.23
-D20 20 192.0 1561.42
-D21 21 192.1 1560.61
-D22 22 192.2 1559.79
-D23 23 192.3 1558.98
-D24 24 192.4 1558.17
-D25 25 192.5 1557.36
-D26 26 192.6 1556.55
-D27 27 192.7 1555.75
-D28 28 192.8 1554.94
-D29 29 192.9 1554.13
-D30 30 193.0 1553.33
-D31 31 193.1 1552.52
-D32 32 193.2 1551.72
-D33 33 193.3 1550.92
-D34 34 193.4 1550.12
-D35 35 193.5 1549.32
-D36 36 193.6 1548.51
-D37 37 193.7 1547.72
-D38 38 193.8 1546.92
-D39 39 193.9 1546.12
-D40 40 194.0 1545.32
-D41 41 194.1 1544.53
-D42 42 194.2 1543.73
-D43 43 194.3 1542.94
-D44 44 194.4 1542.14
-D45 45 194.5 1541.35
-D46 46 194.6 1540.56
-D47 47 194.7 1539.77
-D48 48 194.8 1538.98
-D49 49 194.9 1538.19
-D50 50 195.0 1537.40
-D51 51 195.1 1536.61
-D52 52 195.2 1535.82
-D53 53 195.3 1535.04
-D54 54 195.4 1534.25
-D55 55 195.5 1533.47
-D56 56 195.6 1532.68
-D57 57 195.7 1531.90
-D58 58 195.8 1531.12
-D59 59 195.9 1530.33
-D60 60 196.0 1529.55
-D61 61 196.1 1528.77
324
Accessories
For CWDM SFP Optical Modules

■ A special defined -Cxx ordering code is used to select wavelength:
Code Center Wavelength(nm) Wavelength(nm)
-C27 1270nm 1264.5 --- 1277.5 nm
-C29 1290nm 1284.5 --- 1297.5 nm
-C31 1310nm 1304.5 --- 1317.5 nm
-C33 1330nm 1324.5 --- 1337.5 nm
-C35 1350nm 1344.5 --- 1357.5 nm
-C37 1370nm 1364.5 --- 1377.5 nm
-C39 1590nm 1384.5 --- 1397.5 nm
-C41 1410nm 1404.5 --- 1417.5 nm
-C43 1430nm 1424.5 --- 1437.5 nm
-C45 1450nm 1444.5 --- 1457.5 nm
-C47 1470nm 1464.5 --- 1477.5 nm
-C49 1490nm 1484.5 --- 1497.5 nm
-C51 1510nm 1504.5 --- 1517.5 nm
-C53 1530nm 1524.5 --- 1537.5 nm
-C55 1550nm 1544.5 --- 1557.5 nm
-C57 1570nm 1564.5 --- 1577.5 nm
-C59 1590nm 1584.5 --- 1597.5 nm
-C61 1610nm 1604.5 --- 1617.5 nm
1. 10G SFP+ Ordering Info

1.1 Commercial Range (0 to 70°C)
Compatible with G7860A, IP6320A, IP6320B*, PTN10G, G7820* and WDM1800*
*Future Option
Note: Use 2 fibers for all SFP/
Type Code Description
SFP+ optical modules
10G GQB2D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional  All 2.5G~10.3Gbps optical
(mini GBIC) fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with module downgrading to
Dual Fiber DDM, 10G Ethernet Links LR/LW 2.5GMbps data rate will be
Commercial workable
GQC4D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional
(0 to +70°C) fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1550nm, 40KM, LC connector with
DDM, 10G SONET Links ZR/ZW
GQC8D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional
fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector with
DDM, 10G SONET Links ZR/ZW
10G GQC4D- SFP+ DWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni-  For Dxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Dxx directional fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1170~1610nm, 40KM, LC from -D17 to -D61 in the
DWDM connector with DDM, 10G Ethernet Links LR/LW For DWDM SFP+ Optical
Dual Fiber Modules table.
Commercial  All 2.5G~10.3Gbps optical
module downgrading to
(0 to +70°C)
2.5GMbps data rate will be
workable
GQC8D- SFP+ DWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni-  For Dxx, please choose code
Dxx directional fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1170~1610nm, 80KM, LC from -D17 to -D61 in the
connector with DDM, 10G Ethernet Links LR/LW For DWDM SFP+ Optical
Modules table.
 All 2.5G~10.3Gbps optical
workable

Accessories
10G GQB4D- SFP+ CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni-  For Cxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Cxx directional fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1270~1430nm, 40KM, LC from –C27 to –C43 with each
CWDM connector with DDM, 10G Ethernet Links LR/LW step 20nm in the For CWDM
Dual Fiber SFP Optical Modules table.
Commercial  All 2.5G~10.3Gbps optical
(0 to +70°C)
workable
GQC4D- SFP+ CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni-  For Cxx, please choose code
Cxx directional fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1450~1610nm, 40KM, LC from –C45 to –C61 with each
connector with DDM, 10G Ethernet Links LR/LW step 20nm in the For CWDM
SFP Optical Modules table.
workable
GQC7D- SFP+ CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni-  For Cxx, please choose code
Cxx directional fiber, 2.5G~10.3 Gbps, 1470~1610nm, 70-80KM, from –C47 to –C61 with each
LC connector with DDM, 10GBase-ZR/ZW step 20nm in the For CWDM
SFP Optical Modules table.
workable
Note: For optical model in industrial range, please contact your nearest Loop sales representative.
1.2 Industrial Range (-40 to 85°C)

Compatible with G7860A, IP6320A, IP6320B*, PTN10G, G7820* and WDM1800*
*Future Option
10G GNT1D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional
(mini GBIC) fiber, 10.3Gbps, 1310nm, 10KM, LC connector with DDM, 10G
Dual Fiber Ethernet Links LR/LW
Industrial GNT2D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional  Operating Temperature:
(-40°C to 85 °C) fiber, 10.3Gbps, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, 10G -25~+85°C
Ethernet Links LR/LW
GNL4D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional
fiber, 10.3Gbps, 1550nm, 40KM, LC connector with DDM, 10G
Ethernet Links ER/EW
GNL8D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional  Operating Temperature:
fiber, 10.3Gbps, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector with DDM, 10G -25~+85°C
Ethernet Links ZR/ZW
GQT2D SFP+ single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,  Operating Temperature:
2.5G~10.3Gbps, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, 10G -25~+85°C
Ethernet Links LR/LW  All 2.5G~10.3Gbps optical
workable
326
Accessories
2 2.5G SFP Ordering Info

Compatible with O9400R-CC16 and B2G5 card
2.5G PLB2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 2.5G, 1310nm, 15KM, LC connector with DDM
Dual Fiber PLB4D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
Commercial 2.5G, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector with DDM
(0 to +70°C) PLC8D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
2.5G, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector with DDM
2.5G PLD2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 2.5G, TX1310 /RX1550, 15~20KM, LC connector with DDM,
Single Fiber compatible with IEEE 802.3ah, 1000Base-BX10
Commercial PLE2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(0 to +70°C) 2.5G, TX1550 /RX1310, 15~20KM, LC connector with DDM,
compatible with IEEE 802.3ah, 1000Base-BX10
PLD4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
2.5G, TX1310/RX1550, 40KM, LC connector with DDM, OC48/
STM-16 application
PLE4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
2.5G, TX1550 /RX1310, 40KM, LC connector with DDM, OC48/
STM-16 application
2.5G PLD4D- SFP CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni- For Cxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Cxx directional fiber, 2.5G, 1470 ~1610nm, 40KM, LC connector from -C47 to -C61 with each step
CWDM with DDM 20nm in the For CWDM SFP
Dual Fiber Optical Modules table.
Commercial
(0 to +70°C)
2.5G PLC8D- SFP DWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni- For Dxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Dxx directional fiber, 2.5G, 1170~1610nm, 80KM, LC connector with from -D17 to -D61 in the For
DWDM DDM, SONET OC-48 DWDM SFP+ Optical Modules
Dual Fiber table.
Commercial
(0 to +70°C)
2.2 Industrial Range (-40 to 85°C)

Compatible with O9400R-CC16 and B2G5 card
Type Code Description Note
2.5G PLT4D SFP single-mode optical module with dual bi-directional fiber, Use 2 fibers for all SFP/SFP+
(mini GBIC) 2.5G, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector with DDM optical modules
Dual Fiber
PLL8D SFP single-mode optical module with dual bi-directional fiber,
Industrial
2.5G, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector with DDM
(-40 to +85°C)
3 1.25G SFP Ordering Info

Compatible with IP6416, IP6704A, IP6750, IP6763, IP6820, IP7925, O9340S, O9340R, TDMoEA, 4GEoSDH,
PTN10G, 8GES4SWA and 8GES16SWA*
*Future Option

Accessories
Type Code Description Note:

1.25G MTAFD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional  Use 2 fibers for all SFP/SFP+
(mini GBIC) fiber, 622M~1.25G, 850nm, 500m, LC connector with DDM, optical modules
Dual Fiber 1000Base-SX  All 1.25G optical module
Commercial MTBTD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, downgrading to 622Mbps data
(0 to 70°C) 1.25G, 1310nm, 2KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000Base-SX+ rate will be workable
PTB2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000Base-LX
PTB2W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector, 1000Base-LX
PTB4D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000Base-
LHX
PTB4W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector, 1000Base-LHX
PTC6D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1550nm, 60KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000Base-XD
PTC6W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1550nm, 60~80KM, LC connector, 1000Base-XD
1.25G MTDFD SFP multi-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 1.25G, TX1310/RX1550, 500~550M, LC connector with DDM,
Single Fiber GbE/1X fiber Channel
Commercial MTEFD SFP multi-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(0 to 70°C) 1.25G, TX1550/RX1310, 500~550M, LC connector with DDM,
GbE/1X fiber Channel
PTD2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
1.25G, TX1310 /RX1550, 20KM, LC connector with DDM,
PTE2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
PTD4W SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
1.25G, TX1310 /RX1550, 40KM, LC connector, GbE/1X fiber
Channel
PTE4W SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
1.25G, TX1550 /RX1310, 40KM, LC connector, GbE/1X fiber
Channel
1.25G PTC4D- SFP CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni- For Cxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Cxx directional fiber, 1.25G, 1470~1610nm, 20~40KM, LC from –C47 to -C61 in the For
CWDM connector with DDM, GbE/1X fiber Channel CWDM SFP+ Optical Modules
Dual Fiber table.
Commercial PTC8D- SFP CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni-  For Cxx, please choose code
(0 to +70°C) Cxx directional fiber, 1.25G~622M, 1470~1610nm, 80KM, LC from –C47 to -C61 in the
connector with DDM, GbE/1X fiber Channel For CWDM SFP+ Optical
Modules table.
328
Accessories
4.1 Industrial Range (-40 to +85°C)

Compatible with IP6416, IP6704A, IP6750, IP6763, IP6820, IP7925, O9340S, O9340R, TDMoEA, 4GEoSDH,
PTN10G, 8GES4SWA and 8GES16SWA*
*Future Option
1.25G MTPFD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,  Use 2 fibers for all SFP/SFP+
(mini GBIC) 1.25G, 850nm, 500KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000Base-SX optical modules
Dual Fiber MTTTD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,  All 1.25G optical module
Industrial downgrading to 622Mbps data
1.25G, 1310nm, 2KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000Base-SX+
rate will be workable
(-40 to 85°C) PTT2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1310nm, 15-20KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000base-
LHX
PTT4D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000base-
LHX
PTL6D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
1.25G, 1550nm, 60KM, LC connector with DDM, 1000base-ZX
1.25G PTF2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,  Use 2 fibers for all SFP/SFP+
(mini GBIC) 1.25G, TX1310/ RX1550, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, optical modules
Single Fiber Gbe/1X fiber Channel  All 1.25G optical module
Industrial downgrading to 622Mbps data
PTG2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(-40 to 85°C) rate will be workable
1.25G, TX1550/ RX1310, 20KM, LC connector with DDM,
Gbe/1X fiber Channel
PTF4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
PTF6D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
NOTE: For other special optical modules, please contact your nearest Loop sales representative
5 155 to 622M SFP Ordering Info

Compatible with O9400S, O9400R, O9500R, O9550, V4150 and B155/622 card
155~622Mbps PJB2W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 155~622M, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector, S4.1/IR1
Dual Fiber PJB2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
Commercial (0 155~622M, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, S4.1/IR1
to 70°C) PJB4W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155~622M, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector, L4.1/LR1
PJB4D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155~622M, 1310nm, 40KM, LC connector with DDM, L4.1/LR1
PJC8W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155~622M, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector w/o DDM, L4.2/LR2

Accessories
PJC2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,

155~622M, 1550nm, 20KM, LC connector, L4.2/LR2
PJC8D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155~622M, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector with DDM, L4.2/LR2
155~622Mbps PJD2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 155~622M, TX1310/RX1550, 20KM, LC connector with DDM,
Single Fiber S4.1/IR1
Commercial (0 PJE2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
to 70°C) 155~622M, TX1550/RX1310, 20KM, LC connector with DDM,
S4.2/IR2
PJD4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
155~622M, TX1310/RX1550, 40KM, LC connector with DDM,
L4.1/LR1
PJE4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
L4.2/LR2
PJD6D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
L4.1/LR1
PJE6D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
L4.2/LR2
PCD4W SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
622M, TX1310/RX1550, 40KM, LC connector, S4.2/IR1
PCE4W SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
622M, TX1550/RX1310, 40KM, LC connector, S4.2/IR2
622M PCC8D- SFP CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni- For Cxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Cxx directional fiber, 622M, 1470 ~1610nm, 80KM, LC connector from -C47 to -C61 with each step
CWDM with DDM 20nm in the For CWDM SFP
Dual Fiber Optical Modules table.
Commercial
(0 to +70°C)
NOTE: For other special optical modules, please contact your nearest Loop sales representative.

Compatible with O9400S, O9400R, O9500R, O9550, V4150, B155/622 card
155~622Mbps PJT2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,  Use 2 fibers for all SFP/SFP+
(mini GBIC) Dual 155~622M, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, S4.1/IR1 optical modules
Fiber Industrial
PJT5D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(-40 to +85°C)
155~622M, 1310nm, 30~50KM, LC connector with DDM, S4.1/
IR1
330
Accessories
6 125M/155M SFP Ordering Info

Compatible with IP6416, IP6763, IP6702, IP6702A, IP6704A, IP6810, O9100S, O9150, O9330, O9400S,
O9400R, O9500R, O9550, O9610, V4150, 7FOM card, IP6510-LN and IP6510
155Mbps MHBTD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 155M, 1310nm, 2KM, LC connector with DDM, Fast Ethernet
Dual Fiber and compliant with ITU recommendation G.957
Commercial PHB2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(0 to 70°C) 155M, 1310nm, 20KM, LC connector with DDM, S1.1/IR1
PHC2W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155M, 1550nm, 20KM, LC connector, L1.2/LR2
PHC2D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155M, 1550nm, 15KM, LC connector with DDM, S1.1/IR1
PHB5W SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155M, 1310nm, 60KM, LC connector, L1.1 / LR1
PHB5D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155M, 1310nm, 60KM, LC connector with DDM, L1.1/LR1
PHC8D SFP single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155M, 1550nm, 80KM, LC connector with DDM, L1.2/LR2
155Mbps MHDTD SFP multi-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 155M, TX1310/RX1550, 2KM, LC connector with DDM, Fast
Single Fiber Ethernet and compliant with ITU recommendation G.957
Commercial MHETD SFP multi-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
(0 to 70°C) 155M, TX1550/RX1310, 2KM, LC connector with DDM, Fast
Ethernet and compliant with ITU recommendation G.957
PHD2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
155M, TX1310/RX1550, 10~20KM, LC connector with DDM,
Fast Ethernet and compliant with ITU-T recommendation G.957
PHE2D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
PHD4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
PHE4D SFP single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber,
155M PHC4D- SFP CWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni- For Cxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Cxx directional fiber, 155M, 1470~1610nm, 30~40KM (30dB from –C47 to -C61 in the For
CWDM Dual margin), LC connector with DDM, 155 Mbps SONET OC-3/ CWDM SFP+ Optical Modules
fiber SDH STM-1/125 Mbps Fast Ethernet table.
Commercial
(0 to +70°C)
155M PHC8D- SFP DWDM single-mode optical module with dual uni- For Dxx, please choose code
(mini GBIC) Dxx directional fiber, 155M, 1470~1610nm, 80KM, LC connector from –D47 to -D61 in the For
DWDM Dual with DDM, IEEE C37.94 DWDM SFP+ Optical Modules
fiber Optical-Electrical Interface Conversion table.
Commercial
(0 to +70°C)

Accessories

Compatible with IP6416, IP6763, IP6702, IP6702A, IP6704A, IP6810, O9100S, O9150, O9400S, O9400R,
O9500R, O9550, O9610, V4150, 7FOM card, IP6510-LN, IP6510
155Mbps MHPTD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(mini GBIC) 155M, 850nm, 500M~2KM, LC connector with DDM, Fast
Dual Fiber Ethernet and compliant with ITU recommendation G.957
Industrial PHT3D SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
(-40 to +85°C) 155M, 1310nm, 30~40KM, LC connector with DDM, S1.1/IR1
PHT6D SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,
155M, 1310nm, 50~60KM, LC connector with DDM, L1.1/LR1
7 1x9 155M/125M/1~100M Ordering Info

Compatible with O9310, O4200-9, O9100, AM3440, O9400R, O9500R, IP6416, IP6800, IP6810 and IP6820
1x9 155Mbps QHATS 1x9, multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
Dual Fiber 850nm, 2KM, SC connector
Commercial QHBTS 1x9, multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
(0 to 70°C) 1310nm, 2KM, SC connector, 100Base-FX/OC3
NHB3S 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
1310nm, 30KM, SC connector, S1.1/IR1
NHB5S 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
1310nm, 50KM, SC connector, L1.1/IR1
NHC2S 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
1550nm, 20KM, SC connector, S1.2/IR2
NHC8S 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
1550nm, 80KM, SC connector, L1.2/LR2
1x9 155Mbps WHD2S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
Single Fiber TX1310/RX1550, 20~30KM(19db), SC connector, Fast Ethernet
Commercial WHE2S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
(0 to 70°C) TX1530/RX1310, 20~30KM(19db), SC connector, Fast Ethernet
WHD5S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
TX1310/RX1550, 50KM(28db), SC connector, Fast Ethernet
WHE5S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
TX1530/RX1310, 50KM(28db), SC connector, Fast Ethernet
WHD8S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
TX1310/RX1530, 80KM, SC connector, extended L1.1/Fast Ethernet
WHE8S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
TX1530/RX1310, 80KM, SC connector, L1.2/Fast Ethernet
1x9 125Mbps QFBTT 1x9, multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 125M,
Dual Fiber 1310nm, 2KM, ST connector
Commercial NFB3T 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 125M,
(0 to 70°C) 1310nm, 30KM, ST connector
1x9 1~100Mbps NHR2T 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber,  For AM3440 4C37-S
Dual Fiber 1~100M, 1310nm, 20KM, ST connector  No safety certified
Commercial (0
to 70°C)
332
Accessories

Compatible with O9310, O9330, V4200-9, O9100, AM3440, O9500R and IP6416
1x9 155Mbps QHTTS 1x9, multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
Dual Fiber 1310nm, 2KM, SC connector, 100Base-FX/OC3
Industrial (-40 to NHT3S 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
+85°C) 1310nm, 30KM, SC connector, S1.1/IR1
NHT5S 1x9, single-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 155M,
1310nm, 50KM, SC connector, L1.1/IR1
1x9 155Mbps WHF2S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
Single Fiber TX1310/RX1550, 20~30KM(19db), SC connector, Fast Ethernet
Industrial (-40 to WHG2S 1x9, single-mode optical module with single bi-directional fiber, 155M,
+85°C) TX1530/RX1310, 20~30KM(19db), SC connector, Fast Ethernet
8 1x8 155M Ordering Info

Compatible with AM3440
1x8 155Mbps ZHHTT 1x8, multi-mode optical module with separate TX and RX, 155M, Separate transceiver and
Industrial (-40 to 820nm, 2KM, ST connector receiver
+85°C)
9 2M SFP Ordering Info

Compatible with C37.94 card for AM3440 and O9500R
2Mbps MRATD SFP multi-mode optical module with dual uni-directional fiber, 2Mbps, Use 2 fibers for all SFP/
Dual Fiber 850nm, 2KM, LC connector with DDM, IEEE C37.94 Optical-Electrical SFP+ optical modules
Commercial (0 Interface Conversion
to 70°C)

Worldwide Europe
6F, No. 8, Hsin Ann Road Rue de Culot, 13
Hsinchu Science Park BE-1402 Nivelles
Hsinchu, Taiwan 30078 Belgique
+886-3-578-7696 +32-496-54-27-44
sales@looptelecom.com eu_sales@looptelecom.com
Americas Australia & New Zealand

8 Carrick Road 3 Imperial Ave, Mount
Palm Beach Gardens Waverley, Victoria 3149,
Florida 33418, U.S.A. Australia
+1-561-627-7947 +61-413-382-931
ncsa_sales@looptelecom.com aus_sales@looptelecom.com
2019 Loop Telecommunication International, Inc.

All Rights Reserved
Subject to Change without Notice
www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog

Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2019

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Loop Telecom Product Catalog 2019

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Corporate Overview

Diversification of Product Lines

We produce the following product lines:

● Multi-Service Cross Connect

Quality and Reliability

RoHS and WEEE Compliance Statement

After Sales Customer Relations

www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog III

Power Electrical Substations: Communication with Protection................................... 4

Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System.............................................. 18

Loop-O9100 SDH/SONET ADM/TM.......................................................................... 36

4 Multi-Service Cross Connect

High-speed (HS) Cards

Low-speed (LS) Cards

(1FOMB) 1-channel fiber optical w/o 1+1....................................................... 141

6 Ethernet Access and Switch

7 TDM over Ethernet

Loop-IP6702 TDMoEthernet.................................................................................... 220

8 Fiber Optical Multiplexer (FOM)

Loop-O9210S PDH Fiber Optical Mux.................................................................... 234

www.LoopTelecom.com Catalog VII

9 mPTN MPLS/Carrier Ethernet

10 Wavelength Division Multiplexer

11 Line Extender Converter

Integral Access Shelf

Loop-IOT0510 Environmental Security Monitoring ................................................ 304

Core Network Transmission Last Mile Multi-

G7860A IP6320A IP6340

service Access Customer Premise Equipment

H3300-3S H3310S H3308S

C5500 E1510S IP6100 T2500

E1510 E1oDTE E1500S E1590

IP6750 IP6702A IP6704A

IP6810 IP6510 IP6610

Ethernet Voice Ethernet Voice

Ethernet Voice Ethernet Voice

NVR LAN CMS IP Cam PC

NVR LAN CMS IP Cam PC

Communication between military sites via PSN and SDH/SONET network

BTS / Node B BTS / Node B

BTS / Node B BTS / Node B

IP6750 G7860 G7860

IP6750 IP6750 G7860

BTS / Node B BTS / Node B

Network Operations Center Voice RTU PBX

Network Operations Center Voice RTU PBX

O9500R O9400R O9500R O9400R

IP6320A as VRRP VRRP IP6320A as

IP6320A as IP6320A as IP6320A as IP6320A as

GbE PoE+ PoE+ GbE

IP Cam Entrance Incident Smoke Detection IP Cam Alarm Entrance Control

IP Cam Entrance Incident Smoke Detection IP Cam Alarm Entrance Control

Encryption SD-WAN Firewall

Virtualized Network Functions (VNF) for integrated information security

Door Button and Electronic Thermo

Door Button and Electronic Thermo

Loop-iNMS Integrated Network Management System

● User-friendly GUI (Graphical User Interface) Loop-iNMS (Integrated/Intelligent Network Management

Primary Backup Loop-iNMS GUI Clients

O9400S O9400R O9400S

iNMS Main Core

● Runs either on Solaris/Sun server or Linux/Regular PC server

● Runs on Linux/Regular PC server

● Runs on Windows 2000 Professional, or Windows 7 Professional